Centrífuga HZ160

OPERATING / REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS
6 x Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge HZ 160/5 Si

File 1, Mechanics
Revision: 1
Sales Order Number: C−E4−827332
Serial Number: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
Customer / Purchaser: SQM Salar S.A. Chile
Purchase Order Number: 3000001839
Job Number: 209020−00047−003
Project: Lithium carbonate dewatering
This document must be studied carefully

before installation and commissioning of the
equipment!
Chapter 1 through 6 of this document were already included with the Installation
Information. Within the scope of the order handling, however, additional and more
concrete information may have been added. We therefore recommend that you read
through these chapters in detail again.
Copyright  ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH, 2018−04−04. All rights reserved!
The copyright in this document is reserved to ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH. This document
contains specifications and technical drawings. The document must therefore not be
disclosed to third persons neither as a whole nor by extracts or after reproduction.
HZ 160/5 Si
OVERALL TABLE OF CONTENTS

OF THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Sales Order No. C−E4−827332, HZ 160/5 Si,

Serial No. 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
File 1+2 − Mechanics

1 General
2 Technical Description of the Machine
3 Technical Data
4 Safety Instructions
5 Transport, Setting−up and Assembly
6 Commissioning and Operation
7 Inspection and Maintenance
8 Trouble Shooting
9 Description of Components
10 Spare Part Stock
11 Drawings − Full size prints
12 Separate Manuals
File 3 − Electrical Part

1 Design Specification
2 Plant
3 Maschine
4 Circuit Diagrams for Control Cabinet, Frequency Converter, Local Panel and
Control Cabinet WAN
Quality Documentation
Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Sales Order No.: C−E4−827332
Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
2
HZ 160/5 Si
Table of contents
File Mechanics
1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2 Contact Persons at ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2 Description of the Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . 10

2.1 Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.2 Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1 Characteristic Data of the HZ 160/5 Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.2 Fields of Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3 Basket and Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.4 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.5 Additional Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.6 Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.7 Materials of construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.8 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.9 Installation Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.10 Connection list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.11 Utility Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.12 Basket Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4 Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.1 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.2 Proper use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.3 Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.4 Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.5 Operation of the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.6 Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.7 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.8 Maintenance and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.9 Start−up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.10 Monitoring equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5 Transport, Setting−up and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

5.1 General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
3
HZ 160/5 Si
5.2 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.3 Intermediate Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.4 Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.5 Treatment of rubber−lined and plastic coated parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5.6 Place of installation and space requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.7 Setting−up and Assembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.8 Guidelines for laying pipes, hose connections and valves . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.9 Compensators (Flexible connectors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6 Commissioning and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

6.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6.2 Mechanical Checks before the Test Runs without Product . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
6.3 Adjustment of the Unbalance Monitoring Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6.4 Test Run without Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
6.5 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
6.6 Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
6.7 Operation of the Centrifuge Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
6.8 Opening and closing of the door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.9 Measures before and after longer shut−down−periods
(more than one month) ....................................... 88
6.10 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.11 Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
7 Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

7.1 Reasons for inspection and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
7.2 Inspection and maintenance process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
7.3 Inspection and maintenance schedule: ”Checklist” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
7.4 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.5 Notes on dye penetration test for components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
8 Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
9 Description of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

9.1 Screw locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
9.2 Installation of Sealing Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9.3 Attachment of Surfaces by Plastic Adhesive (Loctite) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
9.4 Circular Spring Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
9.5 Shaft nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
4
HZ 160/5 Si
9.6 Belt Pulley with Taper Bushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
9.7 Design of the connection flange at pipes which end have an raised edge 139
9.8 Mounting Instructions for Sealing Cord, type DE and DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
9.9 0000 Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge HZ 160/5 Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
9.10 0200 Sight−Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
9.11 0220 Rinsing for Sight−Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
9.12 Blind covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
9.13 0610 Housing Mounting Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
9.14 0620 Door Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
9.15 0800 Housing Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
9.16 1190 Foundation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
9.17 1300 Bearing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
9.18 1304 Sealing Gas Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
9.19 1700 Basket with mounting parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
9.20 1850 Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
9.21 1720 Keeper Plate for Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
9.22 2600 Large Peeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
9.23 2620 Indexing Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
9.24 2710 Heel Cake Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.25 2850 Siphon Skimming Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
9.26 3300 Discharge Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.27 3800 Feed Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9.28 3850 Back Rinsing Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
9.29 4200 Wash Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
9.30 4203 Wash Pipe Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
9.31 4311 Rinsing Nozzles at door (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
9.32 4321 Rinsing Basketshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
9.33 4331 Backwall Rinsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
9.34 4707 Door Interlock System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
9.35 5400 Feed Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
9.36 5401 Setting Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
9.37 6400 Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
9.38 7000 Hydraulic Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
9.39 7600 Bearing Oil Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
9.40 7700 Speed Pick−up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
5
HZ 160/5 Si
9.41 8500 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
9.42 8800 Connection adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
9.43 9200 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
9.44 9504 Transport lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
9.45 9500 Tools and Mounting Devices (1 set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
9.46 9507 Vibration control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10 Spare part stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

10.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
10.2 Spare part code ETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
10.3 Spare part list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
11 Drawings − Full size prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
12 Separate Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

12.1 Components of gas supply unit for purging of seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
12.2 Hydraulic cylinder of peeling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
12.3 Hydraulic rotary lifting cylinder for heel cake removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
12.4 Hydraulic cylinder of siphon skimming device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
12.5 Hydraulic cylinder of feed controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
12.6 Bevel gear of screw discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
12.7 Vibration Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
12.8 Hydraulic valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
12.9 Lubricating oil unit for bearing lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
12.10 Hydraulic Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
6
HZ 160/5 Si
1 General
1.1 Preface
These Operating Instructions are divided into chapters which serve both as operation manual and as
source for information about the HZ 160/5 Si from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH.
These Operating Instructions should be studied and considered in every respect by all persons in charge
of the assembly, operation and maintenance of the machine of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH. The complete
Operating Instructions should be always available and accessible at the place of operation.
These Operating Instructions contain all information required by yourself and your personnel for the oper-
ation of the machine. For this reason it should be studied carefully, understood and respected by all per-
sons concerned. The working instructions and sequences for the installation, commissioning and the
maintenance must be followed closely in order to guarantee a reliable and trouble free operation of the
machine.
The Operating Instructions refer also to the most important details for the special use of the HZ 160/5 Si.
The thorough knowledge of these Operating Instructions will help you to avoid mistakes at the machine
and to arrive at a satisfactory operation. It is important, therefore, that these Operating Instructions be well
known to all persons concerned.
We recommend that you study these Operating Instructions carefully before commissioning takes place
because we shall not be responsible for damages and failures resulting from non−compliance with these
Operating Instructions! In case you should face problems we ask you contact our after−sales services or
our spare part department or with one of our agencies. We are always at your disposal.
We reserve the right of technical revisions of the details and illustrations contained in these Operating In-
structions as are required for the improvement of the machine. These Operating Instructions refer exclus-
ively to the machine HZ 160/5 Si from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH.
The design of your machine is suitable only for the use specified in Chapter 3 ”Technical Data”. Before
using the machine for other applications than agreed upon we recommend you ask the project specialists
of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for consultation and approval as otherwise the warranty will be void.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
7
HZ 160/5 Si
1.2 Contact Persons at ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH
Address:
You can contact us under the following address in Vierkirchen, Germany:
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH

Industriestraße 1−3
85256 Vierkirchen
Germany
Whenever specific problems arise which are not considered in these Operating Instructions, we ask you to
enter into contact with the departments concerned at ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH in Vierkirchen:
Telephone and Fax:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Department Phone Telefax
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Central office +49 / 81 39 / 8 02 99−0 −952
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Project Management
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ −710 −750
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Commissioning
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
After−Sales Service
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
−531
−500
−550
−550
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Project and sales
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ −100 −150
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Electrics, control and instrumentation
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Technical design
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
−730
−710
−751
−750
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sale of spare parts − mechanical
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sale of spare parts − electrical
−500
−103
−550
−150
Troubleshooting:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Please find below our Service Hotline for urgent cases. You can reach us around the clock, also at week-
ends and on public holidays.
Phone: +49 / 172 / 8 40 15 32
E−Mail:
kmpt@andritz.com
Internet:
www.andritz.com
www.kmpt.com

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
8
HZ 160/5 Si
Our foreign agencies:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Worldwide
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ USA
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH ANDRITZ KMPT Inc.
Industriestraße 1−3 8070 Production Drive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Florence, KY 41042
85256 Vierkirchen
USA
Deutschland
Phone: +1 / 859 / 547 1100
Phone:
+49 / 81 39 / 8 02 99 − 0
Fax: +1 / 859 / 547 1098
Fax: +49 / 81 39 / 8 02 99 − 952
E−Mail: separation.us@andritz.com
E−Mail: kmpt@andritz.com
Internet:
www.kmpt.com
www.andritz.com
Russia
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ India
ANDRITZ AG
Rep. Office Moskau
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH
Liasion Office
Sadovaya−Samotechnaya, 12 304, Dheeraj Kawal
bld. 1, off. No 38−39 L.B.S. Marg, Vikhroli (W)
127051 Moskau
Russia
Mumbai 400 079
India
Fax:
Phone: +7 / 495 / 980 23 27
+7 / 495 / 980 23 27
Phone: +91 22 25 79 51 34
Fax: +91 22 25 79 51 35
E−Mail: separation.ru@andritz.com
E−Mail: information@kmpt.in
China, Beijing China, Shanghai
ANDRITZ (China) Ltd. ANDRITZ (China) Ltd.
Room 2208 Air China Plaza 15F, Tower B, Baoland Plaza
No.36 Xiao Yun Road 588 Dalian Road
Chaoyang District
100027 Beijing
Yangpu District
200082 Shanghai
China P.R.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ China P.R.
Phone: +86 / 10 / 84 47 58 80 Phone: +86 / 21 / 31 08 93 88
Fax:
+86 / 10 / 84 47 58 83
E−Mail: Ying.Yang@andritz.com
Fax: +86 / 21 / 31 08 93 73
E−Mail: separation.cn@andritz.com
Yang@kmpt.com.cn andritz.shanghai@andritz.com

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
9
HZ 160/5 Si
2 Description of the Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge
The horizontal peeler centrifuge is a filtration centrifuge of batchwise operation for the dehydration and
washing of solid−liquid mixtures with fine and medium−size particles of free flowing consistency.
It is distinguished by its batchwise operation, high adaptation to varying product requirements, short opti-
mizing phases of the processing operation, uniform cake washing, gentle product treatment and a com-
plete product discharge.
2.1 Mechanical Design

The horizontal peeler centrifuge of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH is featuring a clear distinction between the pro-
cess area/clean room and the drive unit. Any contamination of the product by the utilities of the drive unit is
almost completely eliminated.
2.1.1 Design of the Process Area
The process area of a horizontal peeler centrifuge comprises essentially the cantilever mounted screen
basket, the feed pipe with the feed distributor, the wash device, the peeling device, the solids outlet and the
process housing (see Fig. 1).
3 A slurry
4 B filtrate
C solids
7 1 feed pipe
2 housing
B 3 filter medium
4 basket
5
5 peeling device
6 screw discharge
6 7 door
A
C
Fig. 1: Process Area of a horizontal peeler centrifuge
The filter medium is installed inside of the cantilever mounted screen basket.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
10
HZ 160/5 Si
2.1.2 Design of the Drive Unit
The drive unit consists essentially of the rotor drive and the rotor shaft with the bearing.
The rotor shaft is supported in roller bearings. The sealing of the drive unit against the process area is
guaranteed at the rotor shaft either by lip seal which can be loaded by seal gas, or by a mechanical seal.
The horizontal peeler centrifuge is installed on damping elements which will convey a minimum of residual
dynamic forces only into the place of installation; for this reason a few adaptations only will be required for
incorporating the peeler centrifuge into the plant.
2.2 Processing
In the horizontal peeler centrifuge of batchwise operation the solid−liquid−mixture to be separated will be
processed by the operations of distribution, main filtration, intermediate dewatering, washing, final de-
watering and solids discharge. The operations are processed in the horizontal peeler centrifuge success-
ively and at the same place (see Fig. 2 and 3).
backwash liquid backwashing
feeding
slurry main filtrate
main filtration
washing
wash liquid wash filtrate
wash filtration
spinning wash filtrate
peeling solids
residual heel removal residual heel cake
rinsing agent CIP rinsing liquid
Fig. 2: Processing operations in a horizontal peeler centrifuge

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
11
HZ 160/5 Si
backwashing
liquid immersion point

first feeding push
liquid immersion point
spinning
washing
end of feeding
feeding
peeling
end of washing
basket
rim
filling grade of the basket
cake height
ground layer height
time
alternative
speed
time
Fig. 3: Ongoing process with liquid levels, cake thickness and speeds
2.2.1 Backwashing (only in machines with siphon basket)

When a residual heel is left in the siphon basket, the residual heel can be backwashed the next feed step
(see Fig. 2 and 3). For this purpose a suitable liquid will rinse the residual heel counter to the filtration flow
direction in order to avoid or at least delay obstruction of the heel. Contamination and fine particles in the
fine capillary tubes of the heel cake will be dislodged by this backwash operation.
2.2.2 Feeding
The slurry is filled uniformly in several steps through a feed distributor into a screen or a siphon basket
rotating at high speed (see Fig. 2 and 3). The slurry is accelerated in the screen basket up to circumferential
speed. The solids settle to form the filter cake. Due to the centrifugal force, in siphon centrifuges by addi-
tional pressure difference, the liquids are filtering through the filter cake. The filtrate leaves the process
area through the housing. The slurry feeding is continued till the requested thickness of the filter cake is
reached.
The main filtration is completed as soon as the slurry liquid disappears in the surface of the filter cake.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
12
HZ 160/5 Si
2.2.3 Washing
When the filter cake must be washed in order to obtain the desired product purity, it is advisable in general
to supply the wash liquid immediately after the liquid immersing point (see Fig. 2 and 3). By a late supply of
the wash liquid the filter cake may be deteriorated by cracking or air may be entrapped in the capillary tubes
of the filter cake. Since a uniform permeation of the filter cake by wash liquid cannot be guaranteed in this
case, the wash efficiency will be reduced in either case.
The wash filtration is completed when the wash liquid disappears in the surface of the filter cake.
2.2.4 Dry−Spinning
The dry−spinning operation starts immediately at the liquid immersing point after the filling resp. after the
washing operation (see Fig. 2 and 3). The spinning time depends on the dewatering characteristics of the
product and the requested residual moisture. For the dry−spinning operation the basket speed can be in-
creased in order to reduce the required dry−spinning time.
2.2.5 Peeling
As soon as the requested residual moisture is obtained the solids cake is taken−off by advancing the
peeler knife (see Fig. 2 and 3).
2.2.6 Removal of the Residual Heel Cake
After a certain number of batches which depends on the product, the residual heel will have to be removed.
For the hydraulic removal of the residual heel cake a total quantity of rinsing liquid of approx. 50 % of the
basket volume is supplied through the feed pipe at low speed, and by cycles. The residual heel is raised by
the advanced peeler knife and the rinsing liquid. The residual heel cake is peeled−off as sludge by the
peeler knife.
For the pneumatic removal of the residual heel cake this one is blown−off by a nozzle set which can be
moved−in separately and which is installed at the door. The residual heel cake is removed from the filter
medium by compressed air or by pressure gas and is peeled−off by the advanced peeler knife. The pneu-
matic removal of the heel cake is performed at low speed.
2.2.7 Cleaning in place
The automatic cleaning of the process area is obtained by the operation called cleaning in place (see
Fig. 2).
A spray pipe is provided for cleaning the filtrate area and the filtrate area side of the basket. The rear wall is
cleaned by the wash liquid through a nozzle head.
A cleaning pipe is provided for the cleaning of the process area and the accessories. The cleaning liquid
can be supplied through the feed pipe.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
13
HZ 160/5 Si
3 Technical Data
3.1 Characteristic Data of the HZ 160/5 Si
ÁÁÁ
Order Data
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Plant/Password
Customer/Purchaser
Lithium carbonate dewatering
SQM Salar S.A. Chile
ÁÁÁ
Centrifuge type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
HZ 160/5 Si
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of centrifuges
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Year of manufacture
6
2017
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sales Order No. C−E4−827332
ÁÁÁ
Serial No. 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94,
ÁÁÁ
General Arrangement Drawing
400209209
ÁÁÁ
Drawing Number 47−0050−00.736
ÁÁÁ
Item Number 507208678
ÁÁÁ
Number of bill of materials
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Basket diameter
300862339
1 600 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Admissible density of the feed charge 1) 1 367 kg/m3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Speed, max. adm. 1 060 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Centrifugal force C at max. adm. speed
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operating speed
1 000
1 060 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Load, max. adm.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Explosion−proof machine
1 141 kg
no
ÁÁÁ
To be completed by Owner
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Job No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inspection No.
209020−00047−003
ÁÁÁ
Site/building
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
................................................
1) In filter centrifuges with discontinuous operation the permissible density of the feed charge does not
correspond to the density of the fed suspension, instead
a) when the solids form the heavy phase of the suspension:

the pressing density of the filter cake fully saturated with liquid. i.e. the maximum apparent density of
the particles as developed in the centrifugal field, wherein the pore volume of the filter cake is com-
pletely filled with liquid.
b) when the suspension liquid forms the heavy phase of the suspension:
the density of the suspension liquid.
3.2 Fields of Application
The machine HZ 160/5 Si under serial No. 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209 is suitable exclus-
ively for the separation of the products specified on the technical data stated on the type plate. The material

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
14
HZ 160/5 Si
of construction of the centrifuge is selected considering the properties of the processed product (in particu-
lar corrosion).
The operating conditions like humidity and temperature can also be of effect on the operation of the ma-
chine. Considerable changes of these values must be advised to the manufacturer.
Any and all other use is not permissible. The manufacturer will not be liable for damages resulting there-
from but the risk is at the sole responsibility of the owner.
These data must be changed only after approval by the manufacturer and revision of the supplier certifi-
cate.
3.3 Basket and Filtration

ÁÁÁ
Basket
ÁÁÁ
Drawing No.
Item No.
506192889 (47−1750−01.903)
300371753
ÁÁÁ
Basket Serial No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
39390, 39391, 39392, 39393,
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inside diameter
ÁÁÁÁ
39394, 39463
1 600 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inside length
ÁÁÁÁ 1 000 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Basket rim diameter
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Basket shell wall thickness
1 200 mm
24 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Nominal volume
ÁÁÁÁ 879 dm3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Net volume
ÁÁÁÁ 834 dm3
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Filtering surface
3 100 kg
5.0 m2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Moment of inertia (unloaded basket) 1 630 kg m2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Moment of inertia (loaded basket) 2 270 kg m2
ÁÁÁ
Max. adm. speed for basket
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Centrifugal force at max. adm. speed
1 060 rpm
1 000 g
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Unbalance load in the basket for limit 2 (shut- 11 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
down) at an operating speed of 950 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Filter Cloth
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ Braid mesh PZ
ÁÁÁ
Mesh width
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Air permeability
60 m
− l/dm2/
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
min

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
15
HZ 160/5 Si
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Dimensions of the filter cloth Metal cloth Plastic / Textile cloth
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Ordering width of filter cloth 1 050 1 050 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Ordering length of filter cloth 2 x 2 630 2 x 2 630 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Finished width of filter cloth B
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Finished length of filter cloth L
1 010
2 x 2 600
1 050 mm
2 x 2 600 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Overlapping
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ 115 115 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
Cut depth C
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Cutting space A
ÁÁÁÁ
16
150
− mm
− mm
C C
A
A
A
Metal cloth Plastic / Textile cloth
Fig. 4: Dimensions of the filter cloth

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
16
HZ 160/5 Si
3.3.1 Correlation between basket speed and centrifugal force C
The following illustrates the dependence of rotation speed and centrifugal force C in a centrifuge with a
basket diameter of 1 600 mm.
1000
800
Centrifugal force C
600
400
200
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Basket speed [ rpm ]
Fig. 5: Basket speed and Centrifugal force C for a centrifuge with basket diameter of 1 600 mm
The centrifugal force C can be calculated in dependence of the basket speed of rotation and the basket
diameter as follows:
Centrifugal force C = n2 * d / 1800 where n = basket revolutions per minute (rpm)
d = basket diameter in m
The basket rotation speed can be calculated in dependence of the centrifugal force C and the basket diam-
eter as follows:
n = square root of (1800 * C / d) where n = basket revolutions per minute (rpm)
d = basket diameter in m
3.3.2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Technical Data for dismantling and re−assembly of the basket
ÁÁÁ
Material of basket hub
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Dismantling of basket
ÁÁÁÁ
1.4462
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Expanding pressure of basket hub, max. adm. 1 300 bar
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Re−assembly of basket ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Thrust pressure of rotary piston press
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
640 bar
(according to friction conditions)
ÁÁÁ
Expanding pressure of basket hub
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Pressure fit stroke
950 bar
5.4 mm
The above given data are only valid for a mounting temperature of approx. 20 C!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
17
HZ 160/5 Si
3.4 Drive
3.4.1 Main drive
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Drive motor
ÁÁÁ
Type B3, 315L
ÁÁÁ
Protection IP65
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Ex proof. −
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Power 200 kW
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Electric connection 380 V AC −
3 phase
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Frequency ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Nominal speed at 50 Hz
50 Hz
1 480 rpm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Frequency converter for drive motor
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Frequency range 3 − 55 Hz
ÁÁÁ
Protection IP21
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
V−belt drive
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Pulley active diameter da1 (motor end) 360 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Pulley active diameter da2 (drive end) 560 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Ratio of reduction da2/da1 1.56 : 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
V−belt (see Fig. 6)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Type 5V
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Number 10
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Active length Lw 4 064 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Test force f each V−belt 75 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Pressing in depth Ea 32 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 24 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Force of stringer T 645 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 840 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Axial force Sa 13 000 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 17 000 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Center distance e 1 306 mm
ÁÁÁ
Speed pick−up
ÁÁÁ
Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 2 x proximity switches instal-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
led at bearing housing
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of pulses per one rotation of rotor 8

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
18
HZ 160/5 Si
Centrifuge Motor
da2 da1
Ea
Fig. 6: Belt drive
3.4.2 Screw drive
ÁÁÁ
Drive motor
ÁÁÁ
Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ V1, 100L
ÁÁÁ
Protection
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ IP65
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Ex proof.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Power ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
−
3.0 kW
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Electric connection 380 V AC −
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
3 phase
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Frequency
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
50 Hz
1 490 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Reduction gear
ÁÁÁ Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ KHF57 AM100
ÁÁÁ
Ratio of reduction
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Amount of oil filling
13.25 : 1
3.1 l
ÁÁÁ
Type of oil synthetic oil CLP HC 220
ÁÁÁ
First oil filling
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Resulting speed of screw
Mobil SHC 630
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Speed of screw
ÁÁÁÁÁ approx. 110 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Speed pick−up
ÁÁÁ
Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1 x proximity switch installed
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ at screw discharge
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Number of pulses per one rotation of screw 1

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
19
HZ 160/5 Si
3.5 Additional Devices
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Hydraulics ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Hydraulic power pack
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Volume of storage tank 40 l
ÁÁÁ
Oil filling
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Oil level monitoring visual
40 l
ÁÁÁ
Oil temperature monitoring
ÁÁÁÁ
Filter fouling indication
visual
visual:
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ green = filter okay
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
yellow = change filter
red = filter useless
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Pump capacity at speed = 1 500 rpm 12 l/min
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Working pressure (set by pressure shut− 50 bar
off valve type DA6)
ÁÁÁ
Pressure limiting valve, sealed and set to
ÁÁÁÁ
130 bar E
(TÜV)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Weight (without oil) 75 kg
ÁÁÁ
Drive motor
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Type
Protection
V1, 90L
IP65
ÁÁÁ
Ex proof.
ÁÁÁÁ −
ÁÁÁ
Power
ÁÁÁÁ 1.5 kW
ÁÁÁ
Electric connection
ÁÁÁÁ
380 V AC −
3 phase
ÁÁÁ
Frequency
ÁÁÁÁ
50 Hz
1 500 rpm
ÁÁÁ
Type ÁÁÁÁ
Diaphragm accumulator
ÁÁÁÁ 2 x SBO 140
ÁÁÁ
Nominal volume
ÁÁÁÁ 1.4 l
ÁÁÁ
Initial gaspressure p0
ÁÁÁÁ
Setting at works (overpressure)
30 bar
< 2 bar
ÁÁÁ
Gas filling
ÁÁÁÁ nitrogen
ÁÁÁ
Control battery
Type ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ el.−hydr. way valves 4WE6
ÁÁÁ
Nominal size
ÁÁÁÁ 6
ÁÁÁ
Number of valves
ÁÁÁÁ 5
ÁÁÁ
El. characteristics of solenoids
Ex−proof.
ÁÁÁÁ
24 V DC IP65
−

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
20
HZ 160/5 Si
ÁÁÁ
Lubricating oil unit
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Volume of storage tank 4.5 l
ÁÁÁ
Oil filling
ÁÁÁÁ approx. 8 l
ÁÁÁ
Filter mesh size
25 m
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Filter fouling indications electric
ÁÁÁÁ
Pump delivery at speed = 1 500 rpm
signal at high differential pressure
0.12 l/min
ÁÁÁ
Operating pressure
ÁÁÁÁ
limited by pressure relief valve
max. 6 bar
DBV 6
ÁÁÁ
Oil distributor
ÁÁÁÁ
number of outlets 2 (for front and rear bearing)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
monitoring of the operation electrical
ÁÁÁ
oil quantity front bearing
ÁÁÁÁ
oil quantity rear bearing
0.06 l/min
0.06 l/min
ÁÁÁ
Weight (without oil)
Drive motor
ÁÁÁÁ
25 kg
ÁÁÁ
Type
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ V1, 71
ÁÁÁ
Protection IP65
ÁÁÁ
Ex proof.
Power
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
−
0.25 kW
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Electric connection *) 230 V AC −
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ 1 phase
ÁÁÁ
Frequency
ÁÁÁÁ
50 Hz
1 500 rpm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gas supply for seal purge panel
Installed components − shut−off valve (manual)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
− pressure regulator with gauge
− flow indicator with
flow control valve (3 x)
*)
To ensure the supply of oil to the bearings even in case of a power blackout, the motor of the bearing oil unit
should be operated by an emergency power supply (Uninterruptible Power Supply “UPS”).
3.6 Utilities
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Control Hydraulics
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Type Hydraulic oil
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Grade HLP 46, DIN 51524, Part 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Quantity 40 l
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Adm. temperature of hydraulic fluid 10 − 65 C
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
First oil filling Delivery is without oil filling.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Bearing Lubrication
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Type Hydraulic oil
ÁÁÁÁ
Grade HLP 46, DIN 51524, Part 2
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Quantity 8 l
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
First oil filling Delivery is without oil filling.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
21
HZ 160/5 Si
3.7 Materials of construction
ÁÁÁ
Housing (shell)
ÁÁÁ
solid: St 52−3 Lining (2mm): 1.4404
ÁÁÁ
Back wall
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Door
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Shaft
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
1.7225 (42CrMo4V)
ÁÁÁ
Basket
ÁÁÁ
Basket hub
Basket shell
1.4462
1.4462
ÁÁÁ
Basket rim
Rim of the siphon chamber
1.4462
1.4462
ÁÁÁ
Lining/coating of basket −
ÁÁÁ
Filtration
ÁÁÁ
Filter mesh
Backup screen
1.4401
PP
ÁÁÁ
Keeper plate 1.4404
ÁÁÁ
Product−wetted accessories
ÁÁÁ
Feed pipe
Wash pipe
1.4404 / 1.4571
1.4404 / 1.4571
ÁÁÁ
Discharge knife
Screw conveyor
Stellite
1.4404 / 1.4571
ÁÁÁ
Further equipment
Gasket and seals
1.4404 / 1.4571
ÁÁÁ
Static sealings in contact with product: FPM / FKM
ÁÁÁ
Dynamic sealings
no contact with product: NBR
in contact with product: PTFE graphit
ÁÁÁ
no contact with product: PTFE graphit
Painting of parts not in contact with product Thickness
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
(SS parts are not painted)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Primer SikaCor EG−Phosphat 60 m
(epoxy resin)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Intermediate coat SikaCor EG−Phosphat 60 m
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Top coat
ÁÁÁÁÁ
(epoxy resin)
Sika Permacor 2330 60 m
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Colour of top coat
(acrylic polyurethane)
RAL 5015 (sky blue)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
22
HZ 160/5 Si
3.8 General Information
ÁÁÁ
Equipment ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Machine type ÁÁÁÁ HZ 160/5 Si
ÁÁÁ
Brake ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ via motor
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Product feed
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Product discharge
Feed pipe
Discharge by screw Ø348 mm
ÁÁÁ
Filtrate discharge
Vapor return ÁÁÁÁ
Siphon skimming pipe
−
ÁÁÁ
Door locking
Door clamping ÁÁÁÁ
electric (coded sensor)
−
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Idle run power, max. approx. 15 kW
ÁÁÁ
Rotor running down (without braking), ca.
ÁÁÁÁ
Ex−proof of all electric utilities
60 min
no
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Siphon pipe, working position A 30 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Pressure
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Design pressure for the process area (over- − bar
pressure)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Operation pressure in the process area during − bar
ÁÁÁ
Temperatures
ÁÁÁÁ
normal operation (overpressure)
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Adm. ambient temperature 10 − 40 C
ÁÁÁ
Design temperature
ÁÁÁÁ
Adm. temperature of the processed product
80 C
< 80 C
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Transport Temperature, min. > 0 C
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Storage Temperature, min. > −5 C
ÁÁÁ
Storage conditions
ÁÁÁÁ
Bearing temperature, max.
Conservation
95 C
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Air sound levels
ÁÁÁÁ
Pressure sound level according to machinery < 85 dB(A)
ÁÁÁ
directive
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Peeling
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Max. discharge speed 1 060 rpm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Recommended peeling time (peeling time = 60−300 sec
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
movement time of peeler from OUT to IN)
ÁÁÁ
Max. adm. peeling time
ÁÁÁÁ
Residual heel cake thickness
5 min
ÁÁÁ
Minimum residual heel cake thickness =
ÁÁÁÁ
space between peeler knife and filter cloth
10 mm

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
23
HZ 160/5 Si
3.9 Installation Details
General Arrangement Drawing: 47−0050−00.736
3.9.1 Weights
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weights, approx.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Shipping weight (centrifuge without 13 000 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
foundation block)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Operating weight (shipping weight and
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
max. load)
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
14 500 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight of centrifuge (shipping weight) with 36 600 kg
foundation block and drive
ÁÁÁ
Basket
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Weight of foundation block
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
22 300 kg
3 100 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Lifting tool for basket
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Drive, cpl. ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
700 kg
1 300 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Drive motor ÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1 200 kg
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Swivel arm of large peeler 450 kg
3.9.2 Dimensions
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Dimensions of machine without accessoires, approx.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Length 4 050 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Width 2 350 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Height 2 300 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Dimensions of foundation block, approx.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Length
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Width ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3 800 mm
3 200 mm
ÁÁÁ
Height
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ 750 mm
Required space for installation and operation of the machine and for maintenance
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
work , approx.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Length 8 200 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Width 5 800 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Height 4 500 mm

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
24
HZ 160/5 Si
3.9.3 Place of installation of the machine (Rigid foundation, building)
Centrifuge
Foundation block
P4
Y
P1
P3
P2
Fig. 7: Position of the spring damping elements
ÁÁÁ
Elastic Installation
ÁÁÁ
Spring element type, front left P1 132926679
ÁÁÁ
Spring element type, front right P2 132926679
ÁÁÁ
Spring element type, rear left P3 132926724
ÁÁÁ
Spring element type, rear right P4 132926722
ÁÁÁ
Data sheet of spring elements see chap. 9.16.6
ÁÁÁ
Adm. ambient temperature for Visco 10−40 C
ÁÁÁ
material inside spring damping elements
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Place of installation
ÁÁÁ
see chapter 5.6 for further information about the place of installation
The transmission of the dynamic forces to the individual supporting points

P1 to P4 is not synchronous!
Static forces to the place of installation, dynamic residual interfering forces as well
as vibration strokes can be found in the separate document
“827332_SQM_Dynamic and Structual Analysis_Rev1_IFA”.
The results of an earthquake calculation are also included!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
25
HZ 160/5 Si
3.9.4 Foundation block (steel reinforced concrete block)
ÁÁÁ
Weight of the foundation block
ÁÁÁ
Weight
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ 22 300 kg
ÁÁÁ
Dimensions and shape of the foundation block
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
see General Arrangement Drawing 47−0050−00.736
ÁÁÁ
Making of steel foundation block (reinforced concrete block)
ÁÁÁ
see separate document
“827332_SQM_ConstructionManualFoundationBlock_Rev1_IFA”.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
26
HZ 160/5 Si
3.10 Connection list
The following connections can be found at the centrifuge. Please refer also to the General Arrangement
Drawing 47−0050−00.736.
Pos. Description Standards Connecting Remarks

dimensions
N1 Solids discharge at ANSI RF 14” 150 lbs
screw conveyor
N2 Feed pipe I inlet similar to ANSI RF 5” 150 lbs *)
N4 Wash pipe inlet similar to ANSI RF 2” 150 lbs *)
N5 Mechanic feed
controller
N6 Pneumatic heel cake ASA 1/1 − 11 1/2 NPT
removal male thread
N6.1 Blind plug
N7 Sight glass Ø170
N7.1 Sight glass rinsing ASA 1/8 − 27 NPT
male thread
N9.1 Centrifuge inside ASA 1/2 − 14 NPT
rinsing female thread
rinsing male thread
N10 Siphon skimming pipe ANSI RF 3” 150 lbs
(Filtrate outlet)
N11 Back rinsing pipe ANSI RF 3” 150 lbs
N12 Venting ANSI RF 3” 150 lbs
N15 Sight glass for siphon Ø125
skimming pipe
N18 Rinsing of back wall ANSI RF 1” 150 lbs
N19 Inspection cover with ANSI RF 1 1/2” 150 lbs
rinsing of basket shell
N20 Filtrate overflow ANSI RF 8” 150 lbs
N26 Hydraulic oil inlet Hose DN10 to be connected to
P1 at hydraulic unit;
with hoses of
2 000 mm length
N27 Hydraulic oil outlet Hose DN16 to be connected to T1
at hydraulic unit;
with hoses of
2 000 mm length

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
27
HZ 160/5 Si
Pos. Description Standards Connecting Remarks
dimensions
N30 Supply of oil for front ISO 228−1 G 1/4
bearing lubrication connected to oil lube
N31 Supply of oil for rear ISO 228−1 G 1/4 unit
bearing lubrication
N32 Return of oil from ISO 228−1 G 3/4
bearing lubrication =
inlet at buffer vessel
N32.1 Return of oil from ISO 228−1 G 1/4  N32
housing sealing
N32.2 Return of oil from ISO 228−1 G 3/4  N32
bearing tube
N34 Gas supply for shaft  N41
sealing
N35 Gas supply for bearing  N41
sealing at basket side
N36 Vent / Leckage outlet pipe Ø10 X 1.5 remains open; in-
of seal chamber stallation of leakage
pot is recommended
N37 Rinsing for pre−sealing ASA 1/4 − 18 NPT
chamber male thread
N38 Gas supply for bearing  N41
sealing at drive side
N41 Gas supply for sealing Push−in fitting 1/2 − 14 NPT Supplies gas to N34
purge unit female thread + N35 + N38
N61 Rinsing inlet at front ASA 1/4 − 18 NPT
seal of siphon skim- male thread
ming pipe
N62 Rinsing outlet at front ASA 1/4 − 18 NPT
ming pipe
N63 Leakage outlet at front DIN 13−1 M10x1 remains open
seal of siphon skim-
ming pipe
N64 Rinsing inlet at rear ASA 1/4 − 18 NPT
ming pipe
N65 Rinsing outlet at rear ASA 1/4 − 18 NPT
ming pipe
N66 Leakage outlet at rear DIN 13−1 M10x1 remains open
seal of siphon skim-
ming pipe
*) with loose flange at beaded pipe end
Each flange is provided with a number of bolt holes which can be divided by four. The bolt holes are ar-
ranged symmetrically to the two main axes in such a way that holes do not coincide with the axes.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
28
HZ 160/5 Si
3.11 Utility Schedule
Flow rates are partly process dependent.
Pos. Description Medium Overpressure Flowrate Remarks
max. at operation max. at operation
(recommend.) (recommend.)
N2 Feed pipe Suspen- 0.5 bar 0.2−0.5 bar 1 800 by customer Pressure
sion l/min corresponds
to a water co-
lumn of 5m
N4 Wash pipe Water 2 bar 2 bar 10 m3/h 10 m3/h
N6 Pneumatic heel Air 10 bar 6 bar 360 240 Nm3/h see chapter
cake removal Nm3/h 6.5.5
N7.1 Sight glass rin- Water 2 bar 2 bar 0.1 m3/h 0.1 m3/h
sing
N9.1 Centrifuge Water 2 bar 2 bar 3 m3/h 3 m3/h for each
N9.2 inside rinsing connection
N9.3 with four
N9.4 nozzles
N11 Back rinsing Water 1 bar 0.5 bar 30 m3/h 30 m3/h see chapter
pipe 6.5.4
N18 Rinsing of back Water 2 bar 2 bar 4.2 m3/h 4.2 m3/h
wall
N19 Rinsing of Water 2 bar 2 bar 4.5 m3/h 4.5 m3/h
basket shell
N34 Gas supply for Air 0.7 bar 0.5 bar 1 Nm3/h 0.35−0.5 *)
shaft sealing Nm3/h
bearing sealing Nm3/h
at basket side
N37 Rinsing for pre− Water 2 bar 2 bar 0.15 0.15 m3/h to be acti-
sealing cham- m3/h vated during
ber feeding or
washing step
bearing sealing Nm3/h
at drive side
N41 Gas supply for Air 10 bar 2.5 − 6 bar 3 Nm3/h 1−1.5 Nm3/h total amount
sealing purge for N34, N35
unit + N38
N61 Rinsing inlet at Water slight slight pressure 0.14 0.1 m3/h Flow monitor-
front seal of si- pres- m3/h ing is recom-
phon skimming sure mended
pipe
N64 Rinsing inlet at Water slight slight pressure 0.14 0.1 m3/h Flow monitor-
rear seal of si- pres- m3/h ing is recom-
phon skimming sure mended
pipe
*) Open fully the flow control valves which are installed at each flow meter. Then set the pressure regu-
lator to the given pressure and afterwards adjust the flow by the flow control valves till the given flow
is obtained.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
29
HZ 160/5 Si
3.12 Basket Calculation
Basket perforation representation
d
B1
B3

circumferential
axial direction
S1
D1
D3
H
S
Fig. 8: Dimension Sheet for Basket Calculation

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
30
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
31
HZ 160/5 Si
4 Safety Instructions
4.1 Symbols
4.1.1 Danger!
This symbol refers to all safety instructions in these Operating Instructions where
there is a risk for life and limbs of the persons concerned. Please consider these in-
structions and proceed with care! The safety instructions shall be made available to
all persons concerned. All safety regulations and accident prevention rules in force
refer in addition to the instructions contained in these Operating Instructions.
4.1.2 Attention!
This symbol is found in these Operating Instructions wherever special attention

should be paid to directions, instructions, specifications and the proper order of
work in order to avoid damages to and/or destruction of the machine and/or other
plant components.
4.2 Proper use

Proper use means:
 The machine is suitable exclusively for the dehydration and washing of solid−liquid mixtures.
 The properties of the mixture given in the contract (e.g. composition, particle size distribution, feed con-
centration, temperature) must be observed.
 The values stated in the chapter “Technical Data” (see chap. 3) as well as on the type plate must not be
exceeded.
 The machine is not suitable for installation in a potentially explosive atmosphere as well as for proces-
sing of potentially explosive products.
 Substances that are harmful to health, hazardous and/or toxic substances shall only be processed if a
respective hazard assessment and risk assessment have been carried out by the operator prior to the
commencement of work. When processing and/or using hazardous media and/or media that are harm-
ful to health the operator shall take measures that rule out any hazard to persons in the event of a leak or
opening of the machine. If the residual risk cannot be assessed, substances harmful to health, hazard-
ous and/or toxic substances shall not be processed.
 Operating personnel is not always present at the machine (unattended production)
 The use as specified means also the strict compliance with the Operating Instructions and the assembly
and dismantling, commissioning, operation and maintenance instructions. Maintenance and repair
work exceeding that described in the Operating Instructions is only to be carried out by the manufac-
turer’s personnel or by qualified staff trained by the manufacturer.
Any and all other use is not permissible. The manufacturer will not be liable for damages resulting there-
from but the risk is at the sole responsibility of the owner.
4.3 Warranty
Unless otherwise agreed in the contract, during the period of warranty all routine annual and triennial in-
spection jobs as well as all repair work due to faults are only to be carried out by service staff of ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH. Beyond this, during the period of warranty only original spare parts from ANDRITZ KMPT
GmbH are to be installed. Warranty claims shall otherwise become null and void.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
32
HZ 160/5 Si
4.4 Safety Regulations
 In any case, local safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents in force in the
country of the owner are to be considered first!
 Risks for the life and limbs of the operators may be involved particularly if the machine is run by
unskilled personnel, or is used in an improper way or not in accordance with the specifications.
 The machine and other equipment of the owner may be damaged by the use of the machine by unquali-
fied personnel, in an improper way or for other purposes than specified.
 Each person, who is concerned in the plant of the owner with dismantling, mounting, commissioning,
operation and maintenance of the machine must have read and understood the complete Operating
Instructions, especially the chapter Safety. We recommend the owner to confirm this in writing. In addi-
tion these persons have to know the relevant Work Safety Regulations.
 Operating conditions which may result in risks due to improper operation may be caused among others
by inadequate or irregular loading, by product build−up or careless setting of the discharge devices.
When imbalance is noted for these reasons, the machine must be stopped immediately in any case
and the problem eliminated.
 The safety data sheets of the used agents and utilities must be observed. Suitable protective measures
must be taken by the operator where applicable.
4.5 Operation of the Machine
 The owner must make sure that the machine will be used only in excellent operating condition at any
time.
 The user must care for cleanliness of and access to the working place at and around the machine by the
corresponding instructions and inspections.
 The machine must be set up to allow a stable operation. The construction company will be fully respon-
sible for the stability of the solid foundation and of the inertia block, if any.
 Abstain from all work which may affect the safety of the machine.
 The feed rate of the machine must be absolutely even and constant.
 Whenever considerable imbalance is noted, the machine must be shut down. A machine which has run
at imbalance and was stopped for this reason, must be unloaded and cleaned before restarting it.
 Machines which are processing inflammable products, must be provided with the suitable equipment to
prevent the risk of explosive atmosphere inside which may result in fire, detonation or explosion.
 The speed of the machine or the feed rate must not be increased above the data in chapter “Technical
Data” unless the supplier of the machine has confirmed this in writing.
 Unauthorised modifications or changes which may affect the safety of the machine are not allowed.
Modifications which may be of effect on the safety of the machine must always have prior approval by
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH and confirmed in writing.
 The user of the machine must inform the authorities concerned immediately of detonation (breaking,
bursting) as well as of explosions of the processed product.
 Machines which are operating at overpressure above 0.5 barg, must pass the tests specified by the
pressure vessel regulations.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
33
HZ 160/5 Si
4.6 Operators
 We recommend to the owner to prepare internal instructions considering the qualifications known to him
of the personnel in charge and to have the receipt of the Operating Instructions and/or receipt of training/
instruction courses confirmed by writing.
 The operation, maintenance and repair of the machine must be done only by authorised, qualified and
trained personnel. This personnel must receive special instructions regarding the risks involved.
 Assembly, maintenance, repairs and troubleshooting require technical knowledge and may only be per-
formed by specially trained and authorised specialist staff. Any work on the electrical equipment must be
carried out by an electrician in accordance with the regulations of electrical engineering.
 The owner of the machine shall prepare a manual in the language and make−up suitable for the operator
personnel and must make this manual available and accessible to the operator personnel at all times.
 The operator must guarantee that only authorised persons will work at the machine.
 The operator must not ascend the machine during operation. The installation of platforms for the oper-
ators is recommended.
 The responsibilities during the assembly, dismantling and reassembly, commissioning, operation and
repair must be clearly defined and followed in order to support safety standards by clear competence.
 The operator agrees to operate the machine only in excellent operating condition.
 The operators must use the required personal protective clothing (gloves, respirator, suits) considering
the risks involved which may be caused by the machine and the processed product, and must use them
as required. The owner must instruct the personnel accordingly.
4.7 Inspection
 The reliability of the machines shall be inspected at least once yearly in operating condition and at least
every three years in disassembled condition. The national and local regulations and all special direc-
tions by the trade unions have to be considered by the owner. Our machine components are compatible
with these intervals.
 This is a minimum requirement and the owner is obliged to have the machine inspected in shorter inter-
vals if necessary. It is advisable to duly document the results of the yearly and of the three−years inspec-
tions.
4.8 Maintenance and Assembly

 The operator agrees to check the machine at least once each shift for external visible damages and
defects, and to advise immediately his observations (including the operating behavior) affecting the
safety and to eliminate deficiencies if any.
 All covers, doors and safety guards must be opened only for routine cleaning and maintenance pur-
poses during inspections and only after the machine has stopped operation.
 The shutdown procedures stated in these Operating Instructions, must be followed for all assembly and
dismantling, commissioning, operation, modification and maintenance work.
 Whenever maintenance, assembly or dismantling work is done it must be absolutely sure that no ex-
plosive atmosphere is existing.
 Before you start any work at the rotor, all drive motors and control circuits must be dead and locked
against unauthorised use. Where frequency controlled motors are installed, the primary−side converter
must also be switched−off. Other power units e.g. control pneumatics for the operation of the valves,
pneumatic cylinders, etc., must be de−energized (discharge pressure valve) and must be protected
against unauthorised starting (just like the motors). These devices must disconnect the energy supply in
a clearly visible and reliable way.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
34
HZ 160/5 Si
 Before starting the work at the machine, its drives and optional equipment must be protected by locking
against unauthorised operation. This can be done preferably at a local power switch (which is not in-
cluded in the delivery).
 All maintenance work at the machine must be done only after the machine is at zero−speed.
 Protecting guards and devices must be removed only after standstill and locking out of the machine.
 Doors, guards and covers must be opened only after standstill of the machine and must be installed
again immediately after completion of the work.
 Before starting any work at the open machine, the user shall take the precautions required for the prod-
uct concerned in order to avoid injuries or health hazards. Before you start any work at the open housing
or in the process area, noxious gas or vapours, if any, must be vented, product residues removed and
the process area carefully ventilated.
 When you work at the open process area, all supply and discharge pipes must be closed and secured;
the same refers to the inertizing system, if any.
 Please note that there are not any locking functions in action during the ”revision” resp. ”test” mode of
operation which must be used only by authorised persons for testing and adjusting certain functions. For
this reason special care must be taken.
 For work in confined spaces e.g. in the basket, electric devices according to the national safety regula-
tions must be used exclusively (for example: low tension of 42 V according to VDE 0100 in Germany).
 The lifting appliance crane used for maintenance must meet the weight of the heaviest part to be lifted.
 The machine must be attached only at the lifting lugs clearly identified.
 For the assembly and removal of components, special tools and devices provided for this purpose must
be used in order to avoid the risk of damages affecting the reliability of the equipment.
4.9 Start−up
 Before starting the machine after repair, you should see that all protective devices be installed and all
doors, guards and covers closed.
 After completion of electric assembly and repair work the provided protection measures (e.g. grounding
resistance) must be tested. The owner must take full responsibility. The manufacturer/supplier will not
accept any claims unless agreed upon.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
35
HZ 160/5 Si
4.10 Monitoring equipment
The manufacturer has done a risk analysis of the machine to assure a safe operation of the machine. As a
result, monitoring equipment and their quality was defined. It is assumed that operating personnel is not
always present at the machine (unattended production).
The stated monitorings are normally realised by integrating into the control of the
machine! However, the monitoring can also realised in another way!
To this end, the following monitoring equipment must be installed:
General requirements
Required equipment SIL PL
EN EN ISO
62061 13849
Safe stopping of rotor drive in case emergency button is pressed 1 c
Safe stopping of rotor drive in case of too high imbalance 1 c
Safe switching off of the drive torque of rotor drive in case of overspeed 1 c
(not absolutely essential for operation with single speed without frequency con-
verter)
Installation of locked, separating protective equipment for the centrifuge door /
cover:
 Safe preventing starting the rotor drive in case the door / cover of centrifuge is 2 d
not closed
 Safe stopping of rotor drive in case the door / cover is no longer closed 1 c
Safe switching−off of hydraulic pump in case of emergency stop 1 c
Safe switching−off of screw drive in case of emergency stop 1 c
Safe interlock switch on screw drive if door/cover of centrifuge is not closed 2 d
In case a maintenance switch is used, the following safety functions must be
available:
 Safe interlock switch on rotor drive if maintenance switch is activated 1 c
 Safe mute of signal “door/cover closed” if maintenance switch is activated 1 c
Stopping of rotor drive in case the minimum oil flow to the main beaings is fallen no safety function
short. (A flowmeter with electrical monitoring of a minimum flow for the basket−
side and the drive−side bearing lubrication is installed at lubricating oil unit.)
If applicable, pressure and temperature monitoring to keep safely the limits stated 2 d
on the type plate
The information given in the operating instructions of the sub−assemblies must also be observed.
Processing harmful and noxious materials
Substances that are harmful to health, hazardous and/or toxic substances shall only be processed if a re-
spective hazard assessment and risk assessment have been carried out by the operator prior to the com-
mencement of work. When processing and/or using hazardous media and/or media that are harmful to
health the operator shall take measures that rule out any hazard to persons in the event of a leak or opening
of the machine. If the residual risk cannot be assessed, substances harmful to health, hazardous and/or
toxic substances shall not be processed.
Based on plant−specific and process−specific features (e.g. overpressure, steriliza-

tion) additional monitoring and locking installations are required. The safety stan-
dard of these monitoring and locking installations must be defined within the
scope of a risk analysis carried out by the operator!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
36
HZ 160/5 Si
5 Transport, Setting−up and Assembly
5.1 General Instructions

Both static forces and considerable dynamic forces can be produced by the centrifuge.
For this reason the careful installation of the centrifuge HZ 160/5 Si is a requirement for the reliable and
troublefree operation of the machine. For minimizing the vibrations and the forces transmitted into the
building, the installation of the HZ 160/5 Si must be elastic.
All pipes and connections to the centrifuge must be flexible.
In order to protect the building and the machine against damages, the machine must be shut−down im-
mediately when high imbalance occurs (see chapter 6.7.1). It is necessary to provide for imbalance moni-
toring of the machine.
5.2 Packing
The packing depends on the shipping route and the transportation mode of the centrifuge. The following
symbols shall be considered when the centrifuges and the accessories are packed into cases:
Center of gravity Attach here This side up
Fig. 9: Symbols for Transport
Protective covers and plugs at openings and transport locks (see chapter 5.7.7) must be removed only
during the assembly.
The contents of the shipment are listed in the packing list. The consignments must be checked for com-
plete contents upon arrival. Damages in transit and/or missing parts must be advised immediately in writ-
ing.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
37
HZ 160/5 Si
5.3 Intermediate Storing
General
In general, the preservation measures depend on the condition of the packing material and the period of
storage.
As the preservation measures depend considerably on the local conditions the

actions described below can be considered only as minimum requirement!
As the case may be, additional preserving measures must be taken (e.g. protection
against high humidity of the air and/or aggressive atmosphere; protection against
the effect of termites and gnawers).
We most urgently recommend you to consult the services of the personnel of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for
start−up of the machine after intermediate storage.
Intermediate Storing for up to twelve months
When the centrifuge and the accessories are not installed immediately after arrival, it is recommended to
take the following measures for an intermediate storing for up to twelve months:
 Store the machine and all other delivered components in a covered building free of vibration (to avoid
damages at the bearings).
 Cover machine with tarpaulin
 Avoid the ingress of

− dust,
− moisture (avoid high air humidity),
− acids,
− caustic solutions,
− salt,
− oil,
− water.
 Ambient temperature should not be below −10C or above +50C, for machines with rubber−lined parts
not below 0C or above +50C.
Avoid extreme variations of temperature.
 Transport locks remain installed.
Under these conditions the centrifuge can be stored for up to twelve months.
Storage times for more than 12 months (Long term storage)
For storage times for more than 12 months we recommend to ask ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for consultation.
Storage of roller bearings
Spare roller bearings must be left in their original packing until just before their installation. Large roller
bearings must be stored in upright position because of the relatively low wall thickness of the races.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
38
HZ 160/5 Si
5.4 Transport
5.4.1 General
The weights of the units are stated in chap. 3.9.1.

The load capacity of the crane must suitable for this weight.
Do not damage the accessories when attaching the lifting cables!
Never stand under suspended loads!

Only use a hoist and slinging tackle capable of safely supporting the weight of the
load! Lift the units carefully while observing the centre of gravity.
Use protective equipment (safety helmet, protective gloves, safety boots)!
5.4.2 Transport of centrifuge
Install the transport locks before every transport activity.
The weight of the centrifuge is shown under chapter 3.9. The centrifuge must not be tilted for transporta-
tion. The centrifuge will be supplied without oil filled in.
For handling the centrifuge is to be attached at the three lugs at the housing.
Fig. 10: Transport of the Centrifuge
Do not damage the accessories when attaching the ropes.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
39
HZ 160/5 Si
5.4.3 Transport of hydraulic unit
The hydraulic unit will be supplied without oil filled in. The four lifting lugs at the housing are to be used for
handling.
The pressure accumulators will be delivered with an overpressure of 2 bar. Before start−up the accumula-
tors must be filled with an overpressure p0 (see chapter 3.5).
Be cautious! The pressure accumulators of the hydraulic power pack contain ni-
trogen of overpressure!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
40
HZ 160/5 Si
5.5 Treatment of rubber−lined and plastic coated parts
5.5.1 Rubber−lined parts
Rubber−lined parts are always susceptible to impacts! The lower the ambient tem-
perature the higher the risk!
Do not apply high contact pressure on parts both with hard and soft rubber−lin-
ing!
Transport
 Transport machines only at temperatures within the limits stated in chapter 3.8
 Do not expose the rubber−lining to pressure or friction by the transport ropes or chains
 Protect exposed places by wood covers with soft (cotton waste, soft rubber, etc.) gaskets, the same
refers to the placement of separate rubber−lined components
 Avoid impacts and stress
 Use special protections or rubber soled shoes for entry
Storage
The storage in the open air is not allowed. In winter the ambient temperature must not drop considerably
(see chapter 3.8).
5.5.2 Plastic coated parts
Transport
Plastic coated parts are most susceptible to mechanical damages.
 Do not use chains and other metal lifting appliance to avoid damages at the coated surfaces in transit
and during setup
 Clean concerned parts by a wet cloth before attaching the hemp or plastic ropes and placing any pro-
tecting supports on them
 In case of temperatures under −20C max. there is a risk of embrittlement of the plastic coatings with a
PTFE base
 Avoid even minor damages, due to the risk of erosion and corrosion after startup
Storage
The storage in the open air is not allowed. In winter the ambient temperature must not drop considerably
(see chapter 3.8).
 In case of temperatures under −20C max. there is a risk of embrittlement of the plastic coatings with a
PTFE base

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
41
HZ 160/5 Si
5.6 Place of installation and space requirement
Installation of the centrifuge is carried out flexibly either directly in the building or on a table foundation.
Flexible installation on building floor Flexible installation on table base
Advantages
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Advantages
 independent vibration system
 useable space below centrifuge
 vibration system independent from building
 low vibration transfer to building
 optimum vibration isolation by balanced spring  optimum vibration isolation by balanced spring
damper system damper system
 easy installation of machine in building
 Lowest investment costs for civil works
Disadvantages
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Disadvantages
 Large deflections (oscillation amplitudes) of
centrifuge must be handled
 large deflections (oscillation amplitude) of cen-
trifuge must be handled
 Higher residual interference forces act on build-
ing
 additional deflection of table base
 subsequent revisions of base difficult (es-
 Building structure has to absorb the residual dy- pecially in case of concrete table base)
namic interference forces  subsequent change of installation place not
 Building structural design has to be carefully possible
analyzed for structural resonances and stif-
fness.
 Installation depending on ground
Fig. 11: Flexible installation of centrifuge

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
42
HZ 160/5 Si
The static and dynamic foundation load through the machine is given in the installation data in Chapter 3.9.
A static and dynamic structural analysis has to be carried out for the elastic foundation. The DIN 4024
(Part 1 and 2) serves as a basis for the design, however, local standards and guidelines must be observed.
In the static and dynamic structural analysis it must be verified that the foundation
has adequate static and dynamic strength, that the building frequencies are not in
the range of the machine speed (excitation frequency) and that the operating am-
plitudes do not become too high!
The contractor shall bear fully responsibility for the strength of the fixed foundation, the building and the
steel framework and upon provision of the vibration foundation, also for the strength thereof. The fixed
foundation shall be understood to include every substructure, fixed floor, concrete or also steel frame-
work.
If several centrifuges or other machinery that cause vibration are installed in a building, it is recommended
to isolate the foundations of the individual machine units in order to avoid vibration transfer from one centri-
fuge or machine to the other. The transfer of vibrations is particularly problematic when vibrations of other
centrifuges or machines transfer to a centrifuge and become more intense, leading to the possible shut−
down of the centrifuge through vibration monitoring and to an interruption in the operation.
If centrifuges are not installed in compliance with these requirements major prob-
lems can occur in the production (permanently high mechanical loads on the ma-
chines caused by increased oscillation frequencies, more frequent interruptions in
the production caused by the triggering of unbalance monitoring systems) and
can also lead to building damage!
The provided installation and connection diagram is decisive for the installation of the centrifuge on the
foundation.
All supply and drain pipes must be flexible so that the centrifuge is isolated from the integrating system (for
vibration displacement see Chapter 3.9).
The centrifuge and all accessories must be protected against environmental impact. Ideally the centrifuge
is installed in a building. Otherwise there should be at least a protective roof installed over the centrifuge.
The permissible ambient temperature for operating the centrifuge is given in Chapter 3.8. Operation of the
centrifuge at temperatures that do not comply with the permissible ambient temperature is not permitted.
To transport the centrifuge to the place of installation an appropriate in−door overhead crane or e.g. truck−
mounted crane must be available. The corresponding weights are given in chapter 3.9. If a crane is pro-
vided with a lower lifting capacity, this crane is not to be used to transport the assembled centrifuge. The
centrifuge can then be disassembled (e.g. removal of motors) and the individual parts transported separ-
ately. In doing so, the lifting capacity of the crane must be greater than the weight of the heaviest compo-
nent.
For maintenance jobs carried out later on there must be a transport rail with traveling trolley available at an
appropriate height. The traveling trolley should be moveable in longitudinal direction and additionally also
in transverse direction. The lifting capacity should ideally at least correspond to the weight of the entire
centrifuge or be greater than the weight of the heaviest component which must be lifted. The correspon-
ding weights are given in chapter 3.9. Moreover, a reliable base of support for the dismantled components
must be availalbe near to the centrifuge.
The installation of service equipment (such as cranes, crane rails, traveling trolley, for example) is a pre-
requisite for the honoring of warranty claims by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH.
The space requirement around the centrifuge for operating and maintenance jobs is given in the detailed
order−related installation and connection diagram and the installation data in chapter 3.9. Adequate space
must also be provided for additional units and electro−technical accessories such as e.g. local control unit.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
43
HZ 160/5 Si
For the hydraulic power pack, adequate space must be provided beside the centrifuge. The hoses for con-
necting the machine and the hydraulic unit are included in the delivery.
Railway above the centrifuge

centre along the rotation axis
Crane
Mounting tool
Foundation block
Spring dampers
Platform
Hydraulic unit
Front view
Fig. 12: Place of installation

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
44
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7 Setting−up and Assembling
The setting−up should be carried out in the following order:
 Lift the steel concrete block (see chapter 9.16)
 Install the spring elements (see chapter 9.16)
 Set up the centrifuge (see below)
 Install the drive motor
 Install all other units like hydraulic power pack, local panel, oil lubricating unit, etc. (see below)
 Install the product and wash valves (see below)
 Install the shut−off flaps
 Arrange the pipes for the hydraulic unit and the oil lubrication (see below)
 Fit flex connections and install lines for feed, rinsing, wash, product and filtrate pipes (see below)
 Fill the oil lubricating unit and the hydraulic unit
 Cable all motors and the electric control (see below)
 Remove transport locks
 Check if further guards and safety gates must be installed to protect the operators
If high or low product temperatures appear during the operation protective equip-
ment must be installed around the centrifuge to avoid a contact with the hot or cold
surfaces!
High temperatures can appear at bearing area of the machine and at the motors!
 Check the electric inputs and outputs
 Mechanical inspections before test run without product
 Adjust and check the adm. centrifuge speed
 Adjust imbalance control
 Test program sequence with all interlocks
 Effect test run without product

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
45
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7.1 Setting−up of the Peeler Centrifuge
 Lift the centrifuge onto the inertia block by the three lugs at the housing (weight see 3.9)
 To align the centrifuge with a leveling tool, the foundation block must be in a position to swing freely; all
rigid connections must be removed
 All units like drive motor and other equipment of considerable weight must be accommodated at their
provided place (see General Arrangement Drawing) in order to allow due leveling
 Grout the cavities marked in the General Arrangement Drawing by concrete.
 Provided the package of centrifuge and foundation block is duly horizontally aligned the spring elements
are exposed to same loads and are of same height. Differences in dimensions up to +/− 2 mm are ad-
missible
 Do not use shims for alignment as the spring elements may be overloaded in this way
By the total load exerted by the foundation block and the machine the spring elements will reach their oper-
ating height. The nuts of the initial stressing bolts must have a play then of approx. 10 mm. The initial stres-
sing bolts must not be used to adjust the elevation of the foundation unless the spring elements will be
blocked.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
46
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7.2 Installation of Local Panel and the Control Cabinet
The following refers whenever the above components are included in the delivery:
The local panel with its EMERGENCY−STOP button is located normally directly by the side of the centri-
fuge. The terminal must be fixed free of vibration, at eye level, protected against dust and acids. The re-
quired attachments and holders will be provided at site.
The control cabinet and the variable speed drive are fixed at the ground for example by dowels. These two
units are normally not installed directly at the centrifuge but in a separate protected room.
For further details please refer to the Electrical Documentation.
5.7.3 Installation of the Inertizing Unit
The following refers whenever the above component is included in the delivery:
The inertizing unit will be installed and connected in accordance with the instructions in the separate elec-
tric documentation.
The gas sampling nozzle provided for the centrifuge, is to be connected by expansion joint.
For all maintenance work at the centrifuge it must be possible to shut−off the nitrogen
supply in a safe way!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
47
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7.4 Laying of the Pipes for the Hydraulic Power and the Oil Lubrication
The pipes and pipe fittings must be suitable for the design pressure of the corre-
sponding units (see chapter 3.9). The pipe sections must come up to the specifi-
cations of the hydraulic diagram and of the lubrication plans.
 The hydraulic piping must be supported by holders in order to exclude all risks due to excessive loads.
 For connection with the threaded joints at the centrifuge high−pressure hoses must be used (for absorp-
tion of vibrations)
 The piping must be as short, direct and straight as possible
 The number of threaded joints is to be kept at a minimum
The pipes should be bent preferably in cold condition. Hot forming will result in
scale and will require pickling of the pipe pieces concerned followed by neutraliz-
ation and washing with oil. After installing, the piping is to be protected against
corrosion.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
48
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7.5 Cabling of all Motors and of the Electric Control System
Please refer to the drawings and information in the separate Electrical Documentation.
Consider the general electrIcal standards and the VDE instructions for the electric
cables, cross−sections and the arrangement of electric cables.
The respective safety and installation regulations in foreign countries refer accord-
ingly!
Before testing EMERGENCY STOP and safety devices no drives or other control functions may be
switched on.
 As far as the electric cabling is concerned, special attention should be paid also to flexible connections
at the centrifuge.
 On the occasion of the commissioning, check the sense of rotation of the electric motors.
5.7.6 Grounding
Ground the machine adequately!

At the housing you will see a grounding symbol shown above with a screw for
connection of a ground stap. Connect here a ground strap to the building.
It is left to the owner of the centrifuge to decide if further grounding connections are required, especially at
the flex connectors.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
49
HZ 160/5 Si
5.7.7 Removal of Transport Locks
Removal of Transport Locks at basket
The centrifuge is provided with transport locks to exclude the risk of damages to the roller bearings (see
Fig. 13). In this way the basket is locked in the housing.
B
A
Fig. 13: Transport locks
 Shut down the machine (see chapter 6.7.1)
 Open the housing door
 Remove the two transport locks (A and B)
 Check all lined supporting surfaces for damages and inform ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH if damages are
noted.
 Check the basket for mobility by hand
The transport locks must be installed again for forwarding the machine! Proceed
in reverse order!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
50
HZ 160/5 Si
Removal of Transport Locks at the spring elements
The spring elements of the centrifuge are provided with transport locking bolts to prevent the spring el-
ements from falling to pieces in transit (see Fig. 14).
Transport
locking bolt
Transport condition Operating condition
Fig. 14: Transport Locks
Before the commissioning of the centrifuge, the transport locking bolts must be removed at all spring ele-
ments:
 Screw−off the bolts by means of the two bottom nuts (the bolts must be screwed−off from the top plate of
the spring elements), see fig. 14.
 Take−off the bolts and store them at a suitable place as they may be needed again
For conveying the spring elements it is absolutely necessary to screw−in the trans-
port locking bolts again!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
51
HZ 160/5 Si
5.8 Guidelines for laying pipes, hose connections and valves
5.8.1 General
Laying pipes
All connecting lines to the machine must be arranged in such a way that there are no forces acting on the
connecting flanges of the machine.
For this purpose observe the following:
 All pipes must be free of vibration at the connection with the centrifuge by installing compensators or
appropriate flexible hoses in between.
 Assemble pipes stress−free
 Lay pipes in such a way that the pipes are supported and do not rest on the connecting flanges.
 Arrange pipes in such a way that thermal expansions coming from the machine and the pipes do not
exert forces on the connecting flanges of the machine.
Additionally observe the following:
 It is recommended to also use expansion joints or hoses, in addition to pipes.
 To avoid electrostatic charging with machines installed in potentially explosive atmospheres, all con-
nections (hoses, expansion joints) must be electrically conductive.
 The used pipes and hoses must be designed for the max. permissible pressure and temperature
 Keep piping as short as possible and lay as straight as possible
 Keep number of screw connections and flange connections as low as possible
 Bend pipes as cold as possible
Hot forming leads to scale formation: in event of processed pipe pieces always
pickle, neutralize and subsequently flush with oil!
Apply corrosion protection after laying pipes!
 Observe the arrangement of fittings and valves specified by the manufacturer during the installation
Open system
 If an open system is existing, adequate precautions must be taken by the operator in order to prevent
the access of human limbs to rotating or moving parts (e.g. installation of install safety barriers, installa-
tion of a fence, installation of a down pipe)
Closed system
 If a closed system is existing, the starting of the machine and the operation of the shut−off valves must
be prevented by the control when the closed system is opened and therefore human limbs can reach the
discharge valve or the other moving parts (e.g. taking−off the product barrel when changing the barrels
at normal operation)
Maintenance work
 For maintenance work in the machine all supply lines must be able to be reliably shut off and protected
against unauthorized switching on.
Couplings
 If it is necessary to change frequently hose connections during operation, the use of self−locking quick−
release couplings is recommended in order to avoid leakage.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
52
HZ 160/5 Si
Disassembly work
Always make sure that the following conditions apply prior to disassembly work:
 Pipes are not hot
 Pipes do not contain media, remove any existing media if necessary
 Pipes are pressure−free
Re−assembly work
Always observe the following re−assembly instructions when carrying out the re−assembly of pipes:
 Tighten screw connections crosswise and tighten to correct torque
 Check condition of seal; replace if necessary.

Always replace hard seals, metal−cased seals, and FEP−coated sealing rings
 Check seals for correct seat
 After completion of re−assembly check for leaks and carry out pressure test, if necessary and flush the
pipes to be sure that all hard particulates have been flushed out, dry the pipes, if necessary.
Installation examples for hoses
Wrong
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Correct
Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
53
HZ 160/5 Si
5.8.2 Machine specific requirements
Feed line for the suspension, general
 as short as possible
The suspension pipe should not be more than 5 m long from the feed valve, the
maximum length must not at all be above 10 m.
 arrange the feed valve always at the beginning of the feed pipe
Where the suspension is fed from a feed tank, the feed valve is to be installed di-
rectly at the tank bottom!
Where the feed comes from a circulating loop the feed valve shall be arranged di-
rectly at the circulating loop!
 lay the pipe with the highest possible slope, absolute no horizontal pipe sections
 rises in the pipes are not acceptable for example due to hanging hoses
 ventilate the pipes or connect to nitrogen pipe resp. as required
 pipe diameters of feed pipe and supply pipe must be the same
 observe easy dismantling because of door or install flexibly enough
 provide a sight−glass close to the centrifuge (to assist the commissioning and the process optimization
of the machine)
 use a safety hand valve; a throttle, butterfly valve type will be useful; locate the hand valve close to the
machine.
 Foreign particles are not to enter the machine as they can lead to production malfunctions and machine
damage. Therefore always install a screen or solids separator in the feed line if there is a chance of
foreign particles being present in the suspension or feed line.
Suspension from slurry tank
 supply pressure: 0.25 bar
 use nitrogen additionally if necessary
 use bottom valve of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH
 install bottom valve directly at the tank
 bottom valve with good accessibility
Empty tank before repairing valve!

Suspension from circuit line
Before the installation of a circulating loop the possibility to install a suspension

header tank should be checked!
 use automatic valve
 install security hand valve additionally
 automatic valve as near as possible to circuit
 install valve only to straight pipes
 Care for constant pressure in the circulating loop when the feed valve is opened.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
54
HZ 160/5 Si
Product wash pipe where a separate wash pipe is used
 arrange the valve close to the centrifuge
 care for quick emptying of the pipe
 install security hand valve
 sight glass near the machine
Product wash pipe where the feed pipe is used
 provide the inlet of the pipe as close as possible at the feed valve
 locate the wash valve close to the feed pipe.
Filtrate Discharge Pipe
 no narrow parts permissible; a reduction of the pipe diameter is only permissible after contact with
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH
 arrange filtrate pipe in such a way that a backing up of filtrate is not possible
 in case of a gas−tight machine or when the process area is inertized, a penetration of gas into the pro-
cess area must be surely avoided.
This can be done by one of the following measures:
a) Dipping of the filtrate pipe (according to the following figure)
Vent
Cover
Filtrate inlet
Filtrate outlet (from centrifuge)
d
H
D
D > 2.5 x d
H = 1 000 mm
Bottom valve
Fig. 15: Dipping of filtrate pipe

b) Discharge the filtrate into an inertized filtrate tank
c) The installation of a siphon trap is not adequate
Filtrate overflow pipe
 sight glass near the machine
 with max. descent, no horizontal parts
 no narrow pipe runs that will restrict gravity drainage
 install a filtration sampling nozzle

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
55
HZ 160/5 Si
Solids discharge pipe
 vertical, without narrow parts
 use solids slide gate for gas tight machines
 correct installation: machine flange − compensator − slide gate
 When cleaning the machine using the installed cleaning devices or when doing the hydraulic heel cake
removal, liquid may enter the solids discharge. It is therefore necessary to install a separate liquid dis-
charge at the solids discharge, if necessary (e.g. deflector or baffle plate).
Open product discharge (e.g. product falls onto a conveyor belt):

A drainpipe must be installed at the solids discharge flange in order to prevent the
access of human limbs to the discharge flap or to the discharge screw!
Closed product discharge (e.g. racking the product into a barrel):

The starting of the centrifuge and the operation of the discharge flap must be pre-
vented by the centrifuge control when the closed system is opened and therefore
human limbs can reach the discharge flap or the discharge screw (e.g. taking−off the
product barrel when changing the barrels at normal operation)!
Seal Gas Pipes
 Install the inertising unit above the centrifuge
 Provide pipes from the inertising unit to the centrifuge without any loops toward the bottom and accord-
ing to the connection list in chapter 3.10
 For maintenance work in the centrifuge it must be possible to reliably shut off the seal gas supply
 Valves or non−return flaps must be installed in the vertical pipe line
Vent pipe
 For operations under pressure inside the process area, it is necessary to install a bursting disk or a
safety valve in the vent pipe. As this application is under atmospheric pressure, a bursting disk or a
safety valve is not required.
High temperatures as well as emission of hot gas can occur at the vent pipe! There-
fore the user must ensure that there is no risk for operators!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
56
HZ 160/5 Si
5.9 Compensators (Flexible connectors)
 All pipes must be free of vibration at the connection with the centrifuge by installing compensators in
between.
 Arrange the compensators at the existing machine−end pipe and flange connections resp. if possible.
 Pipelines from the plant must be supported directly near the compensator by corresponding support at
the building, with a view to suppress transmission of the vibrations to the pipeline.
 Where the compensators are not installed at the pipe connection included in the supply, the installation
of the pipe connection up to the compensator must be provided by rigid brackets at the machine.
Due to the way of operation of the centrifuge all supply and discharge pipes must be
uncoupled from a vibration point of view for example by the installation of compensa-
tors!
During the normal operation (till imbalance alert signal) the vibration amplitude of the
centrifuge in X, Y and Z direction is approx. 2 mm. When going through the resonance
speed and at maximum imbalance this value may be exceeded considerably. The de-
sign of all connections must be suitable. Vibration amplitudes see chapter 3.9.
 Provide all supply and discharge pipes with compensators near the foundation!
 Above the centrifuge the corresponding flexible hoses can be used as compensators.
 The compensators / pipes of machines which are operated in a potentially explosive atmosphere must
be electric conductive in order to avoid an electrostatic charge.
Pipe compensators
DN
Y
R
Fig. 16: Pipe compensators
Observe the following min. radius:

DN 10 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150
R 100 150 200 250 320 400 500 650 800 1 000 1 250 1 500
You can install a connection (plastic flange with clamp) for adjusting the length. Connect to pipe, not to
machine.
It may be necessary to fix the flange pipes to the ceiling. The two sides x, y should be of the same length.
Rubber and plastic compensators
A perfect pipe laying is necessary for due working of the compensators. Observe the fixing points of the
pipes. The distance between fixing point and compensator should 3 times the pipe diameter. Use correct
screw length and position.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
57
HZ 160/5 Si
Take care so as not to damage the rubber hose with flange bolts that may be too
long and that may penetrate the rubber wall!
 Correct mounting and the right screw length can elongate the life time
 Compensators should be stressed by compression, not torsion.
 Do not apply paint to compensators
Observe the following figures:

Correct
Fig. 17: CORRECT: Flange with smooth sealing surface till inner diameter
Correct
Fig. 18: CORRECT: Additional flat sealing protects the rubber sealing against sharp−
edged pipe end
Wrong
Fig. 19: WRONG: Flange with raised ring cuts into the rubber
Wrong
Fig. 20: WRONG: Sharp−edged pipe ends cut the rubber

 For flanges with preformed rubber a perfect contact is only possible with smooth counter flanges.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
58
HZ 160/5 Si
6 Commissioning and Operation
6.1 General Information

The machines from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH are high−capacity machines. In order to obtain the optimum
capacity from the machine it is absolutely necessary that all processing and mechanical settings be ap-
propriately set.
Based on our experience gathered for long years with laboratory tests and commissioning with various
products, we most urgently recommend you refer to the services of the personnel of ANDRITZ KMPT
GmbH for the commissioning work. On this occasion you will receive additional hints with respect to the
operation of the machine in addition to the instructions contained in this manual.
Please contact the After−Sales Service of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH (see chapter 1.2).
Before the commissioning with product it is absolutely necessary that all mechan-
ical checks and inspections before the test runs without product be carried out.
The electric program control must be tested in all individual cycles and for the au-
tomatic cycle operation.
Before starting the batch operation please see that all downstream conveyers like
discharge screw, conveyer belt, valve lock, etc. are ready for operation.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
59
HZ 160/5 Si
6.2 Mechanical Checks before the Test Runs without Product
The following tests can be executed without electrical functions! If you need electri-
cal drives or command functions ascertain that the security functions are in action!
Execution of functions only when authorized personnel controls these functions at
the machine and ascertains that there is no risk for persons or the machine!
 Check anchoring at the foundation
 Check free swinging of foundation block.
 All connections to the centrifuge must be flexible
Test hydraulic power pack
 Check lubricant level of the hydraulic unit
 Switch−on oil pump motor for a short time and check direction of rotation by watching the pressure
gauge
 Change motor terminals if no pressure is indicated
 Compare operating pressure (see chapter 3.5) and readjust as required
 Check all hydraulic directional valves one by one by manual operation
Ascertain before operating any hydraulic directional valve that there is no risk or
danger to persons by the operation of the working cylinders. Attention: Even pipes
or cables may have been inadvertently swapped during connection!
 Ventilate the working cylinders (reduce the oil pressure to approx. 10 bar)
 Check the pipes for leakage
 Adapt the speeds of the working cylinders by regulating valves
Check lubrication
 Check filling of lubrication unit
 Switch−on oil pump motor for a short time and check direction of rotation
 Check the pipes / hoses for leakage
 Check filter cloth for smooth and close fitting as well as for possible damages
 Remove the peeler knife protection
 Check the space between peeler knife and filter cloth
 Check the clearance of all accessories

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
60
HZ 160/5 Si
Check setting of siphon pipe
Siphon pipe
Siphon rim
Filtration clothing B
Siphon bottom
Fig. 21: Settings of siphon pipe
 Position siphon OUT: (pointer on scale in negative area)

 Position siphon IN (pointer on scale in positive area)
 Dimension A: approx. 10 mm
 Dimension B: set at works: check mechanical stop and compare scale
 The working position will be set only by adjustment to the proximity sensor during commissioning
 Check fixing bolts of drive motor and alignment with belt pulley of the machine
 Check belt tension
 Switch−on main drive motor to check the sense of rotation
 Switch−on screw drive motor to check the sense of rotation
 Check the operating speed of the basket by comparison with the name plate
Consider explosion proof execution for testing by stroboscope!
 Check function of door locking with open housing door (the drive motor cannot start when the housing
door is open)
 Check function of door locking with closed housing door (the drive motor can start when the housing
door is closed)
 Shut the housing door again
 See if all safety related loops and all monitoring loops are properly installed, check their settings and
check their functions; check function of EMERGENCY STOP
 Check all visible bolted connections
 Make sure that all protecting devices are installed
 Check inertizing if any

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
61
HZ 160/5 Si
6.3 Adjustment of the Unbalance Monitoring Device
In order to guarantee the due functioning of the unbalance monitoring system

throughout the operation time of the centrifuge its perfect operation must be tested
and documented by a test run before commissioning and at least once a year.
The test run and the resulting settings at the unbalance monitoring device must be
done only by skilled and instructed personnel!
The owner will be fully responsible for the due performance of this condition!
The manual of the unbalance monitoring device should be on hand for the following steps.
To do the adjustment of the unbalance monitoring device, it is necessary to start

the centrifuge. Start the centrifuge according to the procedure stated in chap. 6.5.
Take especially care that the supply of gas or liquid is provided for sealings which
must not dry−running.
6.3.1 Unbalance sensor
An accelerometer as well as the evaluation electronics is placed inside the unbalance sensor.
The user interface is visible after screwing off the cover at the unbalance sensor:
Eight DIP−switches
LEDs
Up/down push−buttons
to adjust values
Fig. 22: User interface of unbalance sensor
6.3.2 Adjustment of measuring range
The measuring range is selectable using the two DIP switches 1 & 2 marked “Meas. Range Full Scale”.
DIP switch 1 DIP switch 2 Full Scale (FS) Range Measuring range [ mm/s ]
OFF OFF FS1 10
ON OFF FS2 20
OFF ON FS3 50
ON ON FS4 100

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
62
HZ 160/5 Si
6.3.3 Terminal box
Unbalance sensor
Digital volt meter

for adjusting the
unbalance sen-
sor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Terminal box
Fig. 23: Terminal box
6.3.4 General
All centrifuges produce vibrations during operation. There are various reasons for the production of vibra-
tions. As far as centrifuges are concerned the non−uniform distribution of the product in the basket is
mostly the reason for unbalance. As far as the vibrations are within admissible limits they are of no problem
and need no special attention. If they exceed, however, the admissible limit values for the centrifuge there
is a risk or danger for the machine, the plant and the operators.
All centrifuges supplied by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH must be equipped with a suitable
unbalance monitoring device!
Whenever a centrifuge is run without unbalance monitoring device or with an unbal-
ance monitoring device which is not up−to−date the user of the machines will be re-
sponsible for all damages occurring during the operation!
The device used by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH is provided with two limit values:
 Alert Signal
 Alarm (Emergency−stop)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
63
HZ 160/5 Si
Based on theoretic studies and practical experience the vibration speed specified in the national and inter−
national literature was used as basis for the analysis of mechanical vibrations at machines
(e.g. ISO 10816−1).
Since the absolute vibration speeds depend on the foundation, the metal pads, metal rails and the steel
structures, if any, and buildings the limit values can be set only after completion of the installation, piping
and electric cabling of the centrifuge.
By a simulated unbalance (weight which is precisely adapted to the centrifuge type and the mechanical
resistance of the basket) the respective limit value will be set in the unbalance analysis device at a speci-
fied basket speed.
Consider in any case adm. weight of simulation ballast and the corresponding basket
speed in chapter 3.3!
For setting the unbalance limit values all steps shall be carried out!
Consider the order of the test operations! Document the values set for unbalance
monitoring in the test records!
6.3.5 Operations of the Control

The control must execute the following points when the alert signal appears:
 The centrifuge gets reliable in operation that means that all supply valves must be closed and the dis-
charge valves must be opened.
The control must execute the following points when the alarm (emergency stop) appears:
 Starting of the EMERGENCY−STOP procedure: − Close all supply valves

− Open all discharge valves
− Slow down the centrifuge as quickly as possible
to zero speed
6.3.6 Preparation Works and Tests
mechanical
 The centrifuge must be properly set up and well fixed
 All connections like plant piping, hydraulic and electric connections, must be well fixed and carried out
suitably to resist mechanical vibrations and exclude their rigid transmission to the plant
 Check the laying of the cables of the unbalance sensor (Consider the instructions of the manufacturer)
 Check the installation of the unbalance sensor. The sensor must be installed on a plane surface
 The standard and optional equipment installed at the centrifuge must be duly fixed and protected
 There must not be any loose parts at the centrifuge
 All damping elements must be duly filled with damping material
 The plant temperature must be in range stated in chapter 3.8
 The peeler knife must be in normal position
 Release by the responsible technician

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
64
HZ 160/5 Si
electric
 The electrical functioning of the control must be checked
 An EMERGENCY−STOP switch must be installed close to the centrifuge
 The functioning of the EMERGENCY−STOP circuit must be controlled and perfectly working
 The admissible basket speed must be set and checked (e.g. stroboscope)
 It must be possible to check the basket speed (e.g. display at control unit)
 It must be absolutely excluded that the basket exceeds the rated speed especially where frequency
controlled drives are installed
 The control with the installed unbalance monitoring must be in operation
 Release by the responsible electrician.
Preparation of the Centrifuge
Always shut down the machine completely and lock it against unauthorized restart-
ing before installing the unbalance simulating weights!
Only use balance bags obtained through ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH as simulation bal-
ancing weight (see Fig. 24 and 25). If this balancing bag is not available, please
consult ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH!
The balance bag obtained through ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH comprises an accurately defined quantity of
sodium carbonate salt that is welded airtight in several small plastic film bags and sewn into a fabric to form
several pockets. A leather seam is applied at both ends.
The balance bag is either fastened in the basket
 using one or several fiberglass rods (see fig. 24) or
 using several fixing bars with turnbuckles and rubber buffers (see fig. 25).

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
65
HZ 160/5 Si
Pull strap to remove

balance bag
Fiberglass rod to fasten

balance bag
Balance bag
Fig. 24: Balance bag with fiberglass rod
Pull strap to remove

balance bag
Fixing bar with turnbuckle and rub-

ber buffer to fasten balance bag
Balance bag
Fig. 25: Balance bag using fixing bar with turnbuckle and rubber buffer

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
66
HZ 160/5 Si
 Weigh the balance bag including fastening material
The weight of the balance bag (incl. fastening material) that is placed in the basket
must correspond to the weight of the unbalance mass for Limit 2 (see chapter 3.3)!
The relevant specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test must, however, be ob-
served at all times!
If the speed specified cannot be reached (e.g. with single−speed drives) please con-
sult ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH!
 Place preassembled balance bags in the basket (fastening means are already installed)
 Installation of balance bags with fiberglass rods (see fig. 24):

Place balance bag in the basket, bend fiberglass rods and insert in balance bag lateral pockets to fasten
the balance bag to the basket rim and basket bottom; if using several fiberglass rods arranged these
evenly over the width of the bag.
In installed condition the fiberglass rods should be slightly arched to generate the
force required to fix the balance bag! This is particularly important for wide bas-
kets!
Excessively arched fiberglass rods must be shortened accordingly!
 Installation of fixing bars with turnbuckle and rubber buffer (see fig. 25):
Place preassembled balance bags (fastening means are already installed) in the basket in such a way
that the rubber buffers rest against the basket rim and basket bottom and then tension using the turn-
buckles until a sufficient hold is reached.
 Slowly turn the basket manually and at the same time check that the balance bag is also held in place in
the top position.
The balance bag must be fastened in the basket in such a way that it cannot be-
come loose during acceleration and deceleration of the basket and damage
installed parts!
 Correctly close and secure the centrifuge door.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
67
HZ 160/5 Si
Preparation at the Unbalance Sensor
 Screw off the cover of the unbalance sensor (see fig. 22)
 When doing the adjustment for the first time, set the measuring range of the unbalance sensor to
100 mm/s (see chap. 6.3.2)
 When doing a repeated adjustment, do not change the measuring range of the unbalance sensor
 Open the terminal box and connect in line to connection 2 and 9 a digital volt meter (measuring range 0 −
20 mA), see fig. 23
 Switch−on the control
 Alert Signal
 Alarm (Emergency−stop)
 Adjust the parameters 1 to 5 one after the other according to the following table;
move the DIP switches 3, 4, 5 in the respective position and then press repeatedly the round “Up” and
“Down” buttons (see fig. 22) until the respective current is displayed at the digital volt meter.
 After having done the adjustment, move the DIP switches 3, 4, 5 to OFF position (see No. 6 in the follow-
ing table)
No. Parameter Setting DIP DIP DIP Current at

point switch 3 switch 4 switch 5 digital volt
meter [mA]
1 Limit 1 70% ON OFF OFF 15.2
(Alert signal / pre−warning)
2 Delay time for response of 4 sec ON ON OFF 4.64
Limit 1
3 Limit 2 80% OFF ON OFF 16.8
(Alarm / Emergency−stop)
4 Delay time for response of 4 sec OFF OFF ON 4.64
Limit 2
5 Self test 100% ON OFF ON 20
6 Operating position − OFF OFF OFF −
 Move the DIP switch 6 to OFF position

 Move the DIP switch 8 to ON position
 Switch−on the control and watch the self−testing of unbalance monitoring device
Self test of the Unbalance Sensor

The self test checks a large number of the functions inside the unbalance sensor.
 Initiate the self test of the unbalance sensor:
Move the DIP switch 7 to ON position and thus simulate an unbalance;
during the self test, limit 1, limit 2 as well as EMERGENCY−STOP must respond;
after having finished the self test, move the DIP switch 7 to OFF position and reset EMERGENCY−
STOP
Self−test of the unbalance sensor must be ok.

The yellow LED “Test“ will light up for as long as the self−test function is acti-
vated (see fig. 22)!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
68
HZ 160/5 Si
6.3.7 Unbalance Test Run for Commissioning
Do not operate the centrifuge without supervision when the unbalance simulating
weights are installed!
 Run the centrifuge at half speed for the first run for starting the centrifuge by simulating unbalance
conditions;
in case of single−speed drive unit (without frequency converter), install only half the unbalance weight
and run the centrifuge at specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test (see chapter 3.3) (the intent is
to start with a lower unbalance load for the first run)
 Watch most carefully the behaviour of the centrifuge, of the plant components, of the vibration dampers
and of the inertia block
 Continue the unbalance test run provided there are no special observations visible nor audible
Otherwise shut down the centrifuge (see chapter 6.7.1)!
Unbalance Test Run
Do not operate the centrifuge without supervision when the unbalance simulating
weights are installed!
 Load the centrifuge basket with the max. admissible unbalance weight − limit 2 − (see above)
 Close and lock the centrifuge door duly after fixing the simulating weights
 Accelerate the centrifuge basket up to specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test (see chapter
3.3)
Consider the actual basket speed!

The specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test must be observed at all times
(see chapter 3.3)!
If the filter cloth is not installed, whistling noise may appear!
 After the specified speed is reached read the current value shown on the digital volt meter (value A)
 Shut down the machine and protect the centrifuge against restart when the basket is at zero speed
 Move the DIP switches 3, 4, 5 to OFF−ON−OFF position (see No. 3 in the table above) and then press
repeatedly the round “Up” and “Down” buttons (see fig. 22) until the read current is displayed at the
digital volt meter (value A).
 Calculate the vibration velocity as follows:
read current value (value A) in mA − 4 mA

vibration velocity = * measuring range [mm/s]
16 mA

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
69
HZ 160/5 Si
 Example:
Measuring range = 50 mm/s (see chap. 6.3.2)
read current value = 15 mA (value A)
vibration velocity = (15 mA − 4 mA) / 16 mA * 50 mm/s = 34.4 mm/s
 After having done the adjustment, move the DIP switches 3, 4, 5 to OFF position (see No. 6 in the follow-
ing table)
 The value of Limit 2 should be in the measuring range between 40% and 95%
 other−wise another vibration speed measuring range must be selected (see chap. 6.3.2) and repeat the
adjustment
 Note the value of Limit 2 as well as the calculated vibration velocity in the test records
Determination of Limit 1
 Reduce the value of Limit 2 (Alarm/Emergency−stop) which was found during the unbalance test run
by 30% and insert it in the user interface for Limit 1 (alert signal)
 Example:
value of Limit 1 = value of Limit 2 * 0.3 = 15 mA * 0.75 = 10.5 mA
vibration velocity of Limit 1 = 34.4 mm/s * 0.7 = 24.08 mm/s
 Note the value of Limit 1 as well as the calculated vibration velocity in the test records
 Remove digital volt meter and close the terminal box
 Install again the cover at the unbalance sensor (Check the condition of the seal ring before screwing on
the cover, replace seal ring if required)
Test Run for Confirmation of the Limit Values Set for Alert Signal and Emerg-
ency−Stop
 The centrifuge remains loaded with the maximum unbalance simulating weight of limit 2
 Close the centrifuge door and lock it
 Accelerate the centrifuge basket up to specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test (see chapter
3.3)
Consider the actual basket speed!

The specified speed of rotation for the unbalance test must be observed at all times
(see chapter 3.3)!
If the filter cloth is not installed, whistling noise may appear!
 During the acceleration of the basket up to the adjusted speed the limit value limit 1 for alert signal must
respond
 Document the basket speed resulting in alert signal in the test records
 Accelerate the basket even more. The centrifuge shall be switched off by EMERGENCY−STOP just
before the adjusted speed is reached, and the basket shall be slowed down to zero speed immediately
and automatically
 Note also the speed limit value resulting in EMERGENCY−STOP

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
70
HZ 160/5 Si
The EMERGENCY−STOP must be absolutely safe! Otherwise repeat setting!
 After successful test run, shut−down the centrifuge, wait till the basket has stopped and protect the
centrifuge against unauthorized restarting
Final Work after Unbalance Adjustment

 Remove the balance bag:
− in case of fixing with fiberglass rods: Use pull strap to remove the balance bag (see fig. 24)
− in case of fixing with fixing bars and turnbuckles: remove the tension from the fixing bars
using the turnbuckles and afterwards use pull strap to remove the balance bag (see fig. 25)
 Inspect the filter cloth for mechanical damages
 Close the centrifuge door and lock it
 Tighten all bolts
Recording
The unbalance monitoring device is a safety device!

All settings and changes must be documented (Name and date)!
The following settings shall be documented in the test records:

 Unbalance weight 2
 Chosen measuring range
 Adjustment of delay time for response
 Value of limit 1 (in mA and mm/s)
 Value of limit 2 (in mA and mm/s)
 Basket speeds
Remarks concerning Limit 1

In the above, it is assumed that on reaching Limit 1 (pre−warning) only a warning message via the control is
generated. However, the centrifuge may be further accelerated. If already upon reaching of limit 1 further
acceleration is prevented by the control (for example, centrifuge speed goes to a low standby speed), so it
is not possible during the test run to test the shutting−down of the centrifuge on reaching Limit 2 (Alarm /
Emergency−stop) .
In this case, perform the following steps differing from the above description:
 Before performing the test run, adjust the value for Limit 1 (pre−warning) greater than the value for
Limit 2 (Alarm / Emergency−stop).
 Then perform the test run;
The centrifuge shall be switched off by responding of Limit 2 (Alarm / Emergency−stop) just before the
specified speed is reached, and the basket shall be slowed down to zero speed immediately and auto-
matically.
 Afterwards, adjust Limit 1 (pre−warning) to the correct value
 Then again perform the test run and check the response of Limit 1 (pre−warning)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
71
HZ 160/5 Si
6.4 Test Run without Product
By this test run the mechanical functioning of the centrifuge and its supplied accessories should be tested
and confirmed.
In addition the program sequence as provided should be tested just like EMERGENCY−STOP and all
other provided interlocks − according to the separate Electrical Documentation.
Before taking up the test runs all mechanical and electrical work must be completed, tested and checked
Door clamping and door locking must be completely installed and tested!
All required protecting devices must be installed again at the centrifuge!
 Test run at operating speed for approx. 5 − 6 hours
 Read bearing temperature of both bearings; Exceeding of the max. adm. bearing temperature (see
chapter 3.8) is not allowed. Please take up contact with ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH whenever this tem-
perature is exceeded.
Do not exceed the admissible gas pressure in the housing (see chapter 3.8)!
 Change filters of the hydraulic power and the bearing lubrication units after the commissioning

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
72
HZ 160/5 Si
6.5 Commissioning
For further commissioning please proceed in the following order:
 Start−up control hydraulics
 Start−up bearing lubrication
 Set feed level in the basket
 Set the working position of the siphon pipe
 Set switch point for feed valve
 Adjust stroke of feed valve
 Process a sample batch
6.5.1 Filling
Considering the test results or based on the operation experience the feed rate (valve opening) must be
adjusted somewhat above the filtration rate in order to obtain both uniform cake formation and a smooth
operation of the centrifuge.
The opening/closing speed of the slurry valves must be adjusted by the use of
throttles in order to avoid pressure peaks in the slurry pipes. Reference value for
the set time of valves: 1−2 sec but in any case within the electric monitoring time!
6.5.2 Washing and Dry−Spinning

 Supply the wash liquid before the supernatant suspension disappears in the cake surface.
 The supply of wash liquid can be effected either by flooding through the feed pipe or through a wash pipe
under the control by quantity or time. For separating the mother liquid and the wash filtrate the corre-
sponding valves must be redirected.
 The washing operation is followed by the operation dry−spinning. The time required for this purpose
depends on the processed product and the requested residual moisture.
The speeds of opening/closing of the wash valves shall be adjusted by throttles in

order to avoid pressure peaks in the wash pipes. Reference value for the set time
of valves: 1−2 sec but always within the electric monitoring time!
 The siphon skimming pipe remains in its working position during the washing and the dry−spinning oper-
ations.
6.5.3 Peeling−off and Discharge of the Product

 Before starting the peeling operation you should make sure that the solids conveyers down−stream are
ready for operation e.g. the discharge screw, the valve lock, the conveyer belt, etc.
 For the peeling operation readjust the peeling time by the provided flow control valve at the centrifuge
door this way that the peeling device can go in without vibration and chattering.
 Where very hard solids cake and highly abrasive solids are concerned it is necessary and favorable to
reduce the speed before the peeling operation takes place.
 Till the end of the peeling operation the siphon pipe remains in production position.
 After peeling has been started, the siphon pipe will immerge with a certain delay into ”IN” position, then
remains there for approx. 5 sec. and goes then into ”OUT” position. The siphon pipe switches approx.
three times between ”IN” position and ”OUT” position. The backwash valve is opened during pulsing of
the siphon pipe (chamber cleaning). Finally, the siphon pipe remains in the ”OUT” position in order to be
able to start the next batch by backwashing.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
73
HZ 160/5 Si
6.5.4 Regenerating the heel
As opposed to the pneumatic and hydraulic residual heel removal, in the regenerating process the residual
heel is not removed from the basket, it is just reprocessed.
Regenerating the residual heel can only be carried out on machines with siphon basket and the application
of a variable−speed drive. It can be divided into two sections:
 Backwashing at feed speed and
 Re−suspension at a slower speed
If a residual heel is already present in the siphon basket, this can be backwashed prior to the next feed (see
Fig. 26). For this purpose the residual heel is flooded in the opposite direction to filtration flow with an ap-
propriate liquid. The backwashing can prevent or delay a residual heel displacement. Contamination and
fine particles in the capillaries are removed from the capillaries through backwashing. This makes it poss-
ible to soften the residual heel or completely cover it over with backwashing liquid.
The subsequent re−suspension is achieved by decelerating the siphon basket quickly to low speed (i.e.
low C−value). The backwashing liquid rotates faster than the centrifuge during the deceleration process
and takes the solid with it at low C−values, the solid is re−suspended. Once this occurs the centrifuge
basket can be accelerated again. The solid is deposited again and forms a regenerated, new residual heel.
If fresh slurry is fed to the centrifuge basket prior to the acceleration procedure or at the beginning of it, the
residual heel is then formed from a large portion of new solid particles and a small portion of old solid par-
ticles.
The low speed is selected in such a way that it is fast enough to keep the liquid ring in the basket stable. The
solids discharge equipment is therefore kept dry. This is the case at C−values greater than 25*g.
Fig. 26: Regenerating the residual heel in a siphon basket
Machine type Backwashing quantity, approx.

(only possible with siphon basket) [dm3]
HZ 160/4 Si 110
HZ 160/5 Si 130
Fig. 27: Values for backwashing and regenerating the residual heel in siphon baskets

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
74
HZ 160/5 Si
Backwashing
To find out the required backwash amount please proceed similarly to the description for the adjustment of
the zero point of the siphon pipe:
 Operate a first heel cake batch till end of peeling
 Start next batch and watch the heel cake layer through sight glass in the door
 Start stop watch after opening the backwash pipe
 The heel cake is backwashed as soon as the following changes are observed:
− without illumination:
The heel cake changes colour, usually it becomes darker
− with illumination (lamp light directed to rear wall of basket):

The surface of the heel cake starts to reflect
 Backwash an additional 10 sec. at max.
 Start feeding operation (adding of suspension)
 If the cake is not optimal after the first feeding step, the feeding can be repeated according to the setting
of the feed controller.
 The filtration pauses must go on maximum till the supernatant liquid goes down to the cake surface.
Otherwise unbalance may occur, air bubbles affect the siphon effect thus the residual moisture.
Siphon pipe position
 The siphon pipe is at the “OUT” position during backwashing and at the beginning of feeding. It is en-
tered into working position approx. 10−15 sec. after the beginning of the feeding operation.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
75
HZ 160/5 Si
Example for the control of the values − using a backwash pump
Ventilation
Wash Suspen−
agent sion
Back rinsing pipe

Back−
Wash Main
washing
filtrate filtrate
filtrate
Fig. 28: Valve control (example)
For the backwash operation a pump must be installed at the filtrate tank.
 The batch time starts by backwash, V3 opens (pulse/pause interval of pump).
 When backwashing is completed the feed valve V1 opens and feeds the slurry onto the backwashed
residual heel.
 The siphon skimmer pipe is entered into working position with a delay to feed beginning of 10 − 15 sec..
 By this time the drainage valve V4 for the main filtrate must be open. The valves V5, V7 must be closed.
 When the filtrate (sight glass skimming pipe) has become minimum, the drainage valve V4 is closed
(feed timer for way reversion expired).
 Simultaneously valve V7 must be opened and the backwashing tank fills with clean backwash liquid free
of solids (backwash filtrate).
 In order to separate the main and wash filtrate the valve V5 for wash filtrate must be opened again after
V4 closes.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
76
HZ 160/5 Si
Example for the control of the valves when a backwash tank is used above the centrifuge
Ventilation Backwashing tank
Wash Suspen−
agent sion
Wash Main
filtrate filtrate
Back rinsing pipe
Fig. 29: Valve control (example)

For the backwash operation the hydrostatic pressure from the backwash tank arranged above (max. 8m
above the center line of the centrifuge) is used.
 The batch time starts by backwash, V3 opens. (pulse/pause interval of pump).
 At the end of the backwashing the feed valve V1 opens immediately and fills slurry onto the backwashed
residual heel.
 The siphon skimmer pipe is entered into working position with a delay of 10 − 15 sec. to the feed begin-
ning.
 By this time the drainage valve V4 for the main filtrate must be open. The valve V5 for the wash filtrate
must be closed.
 When the filtrate (sight glass skimming pipe) has become minimum, the drainage valve V4 is closed
(feed timer for way reversion expired).
 As V5 also remains close, the check valve V7 opens and the backwash tank fills with clean backwash
liquid, i.e. free of solids (backwash filtrate).
 In case of overflow the valve V4 should be opened again.
 In order to separate the main and wash filtrate, the valve V5 for wash filtrate must open again after V4
closes.
 V7 is a check valve which is kept closed by minimum pressure exerted by the liquid in the standpipe.
 The check valve V7 in the standpipe avoids a pressure surge occurring in the pipe − resulting from any
control faults, defects or valve failure − which could cause damage to the siphon pipe seal.
 The filtrate can then still flow out through the backwash tank.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
77
HZ 160/5 Si
6.5.5 Residual heel removal
When using an overlapping filter cloth, product can get underneath the filter cloth
at the overlapping. This risk can be increased by the residual heel removal. There-
fore check regularly the filter cloth at the overlapping for product deposits! Please
contact the After−Sales Service of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH (see chapter 1.2) in case
of repeated product deposits at the overlapping!
A) Hydraulic residual heel removal (backwashing of residual heel)
During the hydraulic residual heel removal the residual heel is discharged by adding rinsing liquid. Thin
heel layers of 8 mm can be discharged more easily than thicker layers. With a variable−speed drive liquid
amounting to approx. 50% of the basket volume is fed through the feed pipe at low basket speed (C−value
at approx. 6*g, usually 4*g to 6*g). The rinsing liquid is admitted relatively quickly during a cycle of several
intensive surges. The residual heel starts to dissolve in this liquid and is additionally stirred by the peeler
which is entered into a position of 85%. The resulting suspension is delivered out of the machine by the
peeler and the discharge equipment (chute or conveyor screw) (see Fig.30).
Fig. 30: Hydraulic residual heel removal in a horizontal peeler centrifuge with siphon basket
Timing sequence of the residual heel removal:
a) Preparation for residual heel removal
Prior to the actual residual heel removal several preliminary measures must be observed. For this purpose
it is necessary to carry out the following individual steps:
 The speed of the basket must be reduced, making the C−value approx. 6*g (usually 4*g to 6*g) (vari-
able−speed drive is required. For single−speed drive, please refer to description further on)
 The discharge equipment (e.g. conveyor screw) must be switched on.
 The broad peeler must be in OUT position.
 In centrifuges with siphon basket the siphon pipe must be in OUT position.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
78
HZ 160/5 Si
b) Residual heel removal
After completing the machine preparation the actual removal of the residual heel commences. Proceed
here as follows:
 Enter the broad peeler into the position for residual heel removal (approx. 85%).
 Add liquid amounting to approx. 50% of the basket volume via the feed pipe. Carry out this step relatively
quickly by cycling several intensive surges.
 The residual heel removed in this way is discharged as slurry by the broad peeler and is delivered out of
the machine by the discharge equipment.
 The broad peeler drives into the OUT position.
 In centrifuges with a conveyor screw as discharge equipment, this screw is switched off with approx. 10
sec. delay.
This method is more effective in centrifuges with siphon basket than in machines with screen basket as the
residual heel in siphon baskets can be preliminarily backwashed and thus softened.
With a single−speed drive the residual heel removal takes place at full basket speed, however, with
switched off drive motor. In this case the speed reduces continuously, is however, not to fall below a mini-
mum speed corresponding to a C−value of approx. 6*g (usually 4*g to 6*g). The completion of the residual
heel removal takes place via a time and speed control. In single−speed drive the residual heel removal
takes longer and requires a greater amount of rinsing liquid.
In order to achieve satisfactory residual heel removal and also due to individual pipe installations, it may be
necessary to adapt the process of hydraulic residual heel removal to the product during the commissioning
of the machine. During this adaptation the parameters, basket speed, rinsing fluid quantity, admission time
of rinsing liquid, usually have to be adjusted.
Should the centrifuge have a follow−up dryer, the customer must provide ap-
propriate means to ensure that the residual heel slurry does not enter the solids
container or dryer, i.e. a separate discharge is required.
B) Pneumatic residual heel removal
In the pneumatic residual heel removal compressed air or gas is applied to the basket either from the inside
or from the outside. In both procedures the residual heel breaks up under the impact of the compressed
gas and it is then removed from the machine by the peeler and the discharge equipment (chute or con-
veyor screw).
 The centrifuge must be vented at the solids discharge during the process (big bag, hopper, etc.). Per-
missible maximum gauge pressure in process chamber is 100 mbar.
 In centrifuges operated under atmospheric pressure the vent valves must be opened for this purpose.
 In centrifuges with inertizing the pressure control (not the O2 control) may have to be deactivated as the
pressure collapses when the vent valves are opened.
 It is possible to operate with the pressure controlled inertizing if the venting has correctly dimensioned
pressure relief valves (opening  100mbar, pay attention to volume rate of flow, refer to Fig. 34).
 Any dust occurring can be trapped by additional dust filters in the vent lines.
To ensure the required gas volume rate of flow, the pneumatic residual heel removal requires a gas accu-
mulator with valve control.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
79
HZ 160/5 Si
The gas accumulator
The gas accumulator (see Fig. 31) comprises the following main components:
 Compressor (or compressed air / compressed gas network at 6 bar)
 Gas container (6 bar gauge pressure)
 Valve (adjusting time: opening < 0.1 sec., closing < 0.1 sec.)
 Connection lines
The gas container can be omitted if the company’s pipe network provides the required pressure and vol-
ume rate of flow. The pressure available at the nozzles can drop by approx. 30% within the opening time.
Air or gas is drawn in from the ambient air or network, compressed to 6 bar and stored in the gas accumula-
tor.
Compressor Disc to limit the flow of air / Volume: Valve

gas to the gas container see following
figure
6 bar
Gas container (6 bar)
Air / Gas to the
centrifuge
Fig. 31: Schematic drawing of gas accumulator
Residual heel removal from the inside

The pneumatic residual heel removal from the inside is implemented by a compact nozzle system which
can move in two directions (axial, radial) (see Fig. 32 and 33). The number of nozzles, the supply line cross
section and the gas consumption depend on the size of the machine (see Fig. 34).The movement of the
nozzle pipe is carried out hydraulically in radial direction towards the basket shell and then axially forward
and back over the entire length of the basket shell.
Fig. 32: Pneumatic residual heel removal from the inside

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
80
HZ 160/5 Si
Timed sequence of the residual heel removal:
a) Preparation for residual heel removal
Several preliminary measures are required for preparation, prior to the actual residual heel removal.
These include the starting positions of the nozzle pipe and peeler. For this purpose carry out the following
steps:
 Swing the nozzle equipment to radial OUT, 0 and axial OUT, thrust/lift = 0.
 Fill the gas accumulator (6 bar).
 Lower the speed of the basket to such an extent that the C−value is approx. 3*g (see Fig. 34)
 Switch on the discharge equipment (e.g. conveyor screw).
 Swing the broad peeler to OUT position.
 In centrifuges with siphon basket the residue filtrate must previously be completely removed from the
siphon chamber using the siphon skimmer pipe fully entered into IN position (usually takes place auto-
matically after each batch).
b) Residual heel removal
After completing the preparation of the machine the actual removal of the heel can begin. For this purpose
proceed as follows:
 Enter the broad peeler to the position for the residual heel removal.
 The nozzle equipment then drives into the radial IN position.
 The nozzle assembly now starts to move backwards and forwards between the axial outermost OUT
position and the axial innermost IN position. This procedure is repeated under time control until the en-
tire heel has been removed.
 During the forward and back movement of the nozzles the valve for the air/gas supply is open (at a pres-
sure of 6 bar). The air/gas discharges from the nozzles of the supply pipe and removes the heel.
 The valve can also be cycled (e.g. pulse 5 sec., pause 5−10 sec.) to prevent a greater pressure rise in
the centrifuge or connected units and/or to give the gas accumulator time to regenerate. The process
step then takes that much longer.
 The heel which is removed in this way is moved by the broad peeler and conveyed out of the machine via
the discharge equipment.
 Close the valve to air/gas accumulator again after complete removal of the heel.
 The nozzle equipment must be driven into the axial OUT position before the radial OUT 0 position is
approached in order to avoid any collision with the basket hub.
 The nozzle assembly then drives into the radial OUT, 0 position.
 The broad peeler drives into the OUT position.
 In centrifuges with a conveyor screw as discharge equipment, this procedure is switched off with ap-
prox. 10 sec. delay.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
81
HZ 160/5 Si
radial IN
radial OUT
axial OUT
axial IN
Fig. 33: Nozzle system for residual heel removal
Speed, number of nozzles, volume of gas accumulator, gas consumption and

supply line cross−sections in pneumatic residual heel removal from the in-
side
Centrifuge
g Speed
p Nozzle Number Volume of Gas consumption Inside diam-
type [1/min]
[1/ i ] assembly
bl off gas accu- [Ndm3/s] [dm3/s] eter off supplyl
nozzles mulator bei line (mini-
[dm3] 6 bar mum) [mm]
HZ 160/5 60 oscillating 3 100 66 9.5 25
Fig. 34: Values during pneumatic residual heel removal from the inside

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
82
HZ 160/5 Si
6.6 Normal Operation
After stabilization of the suspension supply, it is useful to optimize the batches, especially the delays of the
steps.
This refers above all to the adaptation of times to the various batch operations.
 Speed change
 Feeding speed
 Setting of the product and wash valves
 Heel cake layer height etc.
We recommend you to consult ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for the optimization.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
83
HZ 160/5 Si
6.7 Operation of the Centrifuge Control
Provided the delivery scope includes also the electric control, we recommend urgently to schedule the
practical training of the personnel concerned before the commissioning.
Please contact our after−sales services whenever problems or failures are noted in the control system.
6.7.1 Shutting down the machine

Shutting down the machine means:
 Basket speed = 0 rpm
 All drive units OFF
The machine can be shut down by the following operations:
 Normal shut down by the operator
 Shut down by a problem in the electric circuit (uncontrolled stop of the basket till 0 rpm) or supply
 Shut down by operation of the function EMERGENCY STOP or interlock of an integrated control and
security function
The operator alone is responsible for due function of the shut−down−procedure!
When centrifuges with a control from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH are installed, the following functions are
provided for shutting down the centrifuge:
 Usual shutdown by normal finishing the batch being processed by the key function STOP AFTER
BATCH and shutting off the centrifuge by pressing on the key SHUTDOWN
 In case of danger shutdown of the centrifuge by operating the EMERGENCY−STOP button
 Shutdown of the centrifuge due to operation or system failures by the automatic operation of the safety
circuit EMERGENCY−STOP via the following functions:
− imbalance alarm
− centrifuge door (cover) not closed
− O2 alarm (if monitoring installed)
The separate electric documentation should be available and used in any case for the
operation of the control from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH!
6.7.2 Operating Functions
EMERGENCY STOP
The following functions are operated automatically:
 The control changes−over into operating condition ”Production Stop” and ”Shutdown”
 All control functions are brought into a safe normal position i.e. the valves, machine functions and auxili-
ary drives are deactivated
 The centrifuge basket is slowed down immediately and as rapidly as possible from a technical point of
view
 After the basket has stopped the units required for braking, are de−energized

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
84
HZ 160/5 Si
STOP AFTER BATCH
 ”Stop after batch” is provided to stop a repeat program after the batch is finished
 The control terminates the batch sequence and changes−over into the operating condition ”Production
Stop”
SHUTDOWN
 The centrifuge is taken out of operation by the function SHUTDOWN
 All control functions are reset into normal position
 The basket is slowed−down to stop, then the accessories and the main drive are switched−off
Check the stability of the residual heel left in the basket! When the residual heel
breaks down: Open the centrifuge and remove the residual heel in a manual way!
If you do not remove it, heavy imbalance will be caused when starting the centrifuge
again!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
85
HZ 160/5 Si
6.8 Opening and closing of the door
When you open the door, all accessories must be in normal position to exclude of
risk of collision with the basket!
The local safety and accident preventive rules must be duly considered! This refers
above all to the processing of explosive, aggressive and toxic products (see also
chapter 4)!
Conditions for the opening of the door:
 All interior components are retracted (OUT−position)
 Stopped rotor
 All drive motors and control circuits must be dead and locked against unauthorised use.
 Depressurise the pressure accumulator of the hydraulic circuit.
To do so, screw−out the hand wheel at the pressure relief valve installed at the hydraulic unit. The
pressure gauge at the hydraulic unit must go back to 0.
 All incoming process valves are closed and reliably secured.
All incoming nitrogen valves are closed and reliably secured.
 The process housing is empty
 The process housing is pressureless (Pressure within the machine is less then 10mbarg) and vented
 The process housing is not exceeding hand−hot temperature
 There are no persons standing in the opening area of the door
Opening the door:
 Disconnect the relevant hoses, pipes and electric cables to allow opening the door
 Release the door locking unit, if any
 Open all clamping screws and swing them out
 Open manually the door using the handle
Measures when the door is open:
 Install the knife protection on the peeler knife
 Secure the door against unintentional swinging
 Before starting any work at the open machine, the user shall take the precautions required for the prod-
uct concerned in order to avoid injuries or health hazards. Before you start any work at the open vessel
or in the process area, noxious gas or vapours, if any, must be vented, product residues removed and
the process area carefully ventilated.
Closing the door:
 Remove the peeler knife protection
 Check inside area of centrifuge for all foreign matter and remove, if any
 Check the sealing surfaces; clean if necessary
 Check O−ring of the door for damages and wear; replace if necessary
 Remove the door fixing against unintentional swinging
Clear opening area of the door!

There are no persons standing in the opening area of the door.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
86
HZ 160/5 Si
 Close manually the door using the handle
Danger!
Be careful when closing the door!
 Install again all clamping screws between door and housing flange and tighten them with the specified
torque
 Reconnect all relevant hoses, pipes.
 If required, do a leak test

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
87
HZ 160/5 Si
6.9 Measures before and after longer shut−down−periods
(more than one month)
6.9.1 Before
 Shut down machine (see above) and protect against unauthorized operation
 Dismantle belts and apply conservation oil to the grooves of the belt pulley
 Remove ground layer
 Clean machine (see chapter below)
 Dismantle complete filtration and product residues
 Dismantle basket and remove product residues near the bearing sealing
 Protect rotor with transport lock
 Exchange the ventilation filter on bearing housing with a screw plug to seal the bearings
 Protect motors against moisture, heat and dust
 Observe comments about intermediate storing (see chapter 5.3)
6.9.2 After
 Remove transport lock
 Remove conservation oil from grooves of the belt pulley
 Install new belts
 Set belt tension
 Exchange screw on the bearing housing with the ventilation filter
 Check lubricants and replace if necessary
 Lubricate all lubrication points according to lubrication list
 Check oil in the hydraulic unit
 Check due working of the door locking
 Check due working of the feed controller

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
88
HZ 160/5 Si
6.10 Cleaning
Cleaning the inside and the outside of the machine regularly is necessary for checking and controlling all
units.
The filter cloth and all lined surfaces are very sensitive! Do not use hard tools for
cleaning!
Do not clean plastic lined surfaces with steam! Diffusion and detach of the lining
may be the result!
6.10.1 Outside cleaning
Do not clean the following elements with steam:
 Ventilation cage of the motors
 Belt drive
 Hydraulic unit
 Lubrication unit
 Spring dampers
 Feed controller
 Door locking
 all electric cables and elements
6.10.2 Inside cleaning
Because of the different chemical and physical properties of the processed products, we can only give
general hints for cleaning.
A cleaning with the installed rinsing devices will be sufficient in most cases.
Do not flood the machine!

At dead areas in the process zone, there is a risk of corrosion by aggressive prod-
uct residues! Clean complete process chamber before extended shut−down! Dis-
mantle all units in contact with the product!
Attention while working in the process chamber! Use protections (overgarments,

gas−mask etc.)!
The safety measures are to be determined by the operator!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
89
HZ 160/5 Si
6.10.3 Cleaning of endless convection filter cloth
The accurate fit of the filter cloth is of great importance in order for them to function properly. Polypropylene
fabric is to be regarded very critically with respect to stability of form. The removal and cleaning of the filter
cloth can lead to changes in the dimensions, so that problems can arise during installation or operation. For
these reasons we do not recommend cleaning of the cloth in removed condition.
If the filter cloth is nevertheless cleaned for operational reasons, then the following points must be obser-
ved:
 chemical cleaning is possible, e.g. with 5% sulfuric acid or 15% caustic soda
 only immerse in cleaning agent, allowing to soak no longer than necessary
 rinse with water afterwards
 maximum temperature of 50 C
 do not clean in a washing machine, for this will cause creases in the fabric; also the accuracy of fit and
the resistance to tearing will be impaired
 dry preferably at room temperature; max. temperature 50 C

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
90
HZ 160/5 Si
6.11 Disposal
The individual materials are to be disposed of taking the environmental requirements into account.
Particular care has to be taken with parts that contain oil or grease residues.
Incorrect disposal of oil or grease is a threat to the environment and health.

Therefore dispose oil and grease in an appropriate way!
National laws and regulations as well as the safety data sheets of the manufacturer
are to be observed when carrying out any disposal activities.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
91
HZ 160/5 Si
7 Inspection and Maintenance
7.1 Reasons for inspection and maintenance
7.1.1 General
Malfunctions caused by inadequate or incorrect maintenance may give rise to very high repair costs and
long centrifuge downtimes. Regular maintenance principally secures high availability of the centrifuge and
is therefore absolutely essential.
The service life and especially the operational safety of the centrifuge are, however, particularly dependent
on the correct execution of the maintenance, alongside many other factors.
It is of major importance for the safe and reliable operation and for a satisfactory service life of the centri-
fuge that it is operated with safety equipment (such as, for example, unbalance monitoring, proximity
switches at actuators, centrifuge speed monitoring / standstill monitoring, door fastening / door locking,
etc.).
It is most important for safe and reliable operation to carry out regular inspections. To keep the risk of haz-
ards at the low level common for the technology it is absolutely essential to perform the annual and three−
year inspection accurately.
7.1.2 Regulations
National and local regulations as well as regulations of specific trade organizations require regular inspec-
tions to be carried out on centrifuges.
Many regulations particularly require for inspections to be carried out every three years, whereupon the
following is to be observed:
 the three−year inspection is, in most cases, to be carried out in disassembled condition
 in most cases, a record is to be made of the three−year inspection
 the inspection may have to be carried out at shorter intervals if corrosive, abrasive or other increased
forms of stress occur in the machine.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
92
HZ 160/5 Si
7.2 Inspection and maintenance process
7.2.1 Intervals
The following specifications are a recommendation of the manufacturer. This recommendation is in con-
formity with the specifications of the EC machinery directive as well as the regulation DGUV 100−500,
chap. 2.11, part 3: centrifuges, status April 2008 of the German Statutory Accident Insurance (formerly
German Employer’s Liability Insurance Associationaccident BGR 500; formerly UVV VBG 7z). More ex-
tensive national and local regulations, as well as the regulations of specific trade organizations must be
additionally observed by the plant operator.
The specified intervals apply to normal operation. Increased stress caused by unbalance, corrosion and
abrasion has not been taken into account. Based on the different operating conditions such as frequent
unbalance, the processing of high−wearing or chemically aggressive products may necessitate shorter
maintenance intervals. The inspection intervals must therefore be checked taking your specific operating
conditions into consideration.
7.2.2 Daily and weekly inspection
To ensure the implementation of the daily and weekly inspections ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH recommends
the preparation of corresponding instructions for the operating personnel.
7.2.3 Annual and three−year inspection
Recommendation of the manufacturer:
An inspection in operating condition should be carried out at least once a year. A full inspection in disas-
sembled condition should be carried out at an interval of max. three years.
How to proceed
The following ”Checklist” (Chapter 7.3) can be used as a job plan for the inspection of the centrifuge.
This is recommended in particular for the inspection in operating condition, which must be carried out at
least once a year, as well as for the three−year inspection in disassembled condition.
Recommendation for the process:
 Make a copy of the following page with the ”Inspection Record” (Chapter 7.2.4) and the “Checklist”
(Chapter 7.3)
 Carry out inspections using the ”Checklist” and tick off the jobs in the ”Checklist” that have been carried
out.
 Fill out the ”Inspection Record” and sign it.
 Keep the Inspection Record and the Checklist in a safe place.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
93
HZ 160/5 Si
7.2.4 Inspection Record
Certification of the inspection of a centrifuge

Operator details
Works: Construction no.: Plant unit/Room no.:
Centrifuge details
Centrifuge type: Serial no.: Stock no.: Basket no.: Year of manufac-
ture:
Total operating hours: Operating hours since last inspection:
Date of inspection: Date of last inspection:
Details given by the operator

Number of unbalance operations which led to a stopping of
the machine since last inspection:
Were corrosive products being processed: yes no
Particular observations:
Date / Signature of works manager:
Details on inspections carried out

Inspection in Inspection in
disassembled condition operating condition
Deficiencies:
Objections regard- in items ................................. no objections no objections

ing the operation of ................................................ in the remain- in any of the
the centrifuge do ................................................ ing items items
exist ................................................
Repeated inspec- is required is not required
tion
Next inspection in operating condition: Next inspection in disassembled condition:
Date / Signature of works inspector / authorised inspector:
Attachment:
worked through ”Checklist” of inspections

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
94
HZ 160/5 Si
7.3 Inspection and maintenance schedule: ”Checklist”
Consider safety instructions (see chapter 4) for all maintenance and inspection work.
As- Inspection and mainten- Remark Daily Weekly At At com-

sem- ance least least pleted
bly once every
a year three
years
0050 Complete machine
 Observe production flow X
sequence
 Visually inspect machine X
for leaks
 Unusual noise X
 Unusual vibrations X
 Clean process area, if nec-  Consider pro- X
essary cess and prod-
uct properties
for cleaning
 Check hoses and expan- X
sion joints for mechanical
damage
 Check accessible seals for  replace if neces- X
wear sary
 Inspect machine in operat-  remove covers if X
ing condition necessary
 Check existence and read- X
able condition of name-
plate
 Check condition and con- X
nection of all lines
 Thoroughly clean all parts X
 Check all accessories for X
wear, fastening and distor-
tion
 Check function of all safety X
related loops
Date and Signature of Inspector

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
95
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
 Check machine in disas-  for this purpose X
sembled condition it is necessary to
disassemble all
components
 Replace all seals and O− X
rings
 Check all hoses for leck-  replace if depending on the field of applica-
age, wear and mechanical necessary tion and on national and local re-
damage gulations
 Replace all hoses due to depending on the field of applica-
ageing tion and on national and local re-
gulations
0100 Housing and door
0600
0610
0620
 Check condition X
 Check housing for erosion X
and corrosion
 Check ease of movement  lubricate if nec- X
of door hinge essary
 Thoroughly clean process X
housing at sealing point,
remove all product residue
 Thoroughly clean housing X
door
 Check presence and legi- X
bility of arrow indicating di-
rection of rotation
 Visually inspect housing X
and covering for cracks
 Check tightening torque of X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
screw connections
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
0200
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Sight−glass
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 see
9.10
chapter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
damages ÁÁÁÁ
 Check sight−glass
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
for X

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
96
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
a year three
years
0800
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Housing sealing
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 see
9.15
chapter
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
 Check for leakage
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Check the channels for ob-
 during operation X
X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
struction
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Renew sealing surfaces of X
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
sealing stator and/or rotor
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
in case of leakage or con-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
siderable wear marks
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Renew shaft protecting X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
bushing in case of con-
siderable wear marks
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Renew shaft lips X
1190 Foundation  see chapter
9.16
 Check fixing elements for X
tight fit at the inerta block
 Check spring elements X
and visco mass
1300 Bearings  see chapter
9.17
 Check bearing tempera-  ideally by X
ture means of per-
manent moni-
toring through
the control
 Check flow of lubricant X
 Check shaft for concentric- X
ity
 Check shaft for cracks us-  Observe notes X
ing dye penetration test on dye penetra-
tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
 Replace front and rear X
bearings
 Check bearing clearance X

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
97
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
a year three
years
ÁÁÁ
1304
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ing of sealing
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
Gas supply unit for purg-
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 see
9.18
chapter
1750
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Check flow and pressure
Basket
 during operation
 see chapter
X
9.19
 Visually inspect basket for  For this purpose X
cracks on the inside and it is necessary to
outside remove the filter
media
 Check corners of basket  For this purpose X
from the inside for cracks it is necessary to
using dye penetration test remove the filter
media
 Observe notes
on dye penetra-
tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
This must be
done only
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
one time
(non−recur-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ring) after a
year of oper-
ation!
 Check wall thickness  must be at least X
95% of original
wall thickness at
every point of
basket, if this is
not the case, in-
form ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
98
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
 Check entire basket for  It is necessary X
cracks using dye penetra- to remove the fil-
tion test ter media and
drainage acces-
sories (support-
ing mesh, corru-
gated plate,
supporting
screen)
 Observe notes
on dye penetra-
tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
 Check basket for unbal-  Rebalance if X
ance necessary; Re-
quest customer
service from
ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH
 Test tightening torque of X
screw connections
1850 Filtration  see chapter
9.20
 Check filter media for wear, X
fastening, folds, overlap-
ping
 In case of using an over-  Contact the X
lapping filter cloth: After−Sales
Check the overlapping for Service of
product deposits ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH in
case of repea-
ted product de-
posits at the
overlapping
 Check supporting screens X
for wear
1720 Keeper Plate for Filtration  see chapter
9.21
 Check Keeper Plate for X
tight contact with the filter
cloth

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
99
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
2600 Large peeling device  see chapter
9.22
 Check knife for wear and  replace if neces- X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
fastening
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ sary
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
 Check pivoting time
ÁÁÁÁ  The movement X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ can be seen on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
the scale of the
peeling device
 Visually inspect peeler arm X
for cracks
 Check screw locking func- X
tion of peeler blade fasten-
ing bolts
 Check peeler arm for  Observe notes X
cracks using dye penetra- on dye penetra-
tion test tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
screw connections
2710 Residual heel blow−off  see chapter
9.24
 Flush bearing X
 Check nozzles for wear  replace if neces- X
sary
2850 Siphon skimming device  see chapter
9.25
 Check skimming nozzle for X
wear
 Check entering time X
 Check the leakage con-  if leakage is no- X
nection for liquid ticed, check the
sealing
screw connections

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
100
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
3300 Screw discharge  see chapter
9.26
 Check for product deposits X
 Replace inner and outer X
bearings
screw connections
3800 Feed pipe  see chapter
9.27
 Visually inspect pipe for X
cracks at flange joint
 Check pipe for cracks at  Observe notes X
flange joint using dye pen- on dye penetra-
etration test tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
 Check feed pipe nozzle for X
wear
screw connections
3850 Back−wash pipe  see chapter
9.28
 Check nozzle for wear X
 Check tightening torques X
of screw connections
4200 Wash pipe  see chapter
9.29
 Visually inspect pipe for X
cracks at the flange joint
 Check pipe for cracks  Observe notes X
using dye penetration test on dye penetra-
at flange joint tion test in
Chapter 7.5!
 Check spray holes for wear X
screw connections

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
101
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
4203 Wash pipe holder  see chapter
9.30
 Check fastening X
screw connections
43xx All rinsing equipment  see chapter
9.31, 9.32 and
9.33
 Check nozzles for clear  replace if neces- X
passage and wear sary
4707 Door locking  see chapter
9.34
 Check function  The drive motor X
must not start
when the door is
open
5400 Feed controller  see chapter
9.35
 Check feeler arm X
5401 Setting unit  see chapter
9.36
 Check measuring range X

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
102
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
6400 Hydraulic system  see chapter
9.37
 Check contamination indi-  during operation X
cator of filter  replace filter if
necessary
 Check pressure at pres-  during operation X
sure gauge
 Check oil temperature  during operation X
 Check oil level  refill, if necess- X
ary
 Visually inspect condition X
of hydraulic lines
 Visually inspect pipes and  replace if leak- X
hydraulic cylinders for ing
leaks
 Check pipes for corrosion  replace if neces- X
sary
 Check hoses and expan-  replace if leak- X
sion joints for leaks and ing
brittleness
 Replace filter see chap. 7.4
 Replace oil see chap. 7.4

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
103
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
7600 Bearing lubrication  see chapter
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
(oil lubrication)
ÁÁÁÁ 9.39
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Check flow of oil
ÁÁÁÁ automated by installed proximity
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ switch
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Check contamination of  replace filter if replace filter in case of electrical
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
filter
ÁÁÁÁ necessary signal of the contamination indica-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Check contamination indi-  during operation
tor
X
cator of filter  replace filter if
red pin at filter
can be seen
 Check oil level  The oil level X
must be at the
center of the
top oil level
sight glass.
 refill, if necess-
ary
 Visually inspect condition X
of lines
 Visually inspect piping for  replace if leak- X
leaks ing
 Check pipes for corrosion  replace if nece- X
sary
 Check hoses and expan-  replace if leak- X
sion joints for leaks and ing
brittleness
 Check setting of oil nozzle  correct if neces- X
sary
 Replace filter see chap. 7.4 and 9.39
 Replace oil see chap. 7.4 and 9.39
 Remove metallic chips at see chap. 7.4 and 9.39
the solenoids
7700 Speed measuring  see chapter
9.40
 Check proximity switches X

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
104
HZ 160/5 Si

bly once every
a year three
years
8500 Drive  see chapter
9.41
 Check presence and fas-  Adjust belt X
tening of belt guard guard if neces-
sary
 Check tension of drive belt  Remove guard if X
necessary
 Check condition of drive  replace if fraying X
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
belt
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
9200
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Grounding
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 see
9.43
chapter
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 Check function of ground-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ing at various points
X
9500 Tools  see chapter

9.45
 Check for completeness  complete if ne- X
cessary
9507 Vibration monitoring
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Check setting
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ  see chapter 6.3 X
9999
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Accessories /
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Electric Equipment ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
 see chapter 12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Peripheric Equipment
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
nents
 Maintenance of compo-
ÁÁÁÁ
− according to manual of supplier −

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
105
HZ 160/5 Si
7.4 Lubrication
The careful lubrication and control of the oil levels are condition for a trouble free operation of the centrifuge
and avoid expensive repair work.
For safety reasons the machine must be shutdown for the manual lubrication by the grease gun.
The lubrication shall be carried out following the lubrication instructions below in the stated intervals and by
the specified quantities.
The recommended lubricating grease and oil can be seen also from the lubrication instructions.
Lubrications like oil and grease should be kept in clean, closed containers (tins, pots, buckets, barrels) to
avoid contact with dust and moisture, and to keep the oxidizing effect at a minimum. The storage place
should be dry and cool.
Lubricants are inflammable!

Risk of fire by contact with inflammable matter − do not smoke!
Remove spoiled product by binding agents!
Do not discharge into open sewers!
In case of fire, do not extinguish by water but by powder − or CO2 extinguisher − call
the fire department!
Do not touch the eyes nor the skin!
Do not inhale the fumes, if any!
Preventive skin protection necessary!
If injuries to the skin are noted after contact with the oil, seek medical attention!
Change oily clothes immediately!
Clean the skin by water or suitable cleaning agents!
Wash with plenty of water after contact with the eyes or injuries − consult the phys-
ician!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
106
HZ 160/5 Si
7.4.1 List of Points of Lubrication
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Assembly Lubricant Refilling Filling amount Change
after
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
First filling Refilling first time later on
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
after
ÁÁÁÁ
after
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
0620
Door hinge:
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bearing, top ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.1 kg 0.015 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bearing, bottom
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.15 kg 0.015 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2600
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Peeling device
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Swivel bearing
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.1 kg 0.015 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Swivel bearing
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.1 kg 0.015 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
2850
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Siphon skimming
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Swivel bearing
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.05 kg 0.01 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bearing ÁÁÁÁÁ
at cylinder (2x)
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ

ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 10 000 h 0.05 kg 0.02 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
3300
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Discharge Screw ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bearing
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Bevel gear
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
2 500 h 0.07 kg 0.03 kg
see the separate manual in chapter 12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5401 ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Setting unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
BearingÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
K3K 2 500 h 0.05 kg 0.03 kg
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
6400 ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Hydraulic unit
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Oil filling ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
HLP 46 40 l as required 500 h 4 000 h
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Filter 100 h 500 h
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
7600
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Lubricating oil unit
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Oil filling
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Filter ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
HLP 46
ÁÁÁÁ
8l as required 500 h
100 h
4 000 h
500 h
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Remove
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
metallic chips at
ÁÁÁÁ
100 h 500 h
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
the solenoids
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8500
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁ
Drive
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Motor see type plate at motor and the separate manual of the motor
Fig. 35: List of Points of Lubrication

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
107
HZ 160/5 Si
7.4.2 First filling
 All points of lubrication for which grease, type K3K is used are filled at works with the first filling.
The used grease is RENOLIT HLT 2 from FUCHS.
7.4.3 Lubricant List
Please note the following:
 Only use lubricants from the table. No other lubricant is permissible for use. If another lubricant should
be used, ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH must give the permission for its use.
 Never mix different types of lubricant or lubricants made by different manufacturers.
 When a change over to another lubricant should be done, the lubricant used so far must be completely
removed (e.g. from the tanks, pipings, cylinders, filters).
If an automatic grease pump is used, then do not use grease of type K3K, but use a
grease of consistency class 2 (NLGI class 2)! Automatic grease pumps can only
deliver these greases!
Mineral Oil Hydraulic Oil Lubricating Grease

Suppliers HLP 46 K3K
(DIN 51524 part 2)
(DIN 51825 part 1)
Aral Vitam GF 46
Aral Aralub HL 3
BP Bartran 46 BP Energrease LS 3
CASTROL −−−
HYSPIN ZZ 46
NUTO H 46 −−−
RENOLIN B 15 VG 46 RENOLIT GP 3
RENOLIT HLT 2
Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
108
HZ 160/5 Si
Mineral Oil Hydraulic Oil Lubricating Grease

Suppliers HLP 46 K3K
(DIN 51524 part 2) (DIN 51825 part 1)
LAMORA HLP 46 CENTOPLEX 3
Mobil DTE 25 Mobilux EP 3
Shell Tellus Oil 46 Shell Alvania Grease RL 3
TOTAL Azolla ZS 46
TOTAL Multis EP 3

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
109
HZ 160/5 Si
7.5 Notes on dye penetration test for components
Scope:
 Testing the basket of a peeler centrifuge for cracks

− Testing the basket
− Testing the channel for fastening the filter medium
 Testing the shaft of a peeler centrifuge for cracks
 Testing the peeler arm of a peeler centrifuge for cracks
 Testing the feed, wash and rinsing pipes of a peeler centrifuge for cracks
Specifications:
 Testing in compliance with DIN EN 571−1 (EN ISO 3452−1)
 Testing medium system in compliance with DIN EN 571−1, sensitivity class 2, tested in compliance with
DIN EN ISO 3452−2; Observe shelf life of testing medium!
 Standard piece in compliance with DIN EN ISO 3452−3
 Testing staff certified in compliance with DIN EN 473 level 2 or of equal standard (e.g. SNT−TC−1A
Level II) or qualified service staff from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH
Health and safety protection:
 The national health and safety regulations must be observed (e.g. accident prevention regulations, per-
sonal protection equipment, handling of testing media, disposal of testing media)
Evaluation criteria:
 Linear indicators are not permissible.
Special agreement:
 Test results must be recorded and kept in a safe place.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
110
HZ 160/5 Si
8 Trouble Shooting
In order to eliminate problems at site without calling for a specialist from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH, the fol-
lowing list shows possible troubles (grey), their cause (first column), remedies (second column) along with
notes and references (third column).
Should malfunctions occur during the operation of the machine, stop the machine
immediately. Do not restart the machine until the fault has been determined and
removed!
If the machine is operated in an unsatisfactory condition any damage which may
occur is excluded from all forms of liability and warranty through ANDRITZ KMPT
GmbH.
Refer in any case to the local safety regulations in operation of the machine in addition
to the following instructions!
Shut down and switch off the machine in any case before taking up trouble shooting
measures! We recommend you urgently to install a local key switch to avoid the risk
of unauthorized switching−on of the machine during the execution of repair work or
failures!
In addition consider the respective safety regulations of the Trade Unions concerned!
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Imbalance when starting the machine
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Filtration cloth assembly mistake  see chapter 9.20
Basket assembly mistake
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Solids build−up below the filtration  Remove filtration cloth, remove
 see chapter 9.19
cloth
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ deposits
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Use filtration cloth
 Increase particles in size
Imbalance during filling the machine
Filtration cloth obstruction  Remove residual heel and carry
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ out cleaning operation.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Clean, check and if necessary
replace filtration cloth
 Backwash each time before feed
Varying feed
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
start.
 Provide for homogeneous sus-
pension
 Use agitator
 Check feed pipe for obstruction,
remove, if any
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase the capacity of the con-
veying pump

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
111
HZ 160/5 Si
Low viscosity of suspension liquid  Increase the viscosity
 Reduce the temperature of sus-
pension
Uneven product distribution at the  Check feed pipe for obstruction,  see chapter 9.27
basket circumference remove, if any
 Adapt suspension feed to filtra-
tion rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce basket speed when
feeding
 Increase feed rate
 Install close−meshed filter me-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ dium
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Fill ”into bath” after backwash
Liquid waves  Adapt supply of suspension/
wash agent to the filtration
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ rate
 Reduce feed rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase basket speed when
feeding
damaged ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Filter medium fixing leaking or
Varying particles
 Small particles  Increase particle size
 Unfavorable particle size distribu-
tion (e.g. flat distribution curve,  Change particle size distribution
high percentage of fines)
Imbalance after Feed and Wash End resp.
Varying product distribution at
basket circumference
 Check supply pipes for obstruc-
tion, remove obstruction
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Adapt slurry feed to filtration rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce basket speed when
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ feeding
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase feed rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Install close−meshed filter me-
dium
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Fill ”into bath” after backwash.
damaged ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Filter medium fixing leaking or

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
112
HZ 160/5 Si
Low Solids Throughput
washing
Poor filtration during filling and/or
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Increase speed
Varying particles ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Small particles  Increase particle size
 Unfavorable particle size distribu-  Change particle size distribution
tion (e.g. flat distribution curve,
high percentage of fines)
Obstructed filter medium  Clean filter medium
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Backwash each time before fill-
ing
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Clean filter medium, check and
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Obstructed residual heel
replace it if necessary.
 Remove residual heel, replace it
 Clean filter cloth
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Backwash each time before fill-
ing
High viscosity of suspension liquid
/wash liquid
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Change flow properties of sus-
pension liquid or wash liquid
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Low temperature of suspension
or wash liquid
Compressible filter cake
 Thick filter cake
 High centrifugal value during fill-
Dead time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ing/washing
 due to control  eliminate, e.g. by feed release,
peeling release
 due to plant  earlier supply of suspension
pressible filter cake)ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Low feed level of solids (incom-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 cake thickness up to 75 % of rim
ring level
Low solids content in suspension  Increase solids content
Long filling pauses (feed/washing)
 Suspension/wash liquid feed  Reduce feed, wash pauses
level goes down to cake level dur-
ing feed pauses
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Feed level goes down consider-  Optimize feed controller
ably below max. feed level in the
feed pauses

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
113
HZ 160/5 Si
Wet product
Thick solids cake
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 High solids content in the suspen-  Reduce feed times
sion
 Reduce solids content in the
suspension
 Long feed times
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Poor filtering properties of product
 Reduce feed times
 Extend dry spinning time
 Reduce percentage of most fine
particles
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 More steep particle size distribu-
tion
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Use more suitable feeding de-
vices (pumps) to reduce particle
breakage
 Increase speed
Compressible product
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Form thin filter cake
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Reduce speed
 Increase particle size
Obstructed residual heel
 Steeper particle size distribution
 Remove residual heel, replace
or regenerate it
 Backwash each time after batch
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
end
 Improve backwash
Obstructed filter cloth  Backwash
 Remove residual heel and clean
cloth
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Install new filter medium
Short dry−spinning time  Extend dry−spinning time
Thin filter cake/residual heel (high  Produce thicker filter cake
capillary tube height): high percen-
tage of wet filter cake compared
with dry one
 Adjust thicker residual heel
Short wash liquid supply  Extend wash cycle

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
114
HZ 160/5 Si
Dry product
Long dry−spinning time
 Reduce dry−spinning time
Thin filter cake
 Short feed time
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Extend feed time (increase filter
cake thickness)
 Low solids content in suspension  Increase solids content in the
feed
High speed
High Particle Breakage
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce speed
Product acceleration deteriorating
the particles
 Inadequate feed pump
 Increase feed rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce feed speed
 Increase viscosity of suspension
liquid
 Reduce solids content of the
suspension
 Backwash before filling
Particle breaking product dis-  Reduce peeling speed
charge
 Increase peeler advance rate
 Use gentle product discharge
Peeler knife is blunt  Sharpen peeler knife
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Inacceptable Wash Results
 Replace peeler knife
Obstruction of the wash nozzle  Remove obstruction
Unsuitable setting of wash pipe
Low wash liquid flow
 Reposition wash pipe
 Increase wash liquid supply
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Wash by flooding through wash
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ pipe
Low wash rate
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase wash rate
Thick filter cake  Reduce feed time or quantity
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Extend wash time

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
115
HZ 160/5 Si
Low filtration rate
 Obstructed residual heel  Remove residual heel and carry
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ out washing operation
 Backwashing
 Obstructed filter medium  Remove residual heel
 Backwashing
 Install new filter medium
 Small particle size  Increase particle size
 Flat particle size distribution
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Compressible filter cake
 Steeper particle size distribution
 Form thinner filter cake
 Reduce speed
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase particle size
Impure wash agent
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Analyze purity of wash agent
Wash sequence
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Late start of washing  Start washing just after liquid
immersing point
 Early start of washing  Start washing just after liquid
immersing point
feed pipe
Dripping of suspension liquid from  Washing through feed pipe
Contaminated deposits at the ac-
cessories arrive in the basket
 Clean processing area regularly
Solids into Filtrate
Worn−out filter medium  Replace filter medium
Large mesh width of filter medium
 Use wear resistant filter medium
 Install filter medium of close
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ mesh width
dium
Incorrect installation of filter me-
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Install filter medium duly
Thin residual heel  Adjust thicker residual heel
Small solids particles  Increase solids particle size
High feed and wash speed  Reduce speed
High solids content
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Product build−up at the Basket
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Remove product build−up

 Use more close−meshed filter
medium
Re−crystallization of the product  Reduce temperature difference
crystallizer/centrifuge

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
116
HZ 160/5 Si
Product build−up at the Solids Discharge
Inadequate product conveying
 Low peeling speed  Increase peeling speed
 Inadequate peeler advance  Increase peeler advance
Feed splashing in solids discharge  Optimize feed pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Optimize basket speed when
feeding
Wet product
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce residual moisture  see trouble ”Wet Prod-
uct ”
Sticky product
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Inadequate washing−out of  see trouble ”Inad-
impurities equate Wash Results”
Re−crystallization of the product
 Reduce temperature difference
Product build−up at the Basket Back Wall
Back wall rinsing
 Not connected
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Connect and use back wall rins-
 Inadequate setting
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ing
 Readjust back wall rinsing
 Nozzles obstructed  Clean nozzles
Re−crystallization of the product  Reduce temperature difference
Product build−up at the Accessories
Re−crystallization
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Reduce temperature difference
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Include cleaning operation in
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ batch cycle
Splashing feed spout  Optimize feed system
High dusting during peeling  Optimize peeling speed

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
117
HZ 160/5 Si
Liquid Splashing into Solids Discharge
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Optimize feed pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Increase feed speed
Filtrate degassing missing  Use filtrate separating
 Use filtrate cyclone
Inadequate filtrate degassing  Use filtrate cyclone
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Improve gas removal
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Control gas removal
Unsuitable setting of wash pipes or  Check and readjust setting of
feed pipe wash pipes or feed pipe
Poor Filtrate Discharge
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Filtrate pipe obstructed  Clean filtrate discharge
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Increase pipe cross section
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Reduce pipe length
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Improve pipe arrangement
Obstruction of Feed Pipe
Foreign body in the feed pipe  Remove foreign body, investi-
gate
Viscous suspension  Clean feed pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Obstruction of the ring gap at the
 Reduce solids content
 Clean ring gap
end of the feed pipe
Solids in wash liquid
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Obstruction of Wash Pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Clean wash pipe

 Use nozzle with larger outlet
Crystallization
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Clean wash pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Heat wash pipe
Obstruction of Rinsing Pipe
Crystallization
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Clean rinsing pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Heat rinsing pipe
Wear of Feed Pipe
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Abrasive product  Replace feed pipe  see chapter 9.27
 Use hardened feed pipe
 Use feed pipe in wear−resistant
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ material

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
118
HZ 160/5 Si
Filter Medium Worn−out
Aggressive, abrasive product  Install new filter medium  see chapter 9.20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Install resistant filter medium
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Wrinkling Filter Medium
 Filling into backwash liquid
Thin filter medium
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Increase filter medium thickness
Inadequate assembly
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Install multiply filter medium
 Repeat assembly  see chapter 9.20
Inadequate fixing
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Improve fixing
 Use keeper plate
High Noise during Peeling
Blunt or worn−out
 Sharpen knife
 Replace knife
Low hydraulic pressure
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Low or high peeling speed
 Adjust hydraulic pressure
 Adjust peeling speed
Low/high peeler advance
Peeler arm bearing failure
 Adjust peeler knife advance
 Replace bearing
Filter Medium Peeled−Off
Thin residual heel
 Increase thickness of residual
heel
Wrinkling filter medium  see trouble ”wrinkling
filter medium”
Corrosion of Accessories
Wet deposits
Material not resistant
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Clean machine regularly
 Use resistant material
Corrosive suspension  Analyze composition of suspen-
sion and adapt it
Hot suspension  Reduce temperature of suspen-
sion
Corrosive wash liquid  Analyze the composition of
wash liquid and adapt it
Hot wash liquid  Reduce temperature of wash
liquid

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
119
HZ 160/5 Si
Noisy Bearing Operation
Unsuitable quantity of lubricant
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Reduce/increase lubricant sup-
ply
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Lifetime of bearing over  Replace bearings
Large bearing clearance  Use bushing (Inform after−sales
service of ANDRITZ KMPT
GmbH)
Bearing loose  Use bushing (Inform after−sales
service of ANDRITZ KMPT
Too hot hydraulic oil
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
GmbH)
Cooler damaged
 Replace cooler
Fan switched−off  Switch−on fan
Low speed of fan
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Increase fan speed
Hydraulic Oil of High Viscosity/Thixotropic
Product in oil circuit  Inspect housing sealing, replace
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Unsuitable hydraulic oil
damaged sealing
 Replace hydraulic oil
Old hydraulic oil
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
 Replace hydraulic oil
Lubricant in Process Area
Housing sealing damaged  Replace housing sealing
Product in Lubricant
Housing sealing damaged  Replace sealing
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Speed not obtained or varying
Belts slipping
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Adjust belt tension according to  see chapter 9.41
specified value
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ  Replace belts

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
120
HZ 160/5 Si
9 Description of Components
This technical description refers essentially to the following information:
 Function: This paragraph refers to the method of operation and the standard design of the various com-
ponents.
 Bill of Materials: This list will give you a complete table of the subassemblies for each component. The
various components are marked by position numbers referring to the drawings.
 Illustration: An assembly drawing is enclosed for each assembly on a separate page.
 Reasons for Dismantling: This is a synopsis of causes which may require dismantling of the various
components, including order of dismantling (where a subassembly must be removed before removal of
another one) or failures in the component concerned.
 Assembly Instructions: Referring to instructions for removal and reassembling. The ”Danger” and
”Attention” symbols must be strictly considered. Cross−reference may be made to procedures detailed
in other chapters.
 Maintenance: Covering the maintenance instructions required for the subassembly concerned. The
”Danger” and ”Attention”symbols shall be considered.
The following should be considered in general whenever assembly measures are carried out:
 0−rings must always be in close contact in their grooves to prevent them from shearing−off
 Sealing rings are subject to natural ageing, thus limiting storage time and service life. The sealing rings
supplied by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH always have a minimum durability of three years.
 Sealing surfaces must be clean, even and flat; this is especially important for coated surfaces
 All removed components must be handled with care and shall be cleaned carefully before re−assembly
(storing on a clean surface, protect them against damages, dust, scale, etc.).
 All removed parts must be reinstalled in their correct position.
 After having finished the assembly work, check always that the pipes and hoses are correctly installed
and are not mixed up.
 All disassembled parts must be checked prior to reassembly. Only reinstall parts and components that
are in working order. Always replace defective parts with parts of equal quality. When replacing defec-
tive parts you should only use original spare parts from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH.
Only reuse bolts (especially bolts under high stress, such as basket fastening bolts) that have not under-
gone elongation, that do not show any necking and that are without excessive deformation under the
seating face of the head.
 Provide suitable tools for applying high tightening torques for screws. Take care that the torque for re-
moving a screw is about 40% higher than for tightening it.
In case the owner should install other parts than original parts from ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH (prior to approval by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH) the warranty of the
supplier will be forfeited for damages resulting therefrom.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
121
HZ 160/5 Si
9.1 Screw locking
All screw joints must be locked.
The following rules must be considered:
 All screw joints (screws, nuts) must be locked with Loctite. It must be used Loctite, type 243 medium or
alternatively Loctite, type Hysol M−121 HP that is suitable for foodstuff and pharmaceutical applications.
The screw joints must be tightened with a tightening torque specified in the following table (see
chapter 9.1.1).
Exceptions:
 Where tightening torques are specified in the assembly drawings or in the assembly instructions, a
lubricating paste must be applied to these screw joints and then the torque listed in the assembly dra-
wing must be applied to the screw joints. It is recommended to use the lubricating paste from Klueber,
type UH1 96−402.
 Screw joints with positive−fit locking elements (e.g. locking plate) are not locked with Loctite.
However, these screw joints must be tightened with a tightening torque specified in the following table
(see chapter 9.1.1).
 The following screw joints are not locked with Loctite. A lubricating paste instead of Loctite must be ap-
plied to these screw joints. It is recommended to use the lubricating paste from Klueber, type
UH1 96−402:
− Tension screws for electric motors
− Fixing screws of peeler knife
− Screws from M30
− Slotted round nuts
− Pipe and hose connections
These screw joints must be also tightened with a tightening torque specified in the following table (see
chapter 9.1.1).

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
122
HZ 160/5 Si
9.1.1 Tightening Torques for Screw Joints
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
Dimension
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ Tightening torque MA [Nm]
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
8.8 10.9 12.9 A4−50 A4−70
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 6
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
9 13 16 3
2.4602
6
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 8
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
22
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
32 38 6 15
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 10 44 63 76 12 30
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 12 76 109 131 21 52
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 16
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
187 269 325 53 128
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 20
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 24
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
364
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
628
521
900
630
1 088
103
178
248
320
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 30
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 252
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
1 794 2 170 355 438
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 36 2 183 3 128 3 783 618 764
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 42 3 488 4 999 6 045 988 1 221
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
M 48
Table:
ÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
5 255 7 533 9 109 1 489 1 839
Tightening torques for screws with heads according to DIN 912, 931, 933, 970, 971,
etc.
The torque details specified in the assembly drawings or in the assembly instruction
must be considered under all circumstances.
The screw joints with specified torques must not be provided with spring washers!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
123
HZ 160/5 Si
9.1.2 Use of lubricating paste
Target
It is necessary to apply lubricating paste during the assembly of a screw connection for the following rea-
sons:
 To reduce the risk of seizure of the screw connection.
 To adjust constant friction parameters in order to ensure that the correct preload is applied during the
tightening of the screw connection.
Field of application
Always observe any instructions given in the drawing regarding the use of Loctite or
lubricating paste – independent of the following chart!
Bolts
Stainless steel Base metal
up to M24 from M24 Small thread reach up to M24 From M24

(< 0.8*diam.)
Lubricating paste yes yes no no yes

to be used ?
The lubrication of screw connections can be omitted in very soft connections (e.g.
with soft seals)!
Notes on application
 Generally, the instructions given on the corresponding data sheets are to be observed
 The lubricating paste used in the factory, Klüber, Type UH1 96−402, is suitable for foodstuff and pharma-
ceutical applications
 The contact surfaces as well as the threads and head contact surfaces must be free from grease and oil
and also free from contamination
 After cleaning, use a brush or a sponge to apply a thin coat of assembly paste to the first thread turns and
especially the head contact surface

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
124
HZ 160/5 Si
9.1.3 Use of Liquid Plastic (Loctite) for Screw Locking
General
Loctite products are liquid single−pack plastic materials for securing, fixing and sealing of metal connec-
tions. The chemical conversion into a nearly hard product is achieved by separation from the atmospheric
oxygen and upon contact with the metal. After complete hardening the liquid plastic material is of an excel-
lent resistance against water, lubricants, fuel, hydraulic agents and most chemicals except acids and
liquors of high concentration.
Field of application
see chapter 9.1!
Application of Loctite
 Clean surface by wiping or blowing or preferably by acetone or isoparaffin.
Do not use any dry−cleaning spirit, nitrolic dilution or similar!

 As soon as the parts to be connected are completely dry, apply the products as a closed ring on the
screw thread
 Apply on the female thread where blind holes are concerned; otherwise the product will be pushed out
by screwing−in
 Tighten the threaded joint by the specified tightening torque and wait for curing time.
 During the curing time the parts must not be touched and threaded connections not retightened any
more.
Curing time
The curing times can be seen from the following table. They refer always to 20 degree Celsius and usual
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
structural steel.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Loctite Product No.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Gap in mm (D−d):2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
max.
638
0,25
270
0,15
243
M36
245
M80
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
pref. 0,05 0,05
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
in N/mm2
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Pressure shearing strength TD
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
16 − 30 11 − 20 6 − 14 6 − 14
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Viscosity in mPas
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ 1500 − 3000 400 − 600 th 200 − 400 th 550 − 1000
Chemical Basis Methacrylatester
Hardening
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Ready to touch at ambientÁÁÁÁÁÁ
upon separation from air and contact with metal (anaerobic)
3 15 − 30 15 − 30 30 − 60
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
temp. min.
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Final stability steel / steel h 12 12 12 12
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
for passive material
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
with activator 7471 (T) min 5 30 − 60 30 − 60 20 − 30
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
with activator 7649 (N)min 2 5 10 − 20 3−5
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Temperature resistant −55 to +100 C
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Soluble difficult difficult difficult difficult
th = thixotropic

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
125
HZ 160/5 Si
The curing time will be reduced for active metals like brass or copper.
The curing time will increase, however, for natural passivated metals (e.g. stainless steel, aluminum) and
chemically passivated metals (e.g. cadmium−plated, chromium−plated). At ambient temperatures of 10 −
15 degree Celsius the hardening will also be slow and the polymerization stops even at approx. 0 degree
Celsius. For this reason the use of activator is advisable in these cases and local heating up of the places
concerned to 80 − 120 degree Celsius.
Use of Activators
 Use activator type T or N for the types 638, 245, 270 and 243 from Loctite (7471: ref. 168495 / 7649: ref.
168505)
 Apply activator on connecting part
 Apply Loctite
Disassembly of a connection secured by Loctite
 In case the bolt cannot be unscrewed by wrench, heat the connection up to approx. 200 degree Celsius
(e.g. by hot air blower or welding torch) and disassemble immediately because the original resistance is
obtained again by cooling down.
Risk of burning by hot metal! Use heat protective gloves!

Risk of explosion of flammable mixtures! Check in time if explosive mixture is con-
cerned!
Material may be damaged by heating up!
Replacement of Loctite Securing
 Remove product residues preferably by wire brush or screw tap
Do not increase thread clearance by cutting!
 Clean connection.
 Apply new Loctite.
Stability
The stability of the connection secured by Loctite, is maintained for approx. three years. The pot life of the
products is approx. 12 months max. unless otherwise stated elsewhere on the package.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
126
HZ 160/5 Si
9.2 Installation of Sealing Rings
 The contact and sealing surfaces must be absolutely smooth and must not show any damages nor con-
tamination.
 The dimensions and the peak−to−valley height of the sealing surfaces must be in strict conformity with
the specifications.
 Rotating sealing surfaces which are finished, must be free of twisting.
 For seals with sealing edge and sealing lips respectively, the position of the sealing edge must be con-
sidered as shown in the corresponding assembly drawing.
Fig. 36: Assembly instruction for seals with sealing edge and lip respectively
 Use mounting spindle or sleeves where adverse mounting conditions are concerned (see fig. 37)
Fig. 37: Adverse mounting conditions
 Avoid sharp edges during assembly, cover threads and similar.

 Expand sealing lips of shaft sealing rings similar Fig. 37 in PTFE materials by hand or soft spindle before
assembly. Avoid scratching at the sealing lip
 Use suitable lubricant before assembly on the sealing ring and the shaft
 Sealing rings in PTFE material can be expanded easily and formed back again by heating in oil or hot
water up to 80 − 120 degree Celsius.
 Preform small, inside sealing rings carefully without buckling (see Fig. 38) and install then (see Fig. 39).
Fig. 38: Preformed sealing ring

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
127
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 39: Assembly of preformed sealing ring
 Assemble outside sealing, relatively rigid sealing rings by mounting spindle as shown in Fig. 40 and
form back by calibrating sleeve as shown in Fig. 41. These tools shall be made in suitable plastic ma-
terial.
Fig. 40: Use of a mounting spindle
Fig. 41: Use of a sleeve

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
128
HZ 160/5 Si
9.3 Attachment of Surfaces by Plastic Adhesive (Loctite)
General
Loctite products are liquid single pack plastic materials for the attachment of two components. In this way
the retention of self substance can be achieved with different materials by adhesive. The adhesive is used
as sealant and isolator besides its adhesive qualities. The adhesion depends above all on the preparation
of the surfaces. Uniform jointing gaps will help in addition to achieve uniform stress distribution.
Use of Loctite
 Degrease surfaces of the areas to be joined by solvents (e.g. isoparaffin or acetones). Contaminated
contact surfaces to be cleaned before by sandblasting or brushing the surfaces.
 Meter Loctite carefully and apply on surface concerned.
 Hardening of plastic sealant under slight pressure. The hardening is achieved irrespective of the ex-
erted pressure. Apply just enough pressure to allow a uniform distribution of the sealant in the jointing
gap and a perfect adaptation of the parts concerned.
 Do not move the parts any longer during the curing time. The time required for hardening can be reduced
by heating the items.
Use of Activators
 Prepare the surfaces as described above.
 Apply activator and adhesive separately and after careful metering on the surfaces concerned.
 Hardening at ambient temperatures.
Dismantling of Glued Items
 Extract or press−off the glued items by the suitable tools.
 Where strong connections are concerned, heat−up the items to 300−400 degree Celsius and dismantle
in this condition.
Risk of injury by hot metal! Use suitable gloves!

Risk of explosion due to explosive mixtures! Test before if explosive products are con-
cerned!
Material may be damaged by heating−up!
 If the items should be joined again by glueing, remove residual adhesives in a mechanical way (e.g. by
brushing) and clean the contact surfaces as described above.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
129
HZ 160/5 Si
9.4 Circular Spring Set
9.4.1 General
The force is transmitted by pressing and friction between the contact surface (5), the hub and the shaft. For
this reason special attention should be paid to careful tightening of the bolts (4) and the perfect condition of
the contact surfaces.
The circular spring sets are not self−locking. The conical design of the various rings is such to exclude such
self−locking.
1 = inner ring, split

2 = rear ring
3 = front ring
4 = tightening bolts
5 = contact surface
Fig. 42: Circular Spring Set
9.4.2 Assembly Instructions
The circular spring sets as supplied are ready for installation. Do not disassemble
before tightening for the first time!
Assembly
 Remove spacers which are between the outer rings for protection in transit
 Tighten three clamp bolts this way that the inside ring can hardly be turned
Final tightening right now may result in deformation of the inside ring!
 The clamp bolts should form the corners of a triangle of equal legs
 Measure the space between the outer rings at various places: The outer rings must be plane parallel
against each other
 Grease the outside surfaces of the hub in the area of the circular spring set seat as required
 Push the circular spring set on the hub
Do not tighten the clamp bolts before the shaft is installed!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
130
HZ 160/5 Si
 Using a solvent, degrease the shaft and hub bore. Safe torque transmission substantially depends on
this procedure. Dirty solvent or dirty cleaning clothes should not be used for degreasing.
lubricated
grease free
Fig. 43: Remove Grease from Circular Spring Set
 Install the shaft and push the shaft on the hub resp.
 Tighten all clamp bolts uniformly and in turns, do not tighten crosswise
 Repeat the tightening successively several times till all bolts are of same torque
 The bolts tightening torque is stated on the circular spring set
Example:
140 − 71 = type No.
10 = tightening torque in daNm
Check tightening torque by a torque wrench!

The outer rings must remain plane parallel among each other!
Dismantling
The dismantling operation is similar to the tightening operation.
 Unsrew the clamp bolts uniformly and one by one
Unsrew the clamp bolts one quarter turn each only in order to avoid tilting of the
outer rings!
Do not unscrew clamp bolts completely!
 Remove all rust from the shaft in front of the hub part
 Remove shaft and pull−off the hub from the shaft resp.
 Pull−off circular spring set from the hub

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
131
HZ 160/5 Si
9.4.3 Cleaning and Lubrication
 Do not disassemble and regrease removed circular spring set before new tightening
 Clean circular spring set and regrease only if contaminated
Use one of the following lubricants for the conical surfaces:
Lubricant Commercially available
Molykote 321 R (slide varnish) spray
Molykote Spray (powder−spray) spray
Molykote G Rapid spray or paste
Aemasol MO 19 P spray or paste
Aemasol DIO−sétral 57 N (slide var- spray

nish)
 Never grease clamp bolts by multi−purpose grease e.g. Molykote BR 2 or equivalent

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
132
HZ 160/5 Si
9.5 Shaft nut
Radial holes
for pin wrench
DIN 1810−B
Bore holes for face spanner Clamping screws
Fig. 44: Shaft nut
9.5.1 Function
The shaft nut allows an easy and secure fixing of parts.
The shaft nut is a precision component and must accordingly be treated with care. The clamping screws
should only be tightened when the shaft nut has been screwed completely onto the spindle thread. If these
instructions are ignored, inadmissible plastic deformation could destroy the shaft nut. Any plastic deforma-
tion caused as a result of incorrect treatment is indicated if the shaft nut can be screwed on at either side
only as far as the end of the inner recess.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
133
HZ 160/5 Si
9.5.2 Mounting
 Carefully clean the connecting elements and shaft nut and oil lightly using standard machine oil without
abrasion−reducing additives.
 Screw the shaft nut onto the spindle thread wait before screwing it in completely. The clearance existing
at the thread flanks still allows the shaft nut to be mounted off centre at this stage (fig. 45).
Fig. 45: Mounting of the shaft nut 1
 Tighten the clamping screws evenly in diagonal sequence while pushing and pulling the shaft nut evenly
backwards and forwards, until flank clearance is nearly eliminated. The shaft nut is now centred on the
spindle thread. All the thread flanks are in contact around the entire periphery (fig. 46).

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
134
HZ 160/5 Si
 Only now should you tighten the shaft nut against the end contact surface by exerting a tightening
torque that is a bit higher than the prescribed degree of tightening torque. Then release again and finally
tighten using the prescribed degree of tightening torque (fig. 47). This sequence prevents subsequent
seizure at the contact surfaces (thread flanks, end contact surfaces).
 Then secure the shaft nut by evenly tightening the clamping screws.
9.5.3 Removing
 First relieve the tension of the clamping screws slightly in diagonal sequence.
 Only then should the clamping screws be completely released. This prevents the total tension of the
diaphragm from working on the last clamping screw to be released and causing a jamming effect.
 Once a shaft nut has been secured on a spindle thread, after removal it may only be used again on the
same spindle. Adjustment processes carried out between the spindle and the shaft nut can otherwise
lead to problems when using on a different spindle.
Intensive clamping at the thread flanks during the locking process brings about
additional axial rigidity in the shaft nut. This effect simultaneously slightly re-
duces the pre−tensioning force of the screw connection. The degree of tension
relief on the end contact surface of the shaft nut is reproducible and can be com-
pensated without problems by increasing pre−tensioning torque accordingly on
mounting in cases where the pre−tensioning force has to be adhered to precisely.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
135
HZ 160/5 Si
9.6 Belt Pulley with Taper Bushes
9.6.1 General
Taper bushes are used to easily fasten belt pulleys to shafts. This fastening is sufficient to transmit the
drive torque. A fitting key connection can be added additionally.
Fig. 48: Belt pulleys with taper bushes
Preparation
 If possible, align the motor and machine shafts
Maximum shaft deviation: 0.6!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
136
HZ 160/5 Si
Assembly
 All shiny surfaces such as bore and end envelope of cone of the taper bush as well as conical bore of the
pulley should be clean and free of grease. Fit the taper bush into the hub and align with all holes. The
half−tapped holes should be aligned with the half plain bored holes.
 Stud screws or fillister head screws (depending on the size of the taper bush) should be slightly oiled and
screwed in but not fully tightened.
 Clean and degrease the shaft. Position the pulley with the taper bush in the correct place on the shaft.
 Check the alignment of the pulleys (see chap. 9.6.3).
 If a fitting key is used, place this first into the groove of the shaft. Make sure there is a tolerance between
the fitting key and the bore groove.
 Tighten the stud screws or the fillister socket screws evenly to the torque values given in the table (see
chap. 9.6.4).
 After a short run (0.5 to 1 hour), check the tightening torque values of the screws and tighten if necess-
ary.
 Fill the empty bush bores with grease to prevent foreign matter from entering.
a) Moving on b) Inserting the screws c) Tightening
Fig. 49: Assembly of belt pulleys with taper bushes
Dismantling
 Loosen all screws. According to bush size, completely unscrew one or two screws, grease them and
screw them into the proof test bores.
 Tighten the screw or screws evenly until the bush comes out of the hub and the pulley can move freely
on the shaft.
 Remove pulley with bush from the shaft.
a) Loosen the screws b) Insert screws into c) Removing

proof test bores
Fig. 50: Dismantling of belt pulleys with taper bushes

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
137
HZ 160/5 Si
9.6.3 Alignment of belt pulleys
The alignment of the pulleys should be checked before and after the tightening of the taper bushes by
means of a guide rail.
Note:
Check whether the pulley face width of the pulleys is evenly dimensioned. A possible existing deviation of
the pulley face width has to be taken into consideration correspondingly. With a symmetrical pulley face
construction the distance to the guide rail to the smaller face width is half of the deviation.
Fig. 51: Checking the alignment of belt pulleys
9.6.4 Tightening torque for screws

Size Key width Number of Tightening
(ISO 2936) screws torque
[ Nm ]
1008, 1108 3 2 5.7
1210, 1215, 1310, 1610, 1615 5 2 20
2012 6 2 30
2517 6 2 49
3020, 3030 8 2 92
3525, 3535 10 3 115
4040 12 3 172
4545 14 3 195
5050 14 3 275

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
138
HZ 160/5 Si
9.7 Design of the connection flange at pipes which end have an
raised edge
The connection flange at several pipes is designed as loose flange according to the following figure. This
flange is installed on the pipes which end have an raised edge.
Fixing screws (4x) Flange 1 (2x)
Flange 2 (2x)
Fig. 52: Flange (2 parts)
The heads of the fixing screws must face towards the door!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
139
HZ 160/5 Si
9.8 Mounting Instructions for Sealing Cord, type DE and DF
Structure
The sealing cord contains due to the manufacturing process pure virginal PTFE of stretched fibre struc-
ture. However, its surface is soft enough to compensate any unevenness and roughness of the contact
surfaces by minimum force.
The sealing cord is provided with an adhesive strip to facilitate the fitting operation.
Technical Data
Material pure virginal PTFE of stretched fibre structure with an adhesive strip to facili-
tate the fitting operation
Allowed tempera- −240 C to +270 C, for a short time up to +310 C (33 K to 543 K, for a short
ture range of use time up to 583 K)
Chemical resistance Resistant to all media pH 0 to 14, except molten or dissolved alkali metals as
well as elementary fluorine at high temperatures and pressures
Physiological com- Physiologically compatible at a permanent temperature range of use (260 C)
patibility according to BG Nr. 21
Pressure resistance up to 250 bar (depending on operating parameters and fitting conditions)
Tensile strength approx. 50 N/mm2
All details refer to pressed material.
Fitting operation
 Clean the contact surfaces and keep them dry and free of grease
 Remove covering strip of adhesive strip from sealing cord and glue−on the sealing cord starting at a
screw hole
 Cross the two ends at a screw hole and cut−off the sealing cord (see fig. 53)
Fig. 53: Crossing the ends of the sealing cord

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
140
HZ 160/5 Si
Additional mounting auxiliaries
 Use oblique cutting when lined parts or parts sensitive to tension are mounted (see fig. 54)
1. Clean the contact surfaces and keep them dry 4. Close the sealing ring
and free of grease 5. Glue the end above the begin-
2. Remove covering strip of adhesive strip from ning piece
sealing cord and glue−on the sealing cord start-
ing at a screw hole
3. Cut the beginning obliquely,
length = approx. two times width
6. Cut−off the end in excess flatly 7. Finished seal with oblique cutting
by a knife
Fig. 54: Sealing cord with oblique cutting
 Double the sealing cord when the contact surfaces are irregular or damaged

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
141
HZ 160/5 Si
 Install the sealing cord wavelike or install an additional supporting ring resp. to avoid a tilting of the
flanges (see fig. 55)
Fig. 55: Wavelike installation of the sealing cord
Dismantling
 Remove the sealing cord simply by taking it off.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
142
HZ 160/5 Si
9.9 0000 Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge HZ 160/5 Si
Drawing No.: 47−0050−00.736 Item No.: 507208678 Rev.: C
9.9.1 Bill of materials
Pos. Quantity Item No. Designation Specification Material Drawing

300862339 HORIZONTAL HZ 160/5 SI 507208678
PEELER (47−0050−
CENTRIFUGE 00.736)
1 1 PC 300377543 HOUSING ANSI # 1 # 506547343
(47−0100−
00.706)
2 1 PC 300208498 SIGHT GLASS AS- DN125/PN10 ANSCH- 506194248
SEMBLY LUSS N7 (47−0200−
00.701)
2,1 1 PC 300208626 RINSING ASSEM- 506193202
BLY SIGHT GLASS (47−0220−
00.601)
2,2 1 PC 300208788 BLIND PLUG AS- 506194441
SEMBLY (47−0221−
00.701)
2,3 1 PC 300581997 ADAPTER M10X1 − 1/8−27NPT 1.4571 506679112
(47−0220−
02.001)
6 1 PC 300328036 DOOR CLADDED #1# 506474467
(47−0600−
00.704)
6,1 1 PC 300209025 HINGE ASSEMBLY 506193292
(47−0620−
00.701)
6,2 1 PC 300208927 CLOSURE ASSEM- 506192050
BLY (47−0610−
00.702)
8 1 PC 300208909 HOUSING SEAL- 506194109
ING ASSEMBLY (47−0800−
00.704)
8,1 1 PC 300940115 CONNECTING G1/4 FEMALE −−>
ADAPTER ASSEM- 1/4−18 NPT MALE
BLY N37
11 1 PC 300883839 FOUNDATION AS- 507277496
SEMBLY (47−1190−
00.704)
13 1 PC 300347340 BEARING ASSEM- 506526996
BLY OIL LUBRICA- (47−1300−
TION 00.706)
13,1 1 PC 300644197 GAS SUPPLY FOR 506817678
SHAFT SEAL (47−1304−
3−WAY 00.013)
17 1 PC 300371753 SIPHON BASKET TYPE HZ 160/5,0 SI 506192889
(47−1750−
01.903)
17,1 1 PC 300210042 MOUNTING PARTS 506192907
BASKET (47−1708−
00.902)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
143
HZ 160/5 Si

17,2 1 PC 300955813 DEFLECTOR RING 507501524
ASSEMBLY (47−1705−
00.903)
18 1 PC 300870705 FILTRATION AS- 506193398
SEMBLY SIPHON (47−1850−
00.701)
18,1 1 PC 300209215 KEEPER PLATE 1.4404 506191937
00.907)
26 1 PC 300577458 PEELER ASSEM- 506541716
BLY (43−2600−
00.919)
26,1 1 PC 300357830 SWITCHING DE- 506570859
VICE (47−2620−
00.701)
28 1 PC 300586193 SIPHON SKIMMING DIN DN80 / ANSI 3” 506698608
DEVICE (47−2850−
00.706)
29 1 PC 300580575 BACKWASH PIPE ANSI 3” 506194249
00.702)
30 1 PC 300868546 HEEL CAKE RE- 506194648
MOVAL (47−2710−
00.701)
30,1 1 PC 300932157 ADAPTER PIPE 28 − 1/1−11 1/2NPT
33 1 PC 300580313 DISCHARGE AS- ANSI 506460991
SEMBLY SCREW (47−3300−
CONVEYOR 00.707)
34 1 PC 300208854 ADAPTER ASSEM- DIN DN 80/ANSI 3” 506193243
BLY (47−8830−
00.001)
38 1 PC 300870230 FEED PIPE AS- ANSI 5” 507232667
SEMBLY 1, FLAP (47−3800−
1/1, 00.706)
42 1 PC 300580884 WASH PIPE AS- ANSI 2” 506672152
SEMBLY (47−4200−
SPRINKLER 00.701)
42,1 1 PC 300341124 SUPPORT WASH/ 506506090
FEED PIPE (47−4203−
00.703)
43 1 PC 300580307 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 1” 506193161
BLY BACKWALL (47−4331−
00.601)
44 1 PC 300208568 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 506193303
BLY BASKET (47−4321−
SHELL 00.701)
45 4 PC 300582166 RINSING ASSEM- NPT 506194827
BLY DOOR (47−4311−
00.004)
45,1 1 PC 300220625 RINSING CONNEC-
TION NPT
47 1 PC 300216488 INTERLOCK SYS- 506190750
TEM DOOR (43−4707−
00.001)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
144
HZ 160/5 Si

54 1 PC 300208247 FEED CON- 506187712
TROLLER ASSEM- (43−5400−
BLY 00.906)
64 1 PC 300870552 HYDRAULIC S235JR 507233936
EQUIPMENT G2+N (47−6400−
00.705)
70 1 PC 300870105 SUPPLY PIPING S235JR 507232495
G2+N (43−7000−
00.990)
76 1 PC 300351395 LUBRICATION AS- 506789358
SEMBLY BEARING (47−7600−
00.005)
77 2 PC 300217853 SPEED PICK−UP 1.4404 506193131
(47−7700−
00.601)
85 1 PC 300873426 DRIVE ASSEMBLY 507241746
(47−8500−
00.709)
86 1 PC 300217257 PAINTING RAL 5015
87 1 PC 300360956 UTILITIES LU-
BRICATION
92 1 PC 300217984 GROUNDING 506193206
(47−9200−
00.001)
95 1 PC 300216495 TRANSPORT LOCK 506186546
(43−9504−
00.001)
96 1 PC 300359458 LABELS STAN-
DARD
WZ 1 PC 300318601 TOOL COMPL.
(1 set)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
145
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
146
HZ 160/5 Si
9.10 0200 Sight−Glass
Drawing No.: 47−0200−00.701 Item No.: 7006806 Revision: 3

300208498 SIGHT GLASS AS- DN125/PN10 506194248
SEMBLY (47−0200−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300211598 FLANGE 1.4404 506195164
(47−0200−
01.701)
2 1 PC 132284740 SIGHT GLASS DIN7080 | 175X20 BORO-
SILI-
CATE
GLASS
3 2 PC 132393264 GASKET FLAT DIN28120 | (FDA) | 150 PTFE
X 177 X 2 WHITE
4 8 PC 131995194 HEX HEAD SCREW ISO4017 | − M16X35 − | A4−70
ISO3506−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
147
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
148
HZ 160/5 Si
9.10.2 Function
The operations in the process area can be observed through the sight−glass during the operation of the
machine.
9.10.3 Reasons for dismantling
 Change of the sight−glass
Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Shut−down the machine (see chapter 6.7.1)
 Remove bolts (4)
 Remove cover ring (1)
 Take off sight−glass (2)
Re−assembly
Tighten the bolts (4) crosswise!

Replace sealing tape (3)!
 in reverse order

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
149
HZ 160/5 Si
9.11 0220 Rinsing for Sight−Glass
Drawing No.: 47−0220−00.601 Item No.: 506193202 Revision: A

300208626 RINSING ASSEM- 506193202
BLY SIGHT GLASS (47−0220−
00.601)
1 1 PC 300216638 RINSING NOZZLE 1.4404 506193203
(47−0220−
01.601)
2 1 PC 132388239 O−RING DIN3771 | 13.94 X 2.62 FPM
FPM 80
3 1 PC 132248462 HEX NUT ISO8673 | − M10X1 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
150
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
151
HZ 160/5 Si
9.11.2 Function
The rinsing nozzle serves for cleaning of the sight−glass.
 Change of the sight−glass
Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Open the door (see chapter 6.8)
 Remove the supply connection
 Remove nut (3)
 Pull−out the rinsing pipe (1)
Re−assembly
Check all sealing rings for wear, replace if necessary!
9.11.5 Maintenance
 Check the rinsing pipe, nozzle and the seal rings for wear and replace if necessary
 Check the setting of the nozzle

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
152
HZ 160/5 Si
9.12 Blind covers
9.12.1 Blind cover at door, N6.1

300208788 BLIND PLUG AS- 506194441
SEMBLY (47−0221−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300215010 BLIND COVER 1.4404 506194442
(47−0221−
01.701)
2 1 PC 132388239 O−RING DIN3771 | 13.94 X 2.62 FPM
FPM 80
3 1 PC 132248462 HEX NUT ISO8673 | − M10X1 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
153
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
154
HZ 160/5 Si
9.12.2 Function
Openings which are not required in the housing door and at the housing, are closed by blind covers. The
blind covers can be removed for the installation of additional sight−glasses, rinsing nozzles or accessories
in place.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
155
HZ 160/5 Si
9.13 0610 Housing Mounting Parts

300208927 CLOSURE ASSEM- 506192050
BLY (47−0610−
00.702)
1 1 PC 132388647 O−RING DIN3770 | 1940 X 11 FPM
FPM 80
2 1 PC 132393425 HANDLE ROHDE AG | 1.4305
EB−20.F250.33 (STAN-
DARD) SURFACE:
MATT−POLISHED
&BRUSHED
3 8 PC 132281791 CLEVIS PIN ISO2340 | − B − 10 A4
H11X40X3.2X33 − |
ISO3506−1
4 16 PC 132284789 PLAIN WASHER ISO7089 | − 10 − 140HV A4
| ISO3506−1
5 16 PC 100007767 SPLIT PIN ISO1234 | − 3,2X20 − | A4
ISO3506−1
6 8 PC 132392566 CLAMP SCREW RATHMANN M 20−K− A4
PICKLED KLEMMWEITE
50−75MM KL. | 50 MM
7 8 PC 132395657 SPHERICAL M 20 C 15 K C15E+N
WASHER
8 8 PC 132394074 NUT , CAP−TYPE RATHMANN | M 20 1.4301

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
156
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
157
HZ 160/5 Si
9.13.2 Function
The housing is divided into the process area and the section which comprises the rotor bearing. The pro-
cess area is closed and sealed−off by the housing door with clamping bolts.
Before starting the machine, all clamping bolts (6) must be secured and closed! Con-
sider the torque (see drawing)!
The clamping bolts (6) must be removed for opening the housing door.
9.13.3 Opening of the Door
see chap. 6.8
9.13.4 Maintenance
 Check housing and door for leakage
Leakage is not at all acceptable at the housing flange!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
158
HZ 160/5 Si
9.14 0620 Door Hinge

300209025 HINGE ASSEMBLY 506193292
(47−0620−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300217786 HINGE S355J2+ 506193293
N (47−0621−
00.701)
2 2 PC 300216571 TRUNNION S355J2+ 506193294
N (47−0620−
02.601)
3 5 PC 300206737 DISC ISO9445−2 − 1.0344
ISO9013−331 D 170 D1
140 T 2 MM RUST
PROTECTION WITH
OKS 2100
5 2 PC 132288574 BUSH DIN1850−3 | − J SINT−
95F7X110X56H1 | B50
DIN30910−3
6 1 PC 132390750 ANGULAR CON- DIN628 7219−B
TACT RADIAL BALL
BEARING
6,1 1 PC 132395822 NILOS−RING ZILLER 72 19 AVG /
6219 AV
7 2 PC 132283675 TAPERED LUBRI- DIN71412 | − A M10X1 | 1.4305
CATING NIPPLE
8 6 PC 100022400 TAPER PIN ISO8736 | − A − 20X120 CARBON
−| STEEL
9 8 PC 132287488 HEX HEAD BOLT ISO4014 | − M24X130 − 8.8
| ISO898−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
159
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
160
HZ 160/5 Si
9.14.2 Function
The housing hinge supports the door. It allows an easy opening of the door.
9.14.3 Opening of the Door

see chap. 6.8
9.14.4 Reasons for Assembly Measures

 Leakage
 Hinge works hard

Required Tools:
 Tool box
 Lifting appliance
 Hook wrench
Dismantling
 Shut−down machine (see chapter 6.7.1)

 Remove all accessories and pipes to the door
 Dismantle clamping screws (see chap. 9.13)
 Attach lifting appliance at door
 Lift door vertically ahead
 Set down door on a support
 Pull out bearing (6) with a hook wrench
Re−assembly
 In order to guarantee a perfect operation of the door clamping assembly adjust the door flange approx.
0.5 mm vertical above the housing flange center
 Proceed in reverse order
Replace bearing (6) after assembly measures!
Readjustment of the Door Hinge

 measure the eccentricity of the door against the housing in vertical direction between the clamping ring
ends when the door is not yet quite closed
 place shimming plates (3, 4) of the required thickness on the bearing (6) depending on the obtained
value
The door in open condition must be secured to prevent inadvertent closing!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
161
HZ 160/5 Si
9.14.6 Maintenance
 Lubricate bearings by using the grease nipple (7), see chapter 7.4

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
162
HZ 160/5 Si
9.15 0800 Housing Sealing
Drawing No.: 47−0800−00.704 Item No.: 506194109 Revision: B1

300208909 HOUSING SEAL- 506194109
00.704)
1 1 PC 300210434 BEARING COVER 1.4404 506194110
FRONT (47−0800−
01.703)
2 1 PC 300209782 SEAL HOUSING 1.4404 506192896
(47−0800−
02.701)
3 1 PC 300209696 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4404 506192897
TION SLEEVE (47−0800−
04.701)
4 2 PC 300213665 DISTANCE RING 1.4404 506192898
(47−0800−
09.701)
5 1 PC 300213666 DISTANCE RING 1.4404 506192902
(47−0800−
14.701)
6 1 PC 300213970 CLAMP RING S355J2+ 506192899
N (47−0800−
13.701)
7 5 PC 300213473 PIPE 1.4571 506193304
(47−0800−
11.701)
8 5 PC 300218488 CONNECTION 1.4571 506188266
PIECE (35−0898−
02.401)
9 1 PC 300213996 THRUST RING S355J2+ 506192900
N (47−0800−
07.701)
10 1 PC 300214061 SPACER RING S355J2+ 506194220
N (47−0800−
08.703)
| ISO898−1
12 8 PC 132286634 SOCKET HEAD ISO4762 | − M10X40 − | A4−70
CAP SCREW ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
14 1 PC 132390136 O−RING 714 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM
15 1 PC 132390135 O−RING 582.68 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM
16 1 PC 132390043 O−RING 395.66 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM
17 1 PC 132390038 O−RING DIN3771 | 280 X 5.3 FPM
FPM 80
18 4 PC 132390039 O−RING 320 X 2.5 FPM 75 FPM
19 4 PC 132391039 SEALING LIP ELRING | 300X325X1,5 PTFE
HN2380 | HS21037 |

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
163
HZ 160/5 Si

20 5 PC 132387374 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 12.42 X FPM
1.78 FPM 75
21 3 PC 132387872 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 12.37 X FPM
2.62 FPM 75
22 2 PC 131570908 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 10 M6X28 − CARBON
| STEEL
23 2 PC 131247693 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 8 M6X24 − | CARBON
STEEL
24 36 PC 132185301 PRESSURE DIN2098−1 − 2X8X21 | | SPRING
SPRING AMC 3100 00 00 000 STEEL
25 1 PC 132293050 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − M27X2 | CARBON
STEEL
26 1 PC 131249889 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A 27X35 | COPPER
ISO3506−1 | #1#
32 1 PC 300955811 DEFLECTOR RING 1.4404 507501388
(47−0800−
15.901)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
164
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
165
HZ 160/5 Si
9.15.2 Function
The housing sealing assembly is provided for sealing off the process area against the bearing assembly.
The sealing assembly is composed of two lip pairs with one lip pair sealing off against the process area and
one against the bearing. Each lip pair consists of two sealing lips with spacer ring. The sealing lips are
installed so that they face the outside. Sealing gas (nitrogen) should be applied to the intermediate area of
each lip pair. A vent between the two lip pairs is installed. The sealing lip showing to the bearing, is addition-
ally lubricated by the oil of the bearing lubrication.
An additional connection is installed to rinse the area between basket bottom and sealing unit and thereby
remove product built−up in this area.
 Leakage
 Dismantling of bearing
 Dismantling of shaft
Required Tools:
 Lifting tool for basket
 Marker
 Extractor
 Mounting tool for sealing
Dismantling
 Remove the basket (see chapter 9.19)
 Separate the lifting tool from the basket
 Turn around the lifting tool
 Install the lifting tool at the bearing cover (1) (see fig. 56)
Remove and handle the housing sealing, bearing cover (1) with sealing hous-
ing (2) by the provided lifting tool only and at the holes provided for this purpose!
Attach the lifting tool properly by screwing with the bearing cover!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
166
HZ 160/5 Si
Use two ropes of the same

length to avoid a tilting of the
lifting tool
Fix the lifting tool with two

screws M16 at the bear-
ing cover
Fig. 56: Attaching the lifting tool at the bearing cover
 Remove the connections and sockets for inertizing, rinsing and lubrication (housing back−side)
 Unscrew and remove the fixing bolts (11) for the bearing cover (housing back−side)
 Remove bearing cover (1) with sealing housing (2) and the complete main seal using the lifting tool
 Remove the bolts (13) and take−off all sealing elements (18, 19) and spacer rings (4−6)
 If necessary, remove the bolts (12) and take−off the sealing housing (2)
 Pull−off the wear bushing (3) using the threads in the wear bushing
Re−assembly
Check all sealings for wear, replace if necessary!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
167
HZ 160/5 Si
New sealing lips need to be preformed before mounting them!

Therefore install the sealing lips into the bearing cover. The toothed side of the lip
must show to the contact surface! Shape lip seals by hand to make them point
outward (the lips must face to the outside, see also drawing).
Afterwards install the mounting cone (see fig. 57) at wear bushing (3) and slide on
the pre−assembled bearing cover. Make sure that the sealing lips are not turned
over during sliding−on! Leave them on the wear bushing for approx. 8 hours in
expanded condition!
Remove the wear bushing (3) from the bearing cover (1)!
Install all pins again!
Install first the thrust ring (9) with the springs (24) and slide on the wear bushing
(3) onto the shaft!
Afterwards install the mounting cone (see fig. 57), slide−on the bearing cover and
install the bearing cover at the bearing tube. Make sure not to cant it when doing
so! Make sure that the sealing lips are not turned over during installation!
Fig. 57: Mounting cone for sealing lips of housing seal
9.15.5 Maintenance
 Check the sealing in regular intervals for leakage, especially when aggressive products are processed
in the process area
Any and all leakage is a risk for the bearings thus for the reliability and the environ-
ment!
 Check the wear bushing (3) and the contact surfaces of seal lips (19) for wear
 Check the spring set (24)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
168
HZ 160/5 Si
9.16 1190 Foundation Parts

300883839 FOUNDATION AS- 507277496
SEMBLY (47−1190−
00.704)
1 6 PC 132395906 ANCHOR BOLT DIN797 M 48X1100 C15
1.0401
2 6 PC 300885128 SPACER DISK S355J2+ 507281181
N (47−1190−
01.702)
3 24 PC 100002175 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M48 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
4 6 PC 132312180 PLAIN WASHER ISO7090 | − 50 − 200HV CARBON
STEEL
5 1 PC 132926679 SPRING DAMPER P1
ELEMENT E−67926−91 |
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
9 1 PC − STEEL CONCRETE
BLOCK
not in scope of sup-
ply
10 16 PC 300218830 DISK 1.4404 506193477
(47−1190−
03.601)
11 6 PC 300885128 SPACER DISK S355J2+ 507281181
N (47−1190−
01.702)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
169
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
170
HZ 160/5 Si
9.16.2 Function
The inertia block serves for place of installation of the centrifuge including drive and reduction of the forces
caused by unbalance and transmitted into the peripheral building. The spring elements are fixed to the
foundation block as well as to the foundation by self−sealing resilient plates. A screwing is not necessary.
Transport and store spring elements only upright as otherwise the damping mass
will flow off!
Use female thread at the top side and eyebolts when transporting spring el-
ements!
 Damper change
Required Tools:
 Hydraulic presses
 Steel plates
9.16.4 Assembly or Change of Spring Elements
Lifting of the Steel Concrete Block
The foundation block must be lifted for installing the spring elements. This must be done only after the
concrete reached its specific resistance to pressure i.e. in general after 28 days.
 Check the supporting surfaces for the spring elements
 Record differences from the admissible tolerances in order to be able to take compensating measures
when installing the spring elements (e.g. by means of shims)
Effect the lifting operation most precisely and carefully in order to guarantee the
stability of the foundation!
A suitable system of hydraulic presses must be available which shall be used
properly by skilled personnel!
The presses must be suitable at least for the specified loads and must be con−
trollable by pressure gauges!
Where these conditions are not met it is urgently advisable to call for the assist-
ance by specialists from ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for consultation at site and
supervision of the lifting operation (Supply of the presses at site)!
 Install press bodies in the special cavities resp. at the provided points
 During the lifting operation place steel plates of suitable size and thickness and of adequate number
continuously between the foundation block and the bottom plate for reasons of safety
 Use steel plates by pressure locking in the region of the presses to take up the bearing forces temporar-
ily when the lifting height of the presses is not sufficient for the complete lifting operation and spacer
pieces must be used from time to time
 Lift up foundation block to spring element height + approx. 20 mm and protect it

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
171
HZ 160/5 Si
Installation of the Spring Elements
The spring elements are supplied from works without prestressing, after the installation of all loads they go
down (see chapter 9.16.6). The spring elements are filled at works already with the required damping
mass and therefore they are ready for installation upon arrival. The elements are provided with splash
water sleeves.
 The supporting surfaces for the spring elements should be horizontal, well swept and free of oil
 Concrete surfaces must be absolutely smooth
 The supplied self−sealing resilient plates serve as supports above and below
Remove oil paper only just before assembly of plates!
 For aligning the machine the spring elements can be under initial tension (see chapter 9.16.6)
 Place lower resilient plates at the positions shown in the foundation drawing
 Place the spring elements on the lower resilient plates
Different spring element types used for the various positions: consider the right
positioning according to drawing and installation drawing!
 Install top resilient plates

 Lower the foundation block on the spring elements
Installation of the Centrifuge

 Mark the points, where the centrifuge is to be installed (see Foundation Drawing)
 Clean supporting surfaces for the centrifuge
 Lay the distance plates (2) on the foundation block
 Attach the lifting equipment at the centrifuge and place the centrifuge on the foundation block
Consider the transport instructions in chapter 5.4!
 For horizontal alignment, insert shims (10) above the distance plates (2) if required
 Fix the centrifuge with the bolting (1, 3, 4, 11) on the foundation block
Tighten the nuts (3) at the torque specified in the drawing!
 Grout the cavities marked in the General Arrangement Drawing by concrete.

 All loads installed, the spring elements will go down according to the details shown in the dimension
sheet
 Screw off the four prestressing bolts from the top plate after installation of the centrifuge
Verify before the commissioning of the plant, that the prestressing bolts are re-
moved from the top plate and that the forms are removed all around!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
172
HZ 160/5 Si
9.16.5 Maintenance
 Check regularly the spring elements for right position especially after considerable unbalance occurred
 Check the Visco mass in regular intervals
 Check sleeves visually
 Check height of the spring elements after complete assembly of machine and motor
In case of different loads by the components, the vibration properties (resonance)

may also be different and the machine may come into inclined position!
In this case, please contact ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH for consultation! In general,
this condition can be remedied by changing the number of springs!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
173
HZ 160/5 Si
9.16.6 Spring element
590
Adhesive resilient pad Thread M20 for transport bolt 1)
Protection sleeve
Prestressing bolt 2)
(dismountable)
Adhesive resilient pad
300
Fig. 58: Spring element
Type Projected Spring rate Damping resistence Height

static load [kN/mm] [kNs/m] [mm]
capacity Fstat.
stat
[kN] kV 3) kH vert. horiz. H0 HFstat.
132926679 104 5.76 6.89 45 55 508 490

E−67926−91
P1, P2
132926722 86 4.80 5.74 45 55 508 490
E−67926−92
P4
132926724 69 3.84 4.59 45 55 508 490
E−67926−93
P3
Remarks: 1) transport bolt not regularly supplied

2) the prestressing bolts must be unscrewed from upper plate after installation;
see also chap. 5.7.7
3) according to EN 13906−1

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
174
HZ 160/5 Si
 Supply:
The spring elements are shipped ex works without prestressing. They are already prefilled with VISCO
liquid.
 Accessories per spring element:

Resilient adhesive pads, bottom and top
 Packing:
Spring element on palette / in wooden box,
Adhesive pads in oil paper in cardboard box / wooden box / on palette
 Transport:
These spring elements must stand upright during transport and when stored. Top sides of the dampers
are marked..

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
175
HZ 160/5 Si
9.17 1300 Bearing Assembly
Drawing No.: 47−1300−00.706 Item No.: 506526996 Revision: B

300347340 BEARING ASSEM- 506526996
TION 00.706)
1 1 PC 300216392 SHAFT #1# 42CRMO 506193277
4+QT (47−1300−
01.703)
2 1 PC 300209951 BEARING HOUS- S355J2+ 506193275
ING N (47−1300−
02.704)
3 1 PC 300348478 BEARING COVER S355J2+ 506533021
REAR N (47−1300−
03.704)
4 1 PC 300213667 DISTANCE RING S355J2+ 506192903
N (47−1300−
04.701)
5 1 PC 300209702 SHAFT PROTEC- C45+QT 506193276
05.703)
N (47−1300−
06.702)
7 1 PC 300212909 DISTANCE PIPE S355J2+ 506192904
N (47−1300−
07.703)
N (47−1300−
08.701)
9 1 PC 300215298 COVER S355J2+ 506193278
N (47−1300−
09.703)
10 1 PC 132390822 CYLINDRICAL DIN5412 NU 252
ROLLER BEARING −MA−C3
11 1 PC 132390580 SPHERICAL DIN635 230 34EASK.M/
ROLLER BEARING C3
12 1 PC 132395850 ADAPTER SLEEVE DIN5415 H 3034 HG
13 1 PC 131078384 RETAINING RING DIN472 | − 480X7 − | SPRING
STEEL
14 12 PC 131872997 HEX HEAD BOLT ISO4014 | − M16X60 − | 8.8
ISO898−1 | #1#
ISO898−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
17 1 PC 132389418 O−RING 456.06 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM
18 1 PC 132388675 O−RING DIN3771 | 325 X 5.3 FPM
FPM 80
19 1 PC 132387669 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 136.12 X FPM
3.53 FPM 75

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
176
HZ 160/5 Si

20 2 PC 132390040 O−RING 189 X 2.5 NBR 90 NBR
21 2 PC 132391040 SEALING LIP ELRING | 170X194X1,5 PTFE
HN2380 | ID=170 MM
OD=194 MM T=1.5 MM
| HS21037 |
24 1 PC 132392774 FILTER WET AIR MANN+HUMMEL
25 2 PC 132299215 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN7604 | A − M16X1.5 | CARBON
| A3C STEEL
26 2 PC 131229161 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A COPPER
16X20X1.5 |
27 2 PC 131555575 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − G2A | CARBON
STEEL
28 1 PC 300222155 REDUCER CARBON 506186409
STEEL (47−1300−
20.801)
60X68X2.5 |
30 4 PC 131046232 INTERNAL DRIVE DIN908 | − G1/4A | CARBON
SCREW PLUG STEEL
WITH COLLAR
14X18X1.5 |
ISO3506−1 | #1#
36 2 PC 132185657 PLAIN WASHER ISO7089 | − 8 − 140HV | A4
ISO3506−1
40 2 PC 131247715 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 10 M6X50 − CARBON
| STEEL
41 2 PC 100022628 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 4 M6X16 − | A4
ISO3506−1
42 1 PC 132288161 PARALLEL KEY DIN6885−1 | − AS − C45+C
32X18X140 − |
EN10277−2
44 1 PC 131046540 LOCK NUT DIN981 | − KM 25 − CARBON
M125X2 − | STEEL
45 1 PC 131045957 LOCKING WASHER DIN5406 | − MB 25 − | CARBON
STEEL
46 1 PC 300349354 NOZZLE OIL LUBE A4−70 506536760
(47−1300−
03.705)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
177
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
178
HZ 160/5 Si
9.17.2 Function
The rotor of the centrifuge is supported by a cylindrical roller bearing and a radial roller bearing in the bear-
ing tube of the housing. The shaft is provided for taking−up the basket. The drive torque for the basket
rotation is supplied by the belt drive.
The bearing consists essentially of:
 basket shaft
 roller bearings
 sealing at drive side.

 Bearing noise
 Bearing change
 Leakage

Required Tools:
 Tool box (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Lifting tool (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 6 bolts M24x200, stress class 10.9 (part of the lifting tool)
 Oil pressure tool for basket assembly (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45); refer to chap. 9.45.8 for
operation of the hydraulic pumps as well as for the oil specification
 Connector (adapter) for oil pressure tool (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Cooling device
 Heating device
 Gloves
 Special wrench for shaft nut of adapter sleeve (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Mounting tool for rear bearing (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Mounting cone for seal lips (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Gauge
Remove and install shaft only by means of the lifting tool provided for this purpose!
Dismantling
 Shut−off machine (see chapter 6.7.1)

 Remove the basket (see chapter 9.19)
In case the rear bearing (self−aligning roller bearing, Pos. 11) only must be re-
placed, the basket must be removed inspite of all. With the basket installed the
exact adjustment of the bearing is not feasible which may result in early bearing
failure i.e. production stop!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
179
HZ 160/5 Si
 Remove housing sealing (see chapter 9.15)
 Pull off the pulley (see chapter 9.41) and take−off the fitting key (42)
 Remove the front oil lubrication nozzle (see chapter 9.39)
 Remove the locking nut (44) and pull−off the shaft protecting bushing (5)
 Remove rear bearing cover (3), spacer ring (6) and the shaft nut of the adapter sleeve (12);
use the special wrench for the shaft nut of adapter sleeve (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Install the lifting tool at the shaft by 6 bolts M24x200 / 10.9 (see fig. 59)
Mounting point for lifting tool
and pressure flange
Mounting point Mounting point for lifting tool and shaft

for lifting tool
Detail Z Pressure
flange
Screws M24
Fig. 59: Attaching the lifting tool at the shaft
 Connect the oil pressure tool with the adapter sleeve (12)
Connector =
Adapter sleeve Extension pipe + Adapter Oil pressure tool
Fig. 60: Connection of the pressure tool

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
180
HZ 160/5 Si
 Detach the inner race of the self−aligning roller bearing (11) from the adapter sleeve (12) by oil pressure
tool (refer to chap. 9.45.8 for operation of the hydraulic pumps as well as for the oil specification)
 Push the adapter sleeve (12) towards the basket side by a soft tool and a hammer
 Pull carefully the shaft (1) including cyl. roller bearing inner race (10) towards the centrifuge front side
out of the housing by making use of the lifting tool
 Remove the rear bearing housing (2) with self−aligning roller bearing (11)
 Push−off outer race of self−aligning roller bearing (11) by threats at the rear bearing housing (2)
Further information about dismantling and assembly of bearings and adapter

sleeves can be found in documentations of the bearing suppliers (e.g. SKF, FAG)!
Re−assembly
Check all sealings and replace if necesary!
 Push the distance sleeve (7) and the inner race of the front cylindrical roller bearing (10) from front side
on the shaft
 Install the retaining ring (13) into the front bearing housing
 Cool down the outer race of the cyl. roller bearing (10) and place it into the front bearing housing
Use gloves!
 Install the lifting tool at the shaft (1) by 6 bolts M 24x200 of the stress class 10.9
 Push the shaft (1) together with the inner race of the cyl. roller bearing (10) carefully from the centrifuge
front side through the outer race by making use of the lifting tool and locate it
 Heat up and push the spacer ring (4) and adapter sleeve (12) on the shaft
Risk of burning by hot surface! Use protective gloves!
 Cool down the self−aligning roller bearing (11) and install preliminarily into the rear bearing housing (2)
When you replace the self−aligning roller bearing (11): replace also the adapter
sleeve (12), the threaded pin and the spacer ring (6) (to be adapted)!
 After this preassembled unit has come up to ambient temperature again, read the actual bearing clear-
ance by feeler gauge; it must be 0.20 to 0.26 mm (C3 type)
 Push the rear bearing housing (2) together with the self−aligning roller bearing (11) into the bearing tube
 Tighten all bolts (14) except two opposite ones
 Screw the shaft nut by 1 − 2 revolutions onto the adapter sleeve (12)
 Install the assembling tool for the shaft

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
181
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 61: Mounting tool for shaft
 Pull the shaft (1) carefully against the self−aligning roller bearing (11) till the spacer ring (4) is in contact
with the bearing
 Tighten the adapter sleeve (12) by hand as far as possible by making use of the shaft nut and the sup-
plied special wrench
 Remove the assembling tool for the shaft
 Check the bearing clearance
Radial Clearance Adjustment
 The reduction of radial clearance after the re−assembly must be 0.08 − 0.11 mm (control value)
 The bearing clearance must never be below 0.1 mm
 Install bearings with a radial clearance before the assembly in the upper part of the tolerance range
considering the higher value for radial clearance reduction
 Install bearings in the lower part of the tolerance range considering the low value for radial clearance
reduction
 The axial movement of the bearing depends on the required reduction of radial clearance
 Check the radial clearance of the bearing several times by feeler gauge during the pressing−on oper-
ation
 The radial clearance can be adjusted also by measuring the axial stroke. A final control shall be per-
formed in any case by feeler gauge.
 The moving way shall be established as follows:

C=(A + B) x 16.6
C= moving way, mm
A= radial clearance of the bearing in close contact with the cone, mm
B= requested final radial clearance, mm
 Install the mounting tool for the rear bearing:

Remove the shaft nut of the adapter sleeve (12), screw the special nut (pos. 2) onto the adapter sleeve
and screw−in the screws (pos. 1), see fig. 62

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
182
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 62: Mounting tool for rear bearing
 Tighten the screws pos. 1 evenly crosswise and move the self−aligning roller bearing (11) on the
adapter sleeve (12) till the required reduction of radial clearance is reached
 Loosen screws pos. 1, unscrew the special nut pos. 2 and replace with shaft nut and lock plate
 Tighten the shaft nut by the supplied special wrench
 Turn up the locking plate in order to lock the bearing unit in its right position
 Rework the spacer ring (6), if necessary, in accordance with the drawing and install the spacer ring (6)
 Install the shaft protecting bushing (5)
 Install the mounting cone onto the shaft and slide−on the rear bearing cover (3) with installed sealing lips
Fig. 63: Mounting cone for sealing lips
 Install the nut with locking plate (44, 45)

 Tighten the two left bolts at the rear bearing housing (2)
 To complete the assembly proceed in reverse order of dismantling.
If new roller bearings were installed, carry out a test run (see chapter 6.4) in not−ex-
plosive atmosphere after having completed the re−assembly and check especially
the temperature of the replaced roller bearings!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
183
HZ 160/5 Si
9.17.5 Maintenance
 Inspect all contact surfaces; replace damaged parts as required.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
184
HZ 160/5 Si
9.18 1304 Sealing Gas Pipe
Drawing No.: 47−1304−00.013 Item No.: 506817678 Revision: −

300644197 GAS SUPPLY FOR 506817678
3−WAY 00.013)
1 1 PC 300216874 MOUNTING PLATE 1.4404 506193129
4−WAY (47−1304−
01.001)
ISO3506−1 | #1#
3 10 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
10 1 PC 132392255 PUSH−IN FITTING FESTO | QS−1/4−10 |
153007 | 10 MM | R 1/4”
11 1 PC 132404017 MULTIPLE DISTRI- FESTO |
BUTOR QSLV3−G1/4−6 |
186235 | 6 MM G 1/4”
12 6 PC 132392257 FITTING FESTO 153047 |
ART.NR.153047 |
QSL−1/4−6
13 1 PC 132404019 MOUNTING PLATE HR−1/4−P FESTO −
159503
ISO3506−1 | #1#
15 2 PC 132443091 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M5 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
16 1 PC 132404665 PRESSURE CON- FESTO | 549918 |
TROL VALVE LRP−1/4−0,7−EX4
17 1 PC 131606825 PRESSURE FESTO MAP−40−
GAUGE 1−1/8EN R1/8” MB=0−1
BAR NG=40 BEST.NR.
161 126
18 3 PC 132392253 FITTING FESTO 153003 |
QS−1/4−6
19 3 PC 132393909 INDICATOR FLOW KROHNE DK800/PV PVDF /
RATE ART.NO.:VG37411B001 1.4401
1000000000
20 6 PC 100007715 COUNTERSUNK ISO2009 | − M4X16 − | A4−70
HEAD SCREW ISO3506−1
21 6 PC 100002078 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M4 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2
23 1 PC 132393671 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197377 |
PUN−H−6X1−NT ONE
PIECE = 50 METER
24 1 PC 132393672 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197379 |
PUN−H−10X1,5−NT
ONE PIECE = 50
METER
25 1 PC 132292644 COMPRESSION DIN2353 | DL 10 | 1.4571
FITTING EN10216−5

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
185
HZ 160/5 Si

26 1 PC 132392160 FITTING EVGE 10−LR/71 1.4571
27 1 PC 132750789 STOP VALVE AN- IQSKHW 1410 G G 1/4”,
GULAR D=10
FITTING EN10216−5
29 0,8 M 132289037 TUBE ISO1127 | OD=10 T=1.5 1.4571
− S | D1/T1 |
EN10216−5
30 1 PC 132394805 PIPE CLAMP HYDAC HRL 1 A1TM 10 1.4571
PA A4M 442716

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
186
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
187
HZ 160/5 Si
9.18.2 Construction of the sealings
N37
N34 Lip 3
N35
Lip 4
N38
Lip 2 Lip 6
Lip 1
Lip 5
Shaft
sealing
Bearing sealing, Bearing sealing,

basket side drive side
N36
Fig. 64: Shaft and bearing sealings

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
188
HZ 160/5 Si
9.18.3 Connections
N34 Gas supply for Gas purging between the two sealing lips of the shaft seal (for pressure
shaft sealing and rate of flow please refer to chapter 3.11).
N35 Gas supply for Gas purging between the two sealing lips of the basket−side bearing seal
bearing sealing, (for pressure and rate of flow please refer to chapter 3.11)
basket side
N36 Leakage of seal Any leakage in the seal chamber is lead to this outlet.
chamber
The following leakage may appear during normal operation:
 Abrasion:
Abrasion from the sealing lips of the shaft seal or of the basket−side bearing
seal; minor traces are normal, especially with new sealing lips.
The following leakage may appear in case a seal is damaged / leaking:
 Solvent:
The shaft seal does not keep solvent out of the process area; check gas
purging N34.
If there is an increasing tendency of solvent determined in the outlet pipe
N36, arrange for servicing.
 Traces of oil:
The basket−side bearing seal does not keep back oil coming from the bear-
ing; check gas purging N35.
If there a increasing tendency of oil traces determined at the outlet pipe, ar-
range for servicing.
During operation the outlet pipe N36 should not be closed to ensure venting. In
case of nitrogen is used as purge gas, the nitrogen sealing gas may carry sol-
vent vapors if the shaft seal is leaking. If nitrogen or solvent vapors are rated as
critical in the surrounding area, connect the outlet pipe N36 to the exhaust sys-
tem via a leakage receptacle with vent outlet. In any case, the installation of a
leakage receptacle is recommended.
N37 Rinsing for pre− Possibility to supply liquid to the pre−sealing chamber of the sealing unit in
sealing cham- order to remove product deposits in this area.
ber
N38 Gas supply for Gas purging between the two sealing lips of the drive−side bearing seal (for
bearing sealing, pressure and rate of flow please refer to chapter 3.11)
drive side
N41 Gas supply The purge gas supply for the three connections N34, N35 and N38 is done
connection at by a distribution unit. The main purge gas supply is at connection N41. See
purge gas unit also chapter 3.11.
It is recommended to install a manual shut−off valve in order to have the
possibility to shut−off the gas supply when the machine is shut−down. If
there is no cleaning step carried out upon shutting down the centrifuge, and
for this reason it cannot be ruled out that product or gas is still present in
the process area, then the gas supply must continue to the lip seals.
9.18.4 Setting
see chap. 3.11.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
189
HZ 160/5 Si
9.19 1700 Basket with mounting parts

300210042 MOUNTING PARTS 506192907
BASKET (47−1708−
00.902)
1 1 PC 300220269 BASKET COVER 1.4404 506192906
(47−1708−
01.902)
2 4 PC 300215620 COVER BOLT #1# A4−70 506191135
(47−1708−
02.901)
3 2 PC 300212598 LOCK PLATE 1.4404 506191137
(47−1708−
03.901)
4 1 PC 132388676 O−RING DIN3771 | 375 X 5.3 FPM
FPM 80
5 4 PC 132388262 O−RING DIN3770 | 24.2 X 3 FPM FPM
80
21 1 PC 300955815 DEFLECTOR RING 1.4404 507501592
(43−1705−
01.902)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
190
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
191
HZ 160/5 Si
9.19.2 Function
The siphon basket is one of the most important functioning elements in a siphon centrifuge as it comprises
the filtration clothing and the rotary siphon. By its rotation the siphon basket produces the centrifugal accel-
eration required for the separation of the solids from the liquid. The rotary siphon allows to produce a vac-
uum below the filter cloth and to improve the filtration capacity in this way. In addition the filtering assembly
(filter cloth and residual heel) can be regenerated (backwashed) by the supply of a suitable liquid through
the rotary siphon.
An injection ring installed at the basket rear side avoids an entering of liquid splashes into the housing
sealing unit.
 Inspection or removal of housing sealing
 Replacement of bearing assembly
 Inspection of basket
Required Tools:
 Tool box (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 Lifting tool (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45)
 4 bolts M24x185, strength category 8.8 (part of the lifting tool)
 6 bolts M24x200, strength category 10.9 (part of the lifting tool)
 Threaded rod
 Oil pressure tool for basket assembly (included in delivery, see chap. 9.45); refer to chap. 9.45.8 for
operation of the hydraulic pumps as well as for the oil specification
Do never damage the cones at the basket and the shaft! For this, cranes and trol-
leys that can be operated smoothy and precisely are necessary!
Effect the removal, installation and handling of the basket by making use of the
lifting tool!
Ascertain before removing and installing the basket that the siphon skimming
pipe is well outside of the siphon rim.
Basket weight : approx. 3 100 kg
Clean basket and process chamber!

Attention to product residues at hidden places! Use suitable protection equipment
(overgarment, gas−mask etc.) against noxious products!
Lock inertizing in any case!
Dismantling
 Shut down machine (see chapter 6.7.1)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
192
HZ 160/5 Si
 Open door (see chapter 6.8)
 Remove basket cover (1)
 Fix the lifting tool at the crane (tool is center of gravity, see fig. 65)
 Attach the lifting tool at the basket hub by bolts M24 (see fig. 65) and tighten the bolts
The position of the connection for the oil pipe at the basket hub must be matching
with the through−hole in the lifting tool provided for this purpose!
 Screw 6 screws M24 into the shaft with a gap of 6 mm between the screw head and the surface (this
serves to secure the basket, see fig. 65)
Mounting point for lifting tool

and pressure ring
Mounting point Mounting point for lifting tool and siphon basket
for lifting tool
Detail Z
Screws M24
Z
Screws M24
Pressure ring
Fig. 65: Attaching the lifting tool at the basket
 Connect the oil pressure tool at the basket hub

 Operate the pump, increase the pressure slowly up to the value “Dismantling pressure” stated in
chapter 3.3 and repeat the pumping again and again for some time
The detaching operation may take several minutes as the oil in the cone can
spread only progressively. An unvarying pressure is absolutely necessary. There-
fore repeat pumping again and again!
Do not remove the basket by violence by the four fixing bolts M24 at the basket as
the cone seat may be damaged in this way!
 Basket is detached from cone

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
193
HZ 160/5 Si
If the basket is not detaching from the cone, stop all works and contact ANDRITZ
KMPT GmbH!
 Tighten the 4 bolts M24 at the basket hub
 Change the hoist at the lifting tool (center of gravity is now tool and siphon basket)
 Unscrew 6 bolts M24 and remove them
 Remove the basket carefully from the housing
Take care to lined process chamber!

Avoid edge pressure on lined surfaces!
 Set basket on suitable support and protect against rolling
 Change the hoist at the lifting tool (center of gravity is now tool)
 Remove lifting tool
Re−assembly
Check all sealings for wear, replace if necessary!
 Fix the lifting tool at the basket by 4 bolts M24 by considering the position of the oil connection
The position of the connection for the oil pipe at the basket hub must be matching
with the through−hole in the lifting tool provided for this purpose!
 Clean cone in the basket hub and at the shaft
If the shaft contains pittings, remove them with an oil−stone and polish the cone
with an abrasive paper (Range of gain size > 240)! Take care of the maximal rough-
ness of Rz 4 m!
 Lubricate shaft cone by a thin film of oil (use the same oil that is used in the hydraulic tool)
 Place the oil connecting holes at the shaft face end into the right position
 Use a suitable threaded rod M24X500 to assist the entry of the basket
 Install the basket carefully into the housing
Do not damage the cone!
 Fix the lifting tool by 6 bolts M24 at the shaft (tighten the bolts only slightly)
 Connect the hydraulic tool: One connection to the basket hub (expanding pressure) and one connection
to the rotary piston press (thrust pressure)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
194
HZ 160/5 Si
 Detach the 4 bolts M24 in the basket hub and unscrew by approx. 15 mm
Do not remove these bolts as otherwise the basket may be displaced on the hub!
 Operate the pump for the rotary piston press (thrust pressure) till pressure increase is visible at the pres-
sure gauge
 Determine the axial position of the basket against the housing at the housing flange
 Operate the two pumps till the thrust pressure and the expanding pressure are reached (see
chapter 3.3)
 The pressure fitting operation is completed as soon as the pressure is maintained on the two pressure
gauges and the specified pressure fit stroke is reached (pressure fit stroke see chapter 3.3)
 Check the pressure fit stroke of the basket continuously against the housing during the fitting operation
Maintain the pressing pressure of the rotary piston press for approx. one hour
more after completion of the pressing−on operation!
Relieve the pressure from the hydraulic pipes for expanding the basket hub in
order to allow the oil to flow−off completely from the fitting joint!
 Remove oil pipes
 Change hoist at the lifting tool (tool is center of gravity)
 Remove the bolts 4 x M24 and 6 x M24
 Remove the lifting tool from the housing
 Install the basket cover (1) with inserted seal rings and fix it with the fixing bolts
Adhere to the specified torque of the fixing bolts (see drawing)!
9.19.5 Maintenance
 Check all bolt connections
 Check basket for corrosion and wear
The basket wall must not show any wear or mechanical damages. Otherwise do not
restart HZ 160/5 Si again!
Consult technical services of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH.
When considerable imbalance of the unloaded basket is noted, ask ANDRITZ KMPT
GmbH for rebalancing.
Do not operate the machine under imbalance conditions.
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH not accept any warranty or liability claims!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
195
HZ 160/5 Si
9.19.6 Filling level marks inside the basket
Basket with filling level marks Front view without basket rim
1th mark (innermost mark)
2nd mark (basket rim)

Further marks
Fig. 66: Filling level marks inside the basket
The filling level in the basket can be optically checked. For this purpose, marks are drilled in the basket hub
(basket bottom).
The second mark (seen from the center of the basket) corresponds exactly to the basket rim diameter and
thus to the maximum filling (100%).
The innermost mark, whose distance from the previous mark is greater than between the other marks only
serves for orientation.
Depending on the size of the basket, different number of marks are available.
To check optically the filling level of the basket, look through the sight−glass at the door and and count from
center the marks which are still visible. With the help of the following table the filling level of the basket can
be determined.
Mark 1 Mark 2 Mark 3 Mark 4 Mark 5 Mark 6 Mark 7 Mark 8

(inner- (basket
most rim)
mark)
Diameter 1 120 1 200 1 250 1 300 1 350 1 400 1 450 1 500
of filling
level mark
[ mm ]
Degree of − 100% 89% 78% 66% 54% 41% 28%
basket
filling

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
196
HZ 160/5 Si
9.20 1850 Filtration

300870705 FILTRATION AS- 506193398
00.701)
1 1 SE 300218380 BACKUP SCREEN PP 506193399
T 4 SEGMENTS (47−1850−
01.701)
2 4 PC 300210788 STRIP 1.4404 506193400
(47−1850−
02.701)
3 10,4 M 132394294 ROUND CORD 12 MM | FPM 80 SH | VITON A
12 MM
4 1 PC 300819477 FILTER CLOTH PZ 60 MY , 1.4401
2−PARTS 2 X 1050 X 2630
6 48 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
7 24 PC 300213830 SEAL RING 1.4571 507446776
(43−1750−
10.001)
8 24 PC 132394366 SCREW LOCK PTFE

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
197
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
198
HZ 160/5 Si
9.20.2 Function
The filtration clothing allows to retain the solids of the suspension fed into the basket.
The important function of the separating operation is effected by the filter cloth in 2 parts retaining the solid
matter.
The backup screen is provided for a free flow of the filtrate below the filter cloth towards the siphon holes at
the basket bottom. The backup screen is composed of four identical segments which are screwed to the
basket shell. The screws are sealed−off at the basket outside. The siphon effect is not guaranteed unless
the backup screen area is well sealed−off against the process area.
Inadequate sealing of a siphon basket results in even lower capacity than on a

screen basket.
The two sealing cords are provided for fixing the filter cloth mechanically in the basket and for sealing off
the space above the filter cloth against the back−up screen space.
 Change of filter cloth
 Change of backup screens
9.20.4 Replacing the Filter Cloth
Required tools:
 Tool box
 Filter cloth tool
Dismantling
Before continuing the work you should see if product residues are left at less access-
ible places. For this reason precautions must be taken (respirators, protecting
clothes, etc.) when noxious products are processed.
For the execution of the following work it may be necessary to enter into the basket.
For this reason the required precautions must be taken.
Follow the shutdown procedures. Use low voltage devices only in accordance with
VDE 0100 where electric devices are used.
With a basket diameter bigger than 1600 mm, you must climb into the basket to execute the following pro-
cedures.
When entering into the basket, protect the filter cloth by rubber coverings or simi-
lar against damages!
During the backwash operation the filter cloth of siphon centrifuges is exposed to
stress also at the backside and must be fixed, therefore, most carefuly and safely.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
199
HZ 160/5 Si
 Open the housing door (see chapter 6.8)
 Remove covering plate (see chapter 9.21)
 Remove fixing cords
 Roll−up filter cloth and take off
Assembly of filter cloth (Metal cloth)
Install the filter cloth in any case without wrinkling!

Observe overlapping direction!
The filter cloth end showing against the direction of rotation must always be on
top! Replace fixing cord!
All filter cloths must be cut in size immediately before the installation at site. The order width is absolutely
necessary in order to allow you to cut−off damages which may be caused during transportation of the filter
cloth.
 Before fitting the filter cloth remove product deposits, if any, from the backup screen
C C
A
A
A
Fig. 67: Cutting the cloth
 Cut cloth in finished length L and width B (see chapter 3.3 and fig. 67)
 Cut laterally in distance A (see chapter 3.3 and fig. 67)
Do not exceed cut depth C (see chapter 3.3 and fig. 67)!
After installation the cloth must not be above center line of round cord. The metal
cloth end when fitted, should extend at leasts into the corner of the basket
groove.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
200
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 68: Metal cloth before fitting
Metal cloth end
End of cutting
Fig. 69: Metal cloth after fitting
 Roll up cloth this way that overlapping ends will not tend to stand up later on (see Fig. 70)
incorrect correct
Fig. 70: Rolling of filter cloth
 Place rolled−up cloth into the basket
Consider overlapping direction (see Fig. 71)!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
201
HZ 160/5 Si
basket rim
overlapping later on
filter cloth
end of round cord
direction of rotation of the basket
Fig. 71: Overlapping
 Use four short round cord pieces for fixing in order to maintain driection (see Fig. 72)
basket rim
filter cloth roll
fixing
Fig. 72: Fixing
 Fold−up round cord alternately starting with round cord approx. 200 mm after filter cloth end in order not
to have overlapping end and round cord end at same place.
 Fold−up round cord alternately: Use tool for folding (see Fig. 73).

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
202
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 73: Filter cloth tool
Assembly of filter cloth (textile cloth, plastic cloth)
Install the filter cloth in any case without wrinkling!

Observe overlapping direction!
The filter cloth end showing against the direction of rotation must always be on
top! Replace fixing cord!
All filter cloths must be cut in size immediately before the installation at site. The order width is absolutely
necessary in order to allow you to cut−off damages which may be caused during transportation of the filter
cloth. The overlapping of the filter cloths depends on the basket diameter.
 Before fitting the filter cloth remove product deposits, if any, from the backup screen
Fig. 74: Dimensions of the filter cloth
 Cut cloth in finished length L and width B (see chapter 3.3 and fig. 74)
 Roll up cloth this way that overlapping ends will not tend to stand up later on (see fig. 75)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
203
HZ 160/5 Si
incorrect correct
Fig. 75: Rolling of filter cloth
 Place rolled−up cloth into the basket
Before fitting the filter cloth remove product build−up, if any, in the backup
screen! Consider overlapping direction (see fig. 76)!
basket rim
overlapping later on
filter cloth
end of round cord
direction of rotation of the basket
Fig. 76: Overlapping
 Use four short round cord pieces for fixing in order to maintain driection (see fig. 77)
basket rim
filter cloth roll
fixing
Fig. 77: Fixing

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
204
HZ 160/5 Si
 Fold−up round cord alternately starting with round cord approx. 200 mm after filter cloth end in order not
to have overlapping end and round cord end at same place.
 Fold−up round cord alternately: Use tool for folding (see fig. 78).
Fig. 78: Filter cloth tool
 Cut filter cloth which juts out the round cord (see fig. 79).
cut here
Fig. 79: Cutting of filter cloth

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
205
HZ 160/5 Si
9.20.5 Replacement of the Backup Screen
Check the less accessible places for product residues before you take up the fol-
lowing work and take the corresponding precautions (respirator, protecting
clothes, etc.) when noxious products are concerned.
 The backup screens must be installed this way that the openings face to the basket hub (see fig. 80)
Opening of backup screen
Fig. 80: Installation of backup screen
Dismantling
 Remove filter cloth (see above)
 Take−off lateral housing cover to have locking nuts accessible for control.
The backup screen consists of four segments. The weight of the various seg-
ments may be different. They shall be installed this way that the segments of same
weight are opposite; mark them or weigh again before installing them again later
on.
The same is relevant for the four fastening strips! They shall be installed this way
that the fastening strips of same weight are opposite!
 Lock the basket by disc brake or transport locks
 Relieve the screws and the seal ring at the ends of bottom segment
 Take−out two fastening strips
 Take−out the bottom segment
 Install one screw at the ends of the remaining segments to retain the remaining segments in the basket
 Relieve the brake and transport locks resp. and further turn the basket
 Remove the next backup screen segment just like the first one.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
206
HZ 160/5 Si
Re−assembly
Replace the seals!

Leaking threaded joints result in inadequate siphon effect!
Install threaded joints in all basket holes!
 Dismantle the filter cloth (see above)
 Remove the lateral housing cover
 Dismantle backup screen (see above)
 Weigh separately the segments of the new backup screen
 Weigh separately the fastening strips
The backup screen consists of four segments. The weight of the various seg-
ments may be different. They shall be installed this way that the segments of same
weight are opposite; mark them or weigh again before installing them again later
on.
The same is relevant for the four fastening strips! They shall be installed this way
that the fastening strips of same weight are opposite!
 Place the first segment into the basket
 Place the second segment into the basket; the joint of the two backup screen segmens should be at the
bottom
 Place one fastening strip onto the joint of the two backup screen segments and fix it by screws at the
basket
Make sure by lateral shimming at the segment that the space between the basket
rim and the basket hub is same!
 Install one screw at the ends of the installed segments to retain the installed segments in the basket
 Further turn the basket and lock the basket by brake or transport locks resp.
 Install the 3rd to 4th segments in the same way
Before tightening the screws, the backup screen segments must have close con-
tact with the basket shell! If necessary, bend−up the screen segments till they
have contact with the basket shell and then tighten the screws!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
207
HZ 160/5 Si
9.21 1720 Keeper Plate for Filtration

300209215 KEEPER PLATE 1.4404 506191937
00.907)
1 2 PC 300219442 KEEPER PLATE 1.4404 506191188
HALF PART (43−1720−
05.905)
2 10 PC 300209716 LOCKING SLEEVE 1.4404 506191185
(47−1720−
01.805)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
208
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
209
HZ 160/5 Si
9.21.2 Function
A cover plate is provided above the filter cloth which is fixed by its own tension in the basket. In this way the
filter cloth will be safely retained during backwash.

 Change of filter cloth
 Change of backup screen

Required tools:
 Tool box
 Pliers, cranked (2x)
 Dismantling wrench
Pliers, cranked Dismantling wrench
Fig. 81: Tools to open the toothed joint at the cover plate
Dismantling
Before continuing the work you should see if product residues are left at less access-
ible places. For this reason precautions must be taken (respirators, protecting
clothes, etc.) when noxious products are processed.
For the execution of the following work it may be necessary to enter into the basket.
For this reason the required precautions must be taken.
Follow the shutdown procedures. Use low voltage devices only in accordance with
VDE 0100 where electric devices are used.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
210
HZ 160/5 Si
With a basket diameter bigger than 1600 mm, you must climb into the basket to execute the following pro-
cedures.
When entering into the basket, protect the filter cloth by rubber coverings or simi-
lar against damages!
 Bend up the catch of the sleeves
 Push back the sleeves
In case the sleeves are hardly mobile, set back the sleeves by hammer and screw
driver. Proceed with care to avoid damage to the filter cloth!
 Open the toothed joint by two cranked pliers:

Set the cams of one pliers into the holes of the toothed clasp, do the same with the second pliers at the
next toothed clasp.
Then press the two pliers together placing at the same time the dismantling wrench below one toothed
clasp and lift−up
 Roll up the cover plates (1) a little bit and remove from the basket.
Reassembly
 Place first segment into the basket
Offset of 90 between joint of cover plates (1) and overlapping of filter cloth!
Joint of cover plates (1) must cover one joint of backup screens!
 Push all sleeves on the male part of the clasps
Fit the sleeves this way that the catches of the sleeves show into cover plate
direction and are arranged at the opposite side of the basket (see Fig. 82)!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
211
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 82: Cover Plate
 Place the second segment with sleeves assembled on the male parts, into the clamps and close the
clasps.
Same spacing is absolutely necessary!
 Prestress the cover plate slightly by cranked pliers
 Close the housing door (see chapter 6.8)
 Accelerate the centrifuge up to operating speed
 Check the cover plate for tight contact with the filter cloth.
The cover plate must be is close contact with the filter cloth all over its surface! If
necessary accelerate the centrifuge once again!
 Push the sleeves over the clasp connection and secure by bending up the catches.
9.21.5 Maintenance
 Check the covering plates (1)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
212
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22 2600 Large Peeler

300577458 PEELER ASSEM- 506541716
BLY (43−2600−
00.919)
1 1 PC 300214867 SWIVEL ARM #1# 506607279
(43−2600−
01.914)
2 1 PC 300214520 PEELER BEARING 506190784
(43−2600−
02.907)
3 1 PC 300216089 PIVOT LEVER S355J2+ 506187860
N (43−2600−
03.902)
4 1 PC 300218996 EYE S355J2+ 506187713
N (43−2600−
04.902)
4,1 2 PC 132288964 TAB WASHER DIN463 | − 25 − | CARBON
STEEL
5 1 PC 300215668 PROTECTIVE 1.0344 506190786
COVER (43−2600−
06.906)
7 1 PC 300216523 TRUNNION 31CRMO 506186032
V9+QT (43−2600−
07.901)
8 1 PC 300222955 END PIECE FORK S355J2+ 506186035
N (43−2600−
08.901)
9 1 PC 300209499 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4571 506186024
09.901)
10 1 PC 300353838 SETTING COLLAR S355J2+ 506555603
N (47−2600−
10.701)
11 1 PC 300214006 SPACER RING 1.0038+ 506186033
N (43−2600−
11.901)
12 1 PC 300216972 BOLT 42CRMO 506186026
4+QT (43−2600−
12.901)
13 1 PC 300216105 POINTER 1.4301 506186027
(43−2600−
13.901)
14 1 PC 300212623 STOP S355J2+ 506186476
N (43−2600−
05.903)
15 1 PC 300212656 STOP SLEEVE S235JRH 506193099
(47−2600−
15.601)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
213
HZ 160/5 Si

16 1 PC 300301949 PEELER KNIFE AS- 506380267
SEMBLY (47−2602−
00.701)
17 1 PC 300214948 CLAMPING BUSH- S355J2H 506186031
ING +N (43−2600−
15.901)
19 1 PC 300215793 SCALE SUPPORT 1.0344 506186030
(43−2600−
40.901)
20 1 PC 300215768 SCALE 506186028
(43−2600−
14.902)
21 2 PC 132392415 BALL−AND− GEM 70 ES−2RS
SOCKET JOINT
22 2 PC 132390550 TAPERED ROLLER DIN720 320 34X
BEARING
M170X3 − | STEEL
STEEL
25 4 PC 131554084 RETAINING RING DIN472 | − 105X4 − | SPRING
STEEL
26 1 PC 100022179 RETAINING RING DIN471 | − 70X2.5 − | SPRING
STEEL
27 1 PC 131010521 ROTARY SHAFT DIN3760 | − A − NBR
SEAL 240X270X15 − | NBR
28 1 PC 300219517 LIFTING CYLIN- 23.261.0−EHZ.125/70−2
DER HYDRAULIC 80.FLB/SO
CATING NIPPLE
30 1 PC 132395563 SHRUNK−FIT SD 200−91
PLATE
ISO898−1 | #1#
32 4 PC 100002093 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M20 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
34 4 PC 131045772 SOCKET HEAD ISO4762 | − M20X50 − | 10.9
CAP SCREW ISO898−1 | D9T
ISO3506−1 | #1#
37 13 PC 132394382 SCREW LOCK NL12SS 1.4404
NORD−LOCK X2CRNIMO17132
WASHER
38 2 PC 132286041 SOCKET HEAD ISO4762 | − M24X140 − 10.9
CAP SCREW | ISO898−1 | #1#
40 1 PC 132288409 HEX HEAD SCREW ISO4017 | − M30X150 − 8.8
| ISO898−1 | #1#
41 1 PC 100002096 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M30 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
ISO898−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
214
HZ 160/5 Si

ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1
47 2 PC 132443093 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M6 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
48 2 PC 131658234 SPRING TYPE ISO8752 | − 8X32 − | | SPRING
STRAIGHT PIN A3P STEEL
49 2 PC 131071671 TAPER PIN ISO8736 | − A − 12X100 CARBON
−| STEEL
| ISO898−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
53 2 PC 132392475 BLIND PLUG GPN 300 F 184 FOR PE−LD
THREAD (FEMALE)
BLACK
THREAD (FEMALE)
NATURAL
55 1 PC 132388081 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 329.57 X FPM
5.33 FPM 90
56 2 PC 132391571 ROD SEAL STEP- RSK802600−T10 260,0
SEAL X 284,0 X 8,1
57 2 PC 132388044 O−RING DIN3771 | 266.07 X 7 FPM
FPM 75
58 1 PC 132388051 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 208.92 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
ISO3506−1 | #1#
61 1,2 M 132394207 PROFILE EDGE HAPPICH | 461 0103 |
GUARD PVC HELLGRAU
62 0,0 KG 132393974 LOCTITE 243 (142507) | 50 ML MEDIUM
5

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
215
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22.2 Bill of materials for peeler knife

300301949 PEELER KNIFE AS- 506380267
SEMBLY (47−2602−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300301948 KNIFE SUPPORT 1.4404 506380256
(47−2602−
01.701)
2 5 PC 300224012 BLADE STEL- 506219868
LITE 12 (47−2602−
02.601)
HEAD SCREW ISO3506−1 | #1#
4 1 PC 300302071 STRIP NOVA-
PRESS
UNIVER-
SAL
5 0,0 KG 132393963 LOCTITE HYSOL M−121 HP | 50
5 ML

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
216
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
217
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
218
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22.3 Function
The large peeler is used for removing (peeling) the solids out of the basket.
The large peeler is composed essentially of:
 hydraulic cylinder
 scraper shaft
 knife arm with large peeler knife
 adjustable limit stops
The large peeler is suitable for peeling at full rotor speed.

 Adjustment of bearing
 Adjustment of knife
 Knife change

Required tools:
 extracting device
 mounting tool
 tool box
 gloves
Dismantling
The various components must be transported by suitable lifting appliance for re-
moval and installation. The swivel arm (1) has the heaviest separate part weight,
please see chapter 3.9!
 Remove the protecting hood (5)
 Keep swivel arm (1) in position by means of rope slippage and lifting appliance; it must not move by itself
when the shrunk−on disk connection (30) is released
 Use extracting device for removal of bearing journal (7) due to tight fitting
 Remove shrunk−on disks (30) by following closely the assembly and dismantling instructions for
shrunk−on disks in chapter 9.4
 Pull off rocket lever (3)
 Remove nut (23) and lock plate (24)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
219
HZ 160/5 Si
 Attach the mounting device at the peeler bearing (2) (see fig. 83)
Fig. 83: Dismantling of the peeler arm
 Push−off the swivel arm (1) which is kept by mounting tool at the lifting appliance, from the bearing hous-
ing (2)
Risk of cutting by the peeler knife!

Health risks due to residual product!
Mark the spacer plate (10) when the bearing housing (2) should also be screwed−
off!
Do not mix up with spacer plates of other machines!
Remove bolts (42) for taking−off the bearing housing (2)!
Re−assembly
Replace locking plate (24), shaft seal ring (27), all seal rings and Stepseal.
 Screw−in mounting tool for swivel arm before introducing the swivel arm (1) itself (see fig. 84)
 Pre−assebmle parts on the swivel arm (1) as well as into the bearing housing (2) (see fig. 84)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
220
HZ 160/5 Si
Fig. 84: Re−assembly of the peeler arm
 Introduce swivel arm (1) with the guide rod of the mounting tool installed
 Fit door−side inner bearing race with nut (23) and spacer ring (11)
 Remove mounting tool
 Adjust bearing (22) by nut (23) without clearance but with initial stress. For doing so it will be necessary
to turn the swivel arm alternatively into the two directions several times during the assembly so that the
rollers can contact the guide border closely.
When the rollers are approached only during the operation later on this will result
in increased clearance, chattering and early wear!
 Install locking plates (24) and nut (23) remote from bearing
 Position the swivel arm (2) onto the screw trough / chute with a 5 mm thick wooden plate in between; in
this position, the peeler knife must be well below the spray ring at the door
 Push−on swivel lever (3)
 Retract completely the hydraulic cylinder (28) and fix the swivel lever (3) to the hydraulic cylinder (28)
 Install shrunk−on disks (30) according to chapter 9.4
Consider the tightening torque for the shrunk−on disks (see drawing)!
 After having finished the assembly work, check the axial position of peeler knife as well as the space
between peeler knife and basket (see below)
9.22.6 Maintenance
It is absolutely necessary to replace the ball−and−socket joint (21) as soon as

clearance and wear is noted!
 Check the bearing (22) for wear and replace it if necessary

 Inspect all screw locks
 Check the space between peeler knife and basket by plasticine (see below)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
221
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22.7 Readjustment of Roller Bearings of Peeling Device
Due to the peeling at high speeds and to wear of the peeler knife the bearings (22) are exposed to vibration
resulting in increased bearing clearance and noise. In this case the bearing clearance should be reduced.
Assembly Instructions
 Open the centrifuge door (see chapter 6.8)
 Bend up the safety plate (24)
 Ascertain that swivel arm (1) is in OUT position
 Retighten the nut (23) close to the bearing by suitable wrench and hammer till the bearing is free of
clearance.
As the torque depends on practical experience and cannot be specified generally

we recommend to proceed with care. As a rule of thumb the peeler arm must be
movable with difficulty only when the hydraulic hoses are disconnected!
 Retighten nut (23) remote from the bearing

 Lock safety plate (24) again
 Install protecting hood (5)
9.22.8 Check axial position of peeler knife

 Attach plasticine stamp on basket−end knife blade
Risk of cutting at the peeler knife!

Health risk by residual product!
 Close the housing door

 Open the housing door
 Measure clearance between peeler knife and basket bottom
Space peeler knife/basket bottom must be between 10 and 15 mm!
 Measure total width of peeler knife

 Calculate clearance between peeler knife and basket rim:
space peeler knife/basket rim =
= basket width − knife width − clearance peeler knife/basket bottom
Space peeler knife/basket rim must be between 10 and 15 mm!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
222
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22.9 Check clearance between peeler knife and filter cloth
Check axial position of peeler knife before in any case (see above)!
 Attach plasticine stamp on either end of the peeler knife edge (16)

Health risk by residual product!
 Close the housing door
 Place−in peeling device in a hydraulic way by manual operation of the way−valve
 Compare the space between knife and filter cloth by means of stamp impression with the details in
chapter 3.8
 Readjust knife space if necessary (see below)
9.22.10 Adjustment of Clearance between Peeler Knife and Filter Cloth
 Remove protecting hood (5)
 Determine new knife space by measuring the existing space (residual heel cake)
 Measure actual length of spacer bushing (15)
 Remove bolts (40, 41)
 Turn−off spacer bushing (15) for reduction of peeler knife space
 Make new longer spacer bushing (15) for increasing the peeler knife space
 Retighten bolts (40, 41)
Consider minimum knife space which must never be less (see chapter 3.8)!
 Check space between peeler knife and filter cloth when the centrifuge door is closed (see above)
 Readjust sensor
 Install protecting hood (5)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
223
HZ 160/5 Si
9.22.11 Replacement of Peeler Knife
Assembly Instructions
Dismantling
 Remove the screws for fixing the peeler knife segments
 Remove all peeler knife segments

Health risk due to residual product!
 Compare dimensions of old/new peeler knife (length and width) in order to prevent it from wiping at the
basket rear wall or the basket rim
Re−assembly
 Clean thoroughly the place at the knife holder where the knifes are installed; the place must be metallic
bright
 Apply adhesive at the knife holder where the knifes are installed
 Put−on new peeler knife segment and fix it with bolts
Repeat the assembly operation for each peeler knife segment separately!
 With a new peeler knife the space between the filter cloth must be adjusted again (see above)
 Check the space between peeler knife and filter cloth with the centrifuge door closed (see above)
 Adjust sensor again
9.22.12 Replacement of Knife Holder
Consider the following in case of removing the whole knife holder including the several knife segments:

Install the knife holder only with removed knife segments!
 Remove the knife segmens from the knife holder
 Prefix the peeler knife holder with a new damping strip at the peeler arm without tightening the fixing
screws (36). Only insert the washers (37) and screws (36) in the screw holes.
Use always new damping strips when installing the peeler knife holder!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
224
HZ 160/5 Si
 Approach the knife holder towards the fitting edge by hand till the damping strip is well clamped
 Tighten the fixing screws (36)
Be careful! Do not fully tighten only one screw! Tighten all screws as similar as
possible by tightening one screw after the other, each by 1/4 turn and repeat that
until all screws are absolutely tight.
Check the torques of all screws (36) at least twice!
9.22.13 Grinding of Peeler Knife
Worn−out peeler knives can be reground considering the following points:
 Grind the peeler knife always at the backside
 Do not change the peeler knife angle  by the grinding operation
backside of peeler knife = grinding surface
Fig. 85: Grinding of Peeler Knife
 Check the space between grinded peeler knife and filter cloth with the centrifuge door closed (see
above)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
225
HZ 160/5 Si
9.23 2620 Indexing Device

300357830 SWITCHING DE- 506570859
VICE (47−2620−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300357789 RAIL 1.4301 506570854
(47−2620−
01.701)
2 1 PC 300358301 SWITCH FLAG 1.0038+ 506571752
N (47−2620−
02.701)
3 3 PC 300212038 BRACKET 1.4301 506193209
(47−2620−
03.601)
4 3 PC 132402634 BOLT ETTINGER | M6 X 40 /
5.16.401
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
8 6 PC 132443093 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M6 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
10 3 PC 132340058 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−10M |
SOR PNP, NO, 3−WIRE,
10M−CABLE | 12MM
OD

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
226
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
227
HZ 160/5 Si
9.23.2 Function
The indexing device is part of the peeler and is used for the adjustment of various peeler knife positions and
residual heel thicknesses respectively.
Three peeler knife positions can be picked−up by the indexing device:
 max. OUT = door open position (normal position)
 CIP position:
During the hydraulic residual heel removal (Discharging the residual heel by adding a rinsing liquid) and
the pneumatic residual heel removal (Discharging the residual heel by adding a gas) the peeler knife
must be in CIP position. In the CIP position, the peeler knife moves to 85% of the peeling stroke.
 max. IN (100% of the peeling stroke)
The sensors must not be removed nor bridged!

The adjustment must be done by specialists!
Readjustment of the sensors on the occasion of commissioning and the replacement
of the knife.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
228
HZ 160/5 Si
9.24 2710 Heel Cake Removal

300868546 HEEL CAKE RE- 506194648
MOVAL (47−2710−
00.701)
1 1 PC 300214856 ARM 1.4404 506194641
(47−2711−
00.701)
2 1 PC 300221061 GUIDE BEARING 1.4404 506192582
(47−2712−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300212460 RING 1.4404 506194650
(47−2710−
06.701)
4 1 PC 300214513 BEARING BUSH- 1.4404 506194638
ING (47−2710−
11.701)
5 1 PC 300210441 BEARING COVER 1.4404 506194649
(47−2710−
08.701)
6 1 PC 300212459 RING 1.4404 506194639
(47−2710−
16.701)
7 1 PC 300215326 COVER 1.4404 506194642
(47−2710−
15.701)
8 1 PC 300214063 SPACER RING 1.4404 506194643
(47−2710−
18.701)
9 1 PC 300219563 LIFTING/SLEWING 506186510
CYLINDER (47−2710−
26.802)
10 3 PC 131423193 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − G1/4A | A4−70
ISO3506−1
14X18X1.5 |
FITTING EN10216−5
13 3 PC 132391902 FLAT JET NOZZLE LECHLER | 679.495.17 1.4571
14 3 PC 132395188 SLEEVE NUT LECHLER | 065.200.17 1.4571
15 1 PC 132388038 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 177.17 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
16 2 PC 132393400 GUIDE RING SLYD GR 69−0−0600−C380
RING
17 3 PC 132391741 RADIAL SEAL 316MC−(I)−
RING (60−5)GFPM−H
18 2 PC 132391705 SCRAPER EX- WE5100600−T40
CLUDER 60,0X68,8X6,3
19 2 PC 132387657 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 63.17 X FPM
2.62 FPM 75

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
229
HZ 160/5 Si

20 1 PC 132387979 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 50.16 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
24 6 PC 132287645 HEX HEAD BOLT ISO4014 | − M8X50 − | A4−70
ISO3506−1 | #1#
25 8 PC 132502142 SCREW LOCK NL8SS−276 2.4819
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
ISO3506−1 | #1#
27 1 PC 132813335 SCREW LOCK NL12SS−276 2.4819
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
ISO3506−1
30 2 PC 132387859 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 69.44 X FPM
3.53 FPM 90
31 1 PC 132387979 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 50.16 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
THREAD (FEMALE)
NATURAL

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
230
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
231
HZ 160/5 Si
9.24.2 Function
The heel cake removal assembly is used for the pneumatic filter cloth cleaning.
It consists essentially of:
 bearing
 nozzle set with nozzles
 rotary lifting cylinder to carry out the operations of the nozzle set. The rotary lifting cylinder itself is oper-
ated in a hydraulic way (max. operating pressure 10 bar).
The nozzle set must be moved in axial direction only in entered position (working
position).
Radial operation in axial out position is strictly prohibited as the nozzle set will
collide with the basket hub.

 Replacement of seals
Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling:
 Relieve pressure from hydraulics and disconnect hydraulic hoses to rotary lifting cylinder (9).
 Disconnect air supply (12)
Please make sure that the nozzle set is introduced axially to the door and radially
out!
 Open the centrifuge door
 Remove cover (7) by unscrewing the bolting (26, 27)
 Remove arm (1) with round seal ring (20) and ring (6)
 Pull out complete unit from the centrifuge door
Carry out further dismantling work at a suitable place (e.g. workshops)!
 Pull out rotary lifting cylinder (9)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
232
HZ 160/5 Si
For the further dismantling and maintenance work of the rotary lifting cylinder
please consult the enclosed instructions in chapter 12!
 Remove socket−head bolts (29)
 Press−off ring (3)
 Remove seal (17)
 Relieve bolting (23−25)
 Press−off bearing cover (5)
Mark position of the bearing cover (5) and of the two short socket−head bolts (23)!
 Take−off excluder (18) and round seal rings (19) from the bearing cover (5).
 Pull−off bearing bushing (4) with guide rings (16)
 Pull−off inner scraper (17)
Re−assembly
 Proceed in reverse order of dismantling
 Check condition of all sealing element, replace if necessary
Use new locking washers (25, 27).
9.24.5 Maintenance
 Check threaded joint (10, 11) for leakage
 Rinse bearing by the rinsing connections (10, 11)
 Check nozzles (13) for obstructions
 Check nozzle adjustment, readjust if necessary
9.24.6 Adjustment of Heel Cake Removal
 Check parallel position with basket cloth in installed condition.
 Center arm (1) by adapting the ring (6) in the basket
 The blow space between nozzles (13) and heel cake is adjusted by the adjustment of the angle of rota-
tion of the rotary lifting cylinder (9), see enclosed instructions in chapter 12.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
233
HZ 160/5 Si
9.25 2850 Siphon Skimming Device
9.25.1 Bill of Materials

300586193 SIPHON SKIM- DIN DN80 / ANSI 3” 506698608
MING DEVICE (47−2850−
00.706)
1 1 PC 300586195 FLANGE , BEAR- 506698638
ING (47−2851−
00.701)
2 1 PC 300586197 SKIMMING PIPE 1.4404 506698643
(47−2852−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300586198 SEAL RING 1.4404 506698646
(47−2850−
22.702)
4 1 PC 300212007 BRACKET INITI- S235JR+ 506191114
ATOR N (43−2850−
06.906)
5 1 PC 300586199 FLANGE 506698650
(47−2850−
00.701)
6 1 PC 132281949 SIGHT GLASS − ACC. TO DIN28120 | − 1.4571
COUNTERFLANGE 100−10A | EN10028−7
7 1 PC 300216784 SKIMMING 1.4571 506191115
NOZZLE (43−2850−
17.902)
8 1 PC 300214941 CLAMPING LEVER S355J2+ 506188051
N (47−2850−
03.801)
9 1 PC 300215670 PROTECTIVE S235JR+ 506191116
COVER N (43−2850−
04.905)
10 1 PC 300586250 SEAL BUSHING S355J2+ 506702525
N (47−2850−
05.701)
11 1 PC 300587028 SEALING FLANGE DIN DN80 / ANSI 3” 1.4404 506698655
(47−2850−
18.701)
12 1 PC 300216584 TRUNNION SUP- S355J2+ 506191117
PORT N (43−2850−
09.906)
13 1 PC 300216559 TRUNNION 42CRMO 506191197
4+QT (47−2850−
09.901)
14 1 PC 300216982 BOLT 1.0402+ 506194292
N (43−2855−
10.903)
15 1 PC 300216108 POINTER 1.4301 506912518
(47−2850−
13.001)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
234
HZ 160/5 Si

16 1 PC 300586252 PIPE EN10305−1, PRIMED L 1.0255
50 D 30 T 5 MM RUST
PROTECTION WITH
OKS 2100
17 1 PC 132284739 SIGHT GLASS DIN7080 | 150X20 | BORO-
SILI-
CATE
GLASS
18 1 PC 300586251 SCALE 506698659
(47−2850−
07.701)
19 1 PC 300219540 LIFTING CYLIN- 23.289.00
DER HYDRAULIC EHZ.SGK.63−36−150...
20 1 PC 132390938 CROSSED RB 12025 UU CCO
ROLLER BEARING
ISO3506−1 | #1#
| ISO898−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
WASHER
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
28 4 PC 131873481 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M16 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
| ISO3506−1
32 2 PC 100002094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M24 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
33 2 PC 132285466 CHEESE HEAD ISO1207 | − M5X10 − | 4.8
SCREW ISO898−1 | A2P
34 2 PC 132395577 WASHER S5
STEEL
M95X2 − | STEEL
37 1 PC 131914753 PARALLEL KEY DIN6885−1 | − A − C45+C
20X12X56 − |
EN10277−2
38 2 PC 131078241 RETAINING RING DIN471 | − 25X1.2 − | SPRING
STEEL

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
235
HZ 160/5 Si

39 8 PC 131433212 SET SCREW ISO4027 | − M16X20 − | 45H
ISO898−5
40 1 PC 131861578 TAPERED LUBRI- DIN71412 | − A M10X1 | A4
CATING NIPPLE ISO3506−1
41 8 PC 100020711 STUD DIN938 | − M16X60 − | A4−70
ISO3506−1
42 8 PC 131873481 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M16 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
43 1 PC 131435675 SPRING TYPE ISO8752 | − 8X50 − | SPRING
STRAIGHT PIN STEEL
| ISO3506−1
WASHER
46 3 PC 132388688 O−RING DIN3770 | 5 X 1.2 NBR NBR
70
47 2 PC 132391637 ROD SEAL ROTO− TG3300900−T40 90,0 X
GLYD−RING 105,5 X 6,3
48 2 PC 132387595 O−RING 94.62 X 5.33 FPM 75 FPM
49 2 PC 132680940 ROD SEAL ROTO− TG3301400−T40
GLYD−RING 140,0X155,5X6,3
50 2 PC 132681154 O−RING ISO3601−1 | − 359A − FPM
145.42X5.33 − N | (0.21
SECT. X 5.725) | FPM |
80 SHORE A
51 1 PC 132391455 LIP SEAL RING QRAR 04357−N7004 | NBR
QUAD RING 139,06X5,33 NBR 70
52 1 PC 132387689 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 227.97 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
53 2 PC 132393147 GASKET FLAT DIN28120 LUMIGLAS | PTFE
NW 100 152X125 |
54 0,9 M 132394469 SEALING TAPE DF 5 PTFE
55 1 PC 132287830 EYE BOLT DIN580 | − M16 − | C15E AL
EN10084 | A3P 0,025−0,
050%
56 1 PC 131083148 PARALLEL PIN ISO8734 | − 8X28 − | A STEEL
−
ISO3506−1 | #1#
58 1 PC 300355895 PIPE EN10305−1, PRIMED L 1.0255
30 D 30 T 5 MM RUST
PROTECTION WITH
OKS 2100
59 4 PC 132340058 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−10M |
10M−CABLE | 12MM
OD

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
236
HZ 160/5 Si

60 0,0 KG 132395393 WIRE ELECTRODE DIN EN ISO 14341 AWS
84 A 5.18 ER70S−6 1,2
THYSSEN SG 3−H G 4
SI1 − 1.5130 EN
10204−2.2
61 4 PC 132392074 FITTING GE 8−PLR/71 1.4571
63 4 PC 132663590 FITTING GE 08−PL/ 1/4 NPT/71 1.4571
64 1,5 M 132289056 TUBE ISO1127 | OD=8 T=1 − 1.4571
S | D1/T1 | EN10216−5
65 2 PC 132282765 SLOTTED SET ISO4766 | − M4X16 − | 14H
SCREW ISO898−5
BORE BLACK

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
237
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
238
HZ 160/5 Si
9.25.2 Function
The purpose of the siphon skimming device is as follows:
 Discharge of the filtrate from the rotary siphon of the basket
 Effect on the filtration rate of the suspension liquor and the wash liquor
 Feeding of the backwash tank by making use of the kinetic energy of the filtrate
Do not remove nor bridge the sensors!

The setting must be done by specialists!
The sensors must be adjusted during the commissioning and again when the bear-
ings and the skimming nozzle are replaced!
The protecting hood (9) and the sight−glass (17) must be installed during the oper-
ation!
To improve the sealing effect and to avoid that product or filtrate enters into the bearing unit of the siphon
skimming device, the chamber between the two front sealings and the two rear sealings should be continu-
ously purged with water. Supply water with a slight flow. A flow monitoring is recommended as a damage at
the sealing would result in an increase of the water flow. Additionally, each sealing has a leakage outlet.
Check here in regular intervals for leakage.

 Nozzle defective or obstructed
 Bearing defective
Required Tools:
 Tool box
 Shims
 Cooling device
 Heating device
 Gloves
 Torque wrench
Dismantling
 Detach the piping by removing the nuts (42)
 Remove the retaining ring (38)
 Remove both nuts (32)
 Detach base plate fixing (22)
 Pull off carefully the complete liquid skimming device with hydraulic cylinder from the housing backwall

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
239
HZ 160/5 Si
 Remove the screws (23)
 Remove the flange (5) along with the sealing bushing (11) and the seals (47, 48)
 Remove the shaft nut (36) with the locking plate (35)
 Remove the clamping lever (8) along with the hydraulic cylinder (19)
 Take off the fitting key (37)
 Pull off the bearing cover (1) and the ring (3)
 Pull off the seal ring (10) from the skimming pipe (2) by using the mounting thread
 Pull off the cross roller bearing (20) from the skimming pipe (2)
Re−assembly
Re−assembly in reverse order than the dismantling. Take notice of the following points:
 Replace sealings (47−52), locking plate (35) and sealing tape (54)
 Fill the hollow space between cross roller bearing (20) and bearing cover (1) half with grease
 Adjust the bearing without clearance by means of the shaft nut (36)
 Lock the shaft nut by turning up a locking cog
It must be possible to turn the skimming pipe/shaft assembly (2) just by hand!
 Consider the specified torque for the hex. head bolts (see drawing)
 Check the skimming pipe position, end stops (16, 27, 28) and set again the sensors
Install the protecting hood (9) again!
9.25.5 Maintenance
 Verify the torques
 Check the bearing for easy turning
 Check the skimming nozzle (7)
9.25.6 New Adjustment of Siphon Zero Point

The zero point is identical with the position of the peeler pipe where its skimming edge is just at filter cloth
level. This position is also identical with the 0 indication at the scale of the siphon skimming device.
Two persons are required for the adjustment of the 0−point, one for operating the siphon skimming pipe
and one for watching the filter cloth in the basket by the use of a pocket lamp (preferably halogen).
 Operate the basket at feed speed
 Leave the siphon skimming pipe in pos. 3 or 4
 Fill the basket slowly through the backwash pipe
 Watch the filter cloth by the pocket lamp. As soon as the filter cloth is bright due to penetrating and re-
flecting liquid, the liquid reached the zero point.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
240
HZ 160/5 Si
 Let the liquid rise some more cm, close then the backwash valve and introduce the siphon skimming
pipe slowly
 Throttle considerably the flow regulating valve
 The man watching the filter cloth will advise: ”Filter cloth no longer bright”.
 Stop the siphon skimming pipe completely by flow regulating valve
 Compare 0−point found out on the scale (18)
 Readjust scale (18) by bolts (33) if necessary and mark 0−point finally on housing plate by punch mark
 Check adjustment by repeating
Si pipe
pos. 4
filter cloth pos. 3

0−point
Fig. 86: Siphon pipe positions
punch mark
Fig. 87: Marking of 0−Point

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
241
HZ 160/5 Si
9.25.7 Adjustment of Siphon Skimming Pipe
There are four different positions of the siphon skimming pipe.
Each position required depends on the batch step.
 Pos. 1 and 4 are end positions
 Pos. 2 is the working position, below 0−point but above siphon holes
 Pos. 3 inside the ring chamber close to the chamber border is the backwash position
Pos. 4 Pos. 2 Pos. 1 Pos. 3

OUT working position IN back wash
siphon hole
siphon border
filter cloth
Fig. 88: Positions of the siphon skimming pipe
By placing the siphon skimming pipe in the siphon chamber to pos. 2 (max. working position), the filtrate is
discharged.
The level difference along with the centrifugal force of the centrifuge, produces an increased suction effect
(siphon effect) on the filtrate. Vice versa (pos. 3: backwash in the chamber by separate backwash pipe)
contributes to avoid imbalance during the feeding operation and regenerates the residual heel.
The siphon pipe is not suitable for peeling−off solids from the siphon chamber;
therefore:
 use suitable filter cloth
 fit filter cloth sealing carefully
 activate pos. 1 (chamber cleaning) each time after the batch
 effect backwash only with filtrate free of solids
 The positions 1 and 4 are protected by mechanical stops (set at works).
 Pos. 2 (working position) is preset only at works. Adapt it during the commis-
sioning with product!
 Keep space of 5 to 10 mm between siphon holes as otherwise the siphon effect
will be nil (air intake).
Working position (Pos. 2)

Adjustment by scale
 The 0−point must be tested (see above) and correspond with scale 0−point (set at works on new ma-
chines)
 Move siphon skimming pipe slowly hydraulically into working position
 Go with pointer to +10 and stop siphon skimming pipe by flow regulating valve unless stated otherwise
in chapter 3.8
 Set associated sensor precisely by placing siphon skimming pipe into working position at slow and fast
speed several times and compare position with scale

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
242
HZ 160/5 Si
Adjustment by gauge
 Protect centrifuge against unauthorized operation
 Remove hydraulic pipes from siphon skimming pipe cylinder to allow you to move the piston rod easily
 Remove sight−glass at siphon device
 Place siphon skimming pipe by hand into working position by the use of gauge: dimension A − see
chapter 3.8
Secure pattern by strings in order not to lose it!
string
gauge
siphon border
filter cloth
siphon base
Fig. 89: Adjustment of working position by gauge
 Mark working position on scale and adjust roughly the associated sensor.
sight−glass
hydraulic cylinder
pointer
siphon chamber
sensor for working position
Fig. 90: Adjustment of sensor for working position
 Complete siphon skimming device again
 Adjust sensor finally by placing siphon skimming pipe at slow speed and high speed into working posi-
tion several times and compare position with marking.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
243
HZ 160/5 Si
9.26 3300 Discharge Screw
Drawing No.: 47−3300−00.707 Item No.: 506460991 Revision: C

300580313 DISCHARGE AS- ANSI 506460991
CONVEYOR 00.707)
1 1 PC 300580197 SCREW TROUGH ANSI 1.4404 506460959
(47−3301−
00.706)
2 1 PC 300216267 SCREW SHAFT 1.4404 506194414
(47−3302−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300324253 COLLECTOR BOX 1.4404 506460929
(47−3303−
00.704)
4 1 PC 300215317 COVER 1.4404 506194196
(47−3304−
00.701)
5 1 PC 300210436 BEARING COVER 1.4404 506194197
(47−3305−
00.701)
6 1 PC 300215318 COVER 1.4404 506194198
(47−3300−
04.701)
7 1 PC 300214511 BEARING BUSH- 1.4404 506194199
ING (47−3300−
08.701)
8 1 PC 300209697 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4404 506193020
13.601)
9 1 PC 132393301 GEAR BOX , SEW | KHF57AM100 /
BEVEL II2GD
9,1 1 PC 132912485 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS
SD | 1LE1503− 1AB53−
3GA4−Z+H20+Y53 |
1CV3105B
3 KW | 1500 1/MIN |
3 PH | Y=660 V |
D=380 V | 50 HZ | 4 P |
F/B | IM V1 WITHOUT
ROOF | 100L | IP65 |
IE3 | DOL | TOP
10 1 PC 132390795 FOUR POINT CON- QJ212−XL−MPA
TACT BEARING
11 1 PC 132391096 SHAFT SEAL RING 70 X 90 X 10 1.4571
MEC03−10039 {GAY-
LON−B/VITON}
12 1 PC 132394077 NUT , ADJUSTING SPIETH | MSF 55 X 1,5
13 1 PC 132394229 RETAINING RING DIN472 | 110X4
ISO3506−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
244
HZ 160/5 Si

15 12 PC 131857672 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M12 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
17 4 PC 131857672 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M12 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
18 1 PC 100022647 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 10 M6X20 − A4
| ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
WASHER
ISO3506−1 | #1#
23 14 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
25 1 PC 132394635 ARROW CLOCK- CLOCKWISE DIMEN-
WISE ROTATION SIONS 50 X 13,5 MM
26 1 PC 132284109 BUSH DIN1850−3 | − J PTFE
60X68X60 | WITH
25%
GLASS
CATING NIPPLE
28 1 PC 132293286 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − G1/8A | A4−70
ISO3506−1 | #1#
29 1 PC 132281709 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A 10X14 | COPPER
30 1 PC 132388533 O−RING DIN3770 | 380 X 7 FPM FPM
80
31 1 PC 132387874 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 59.99 X FPM
2.62 FPM 75
32 1 PC 132387675 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 190.09 X FPM
3.53 FPM 75
33 1 PC 132402585 O−RING 393 X 3.53 FPM 80 FPM
35 1 PC 300649752 HOOD 1.4404 506835561
(47−3300−
14.604)
36 1 PC 300649448 SWITCH DISC S355J2G 506834333
3 (47−3300−
14.603)
36,1 1 PC 132340038 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−V1 |
PLUGABLE | 12MM OD
36,2 1 PC 132352473 CONNECTOR V1−W−E2−5M−PUR |
WITH CABLE 2331 | M12 3PINS

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
245
HZ 160/5 Si

ISO3506−1
WASHER

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
246
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
247
HZ 160/5 Si
9.26.2 Function
The discharge screw is used for conveying outside the solids peeled−off in the centrifuge.
The discharge screw conveyer consists essentially of:

 drive motor with gear
 screw trough
 screw
The screw must rotate at the required speed before starting the peeling operation and
the rotation must continue at the end of the peeling operation for an adequate final
conveying time. Monitoring by the speed sensor which must not be bridged nor re-
moved. The final adjustment must be done by specialists!
The helical−bevel gear unit is fixed on the screw shaft by a shrink disc.
9.26.3 Reasons for Dismantling

 Screw seized
 Motor failure

Required tools:
 Marker
 Lifting tool
 Tool box
Dismantling
Discharge screw conveyer

Trough (1) and collector (3) remain installed!
 Disconnect cables from motor and sensor.
Before taking up the following work you should check the inaccessible places for
product residues. Where noxious products are concerned the appropriate precau-
tions must be taken before (respirator, venting the machine, protecting clothes, etc.).
 Remove cover (4); mark position for re−assembly.

 Secure screw (2) by 2 suitable slips and the lifting appliance.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
248
HZ 160/5 Si
 Relieve bolting (14, 15) and move out carefully discharge screw conveyer (2) with motor.
Separate Parts of Screw Conveyer

 Disconnect electric cables from the motor and the sensor
 Remove cover (35) and speed pick−up parts (36)
 Unscrew bolting (24) between gear (9) and bearing cover (5)
 Loosen the shrink disc at the shaft und pull off gear (9) along with the motor (see also chap. 9.4 and
9.26.6)
 Further information about the shrink disc of the gear (9) and the gear (9) itself can be found in separate
instructions to the gear in chapter 12
Before taking−up the following work you should check the inaccessible places for
product residues. Where noxious products are concerned the appropriate precau-
tions must be taken (respirator, venting the machine, protecting clothes, etc.)

 Remove cover (6) and bearing holder (7)
 Remove rear bearing (26)
 Dismantle cover (4) with the scrapers (mark position for re−assembly)
 Remove bolting (14, 15)
 Pull out carefully screw (2) with front bearing (10) from the trough (1)
 Remove shaft nut (12) according to chapter 9.5
 Pull off complete bearing cover (5) from shaft of screw
 Remove shaft sealing ring (11) and ball bearing (10)
Re−assembly
Screw journal (2) must be placed into bearing (26) free of stress to protect it
against premature wear!
 For re−assembly proceed in reverse order of assembly.
Consider mounting position of cover (4)!

Check all sealing elements for wear, replace if necessary!
Information about the shrink disc of the gear (9) and the gear (9) itself can be
found in separate instructions to the gear in chapter 12.
Make sure that the clamping area of the shrink disk is free from grease.
Information about the shaft nut (12) can be found in separate instructions in
chapter 9.5!
9.26.5 Maintenance
 Lubricate all bearing and sealing places
 Check torques

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
249
HZ 160/5 Si
9.26.6 Important information about the shrink disc of helical−bevel gear unit
Shrink disc
Fig. 91: Shrink disc of helical−bevel gear unit
 Install and remove the shrink disc according to the information in chap. 9.4
 Tighten the locking screws of the shrink disc one after the other (not in diametrically opposite sequence)
with the torque wrench. Recommended tightening torque for screws M6: 12 Nm.
However, the exact value for the tightening torque is shown on the shrink disc.
Further information about the shrink disc of the gear (9) and the gear (9) itself can
be found in separate instructions to the gear in chapter 12.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
250
HZ 160/5 Si
9.27 3800 Feed Pipe

300870230 FEED PIPE AS- ANSI 5” 507232667
1/1, 00.706)
1 1 PC 300327597 FEED PIPE I 1.4404 506474287
(47−3801−
00.702)
2 1 PC 300223172 BAFFLE PLATE AS- 1.4404 506194337
SEMBLY 1/1 (47−3802−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300327591 TENSIONING S355J2+ 506474307
FLANGE N (47−3812−
00.701)
4 1 PC 300581067 FLANGE SPLITTED ANSI 5” 150 LBS 1.4404 506674175
(47−3823−
0.701)
5 8 PC 100020805 STUD DIN939 | − M12X70 | A4−70
ISO3506−1
6 8 PC 131857672 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M12 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
7 1 PC 132388057 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 196.22 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
10 1 PC 131987635 SPRING TYPE ISO13337 | − 8X45 − | CARBON
STRAIGHT PIN STEEL
12 6 PC 131546870 PLAIN WASHER ISO7093−1 | − 8 OD=24 A4
− 200HV | ISO3506−1
13 6 PC 132862056 SCREW LOCK NL8SPSS−276 2.4819
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
14 6 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
251
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
252
HZ 160/5 Si
9.27.2 Function
The feed pipe I is provided to maintain the uniform filling of the basket with suspension at any flow rate.
The feed pipe is inserted from the process side to the door and fixed at the outside of the door by two
clamping flange halves.
A pin avoids an unintended turning of the feed pipe.
The fixing elements (5, 6) must not be detached when the machine is closed!
The fixing elements of the nozzle flap must be locked by shim plates!

 Nozzle defective
 Nozzle adjustment

Required Tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling

 Remove the supply pipe
 Disassemble all available holders of the feed pipe I with other accessories e.g. feed pipe II or wash pipe
 Dismantle the connection flange (4) at the pipe (see chap. 9.7)
 Remove nuts (6), take−off the flange halves (3) and pull off the feed pipe (1) to the inside
Re−assembly
Install again the pin (10)!
9.27.5 Adjustment of the Feed Pipe Nozzles

 Set the guide ribs in the nozzle by bending in the rear section to obtain an optimum distribution of the
suspension
Check the locking by shim plates at the fixing elements of the nozzle flap!
Replace seal ring (7) and sealing tape (11) after assembly measures!
9.27.6 Maintenance
 Check the nozzle flap for mobility and the slot for parallel position; the flap must be mobile between a
gap of approx. 2 mm and max. gap width; in normal position the gap width is approx. 2 mm.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
253
HZ 160/5 Si
9.28 3850 Back Rinsing Pipe

300580575 BACKWASH PIPE ANSI 3” 506194249
00.702)
1 1 PC 300212795 BACKWASH PIPE ANSI 1.4404 506194250
(47−3851−
00.702)
2 1 PC 132387909 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 88.5 X 3.53 FPM
FPM 75
ISO3506−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
254
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
255
HZ 160/5 Si
9.28.2 Function
The backrinsing procedure is a very important operation in siphon baskets for improving the effectiveness.
Backrinsing fluid is supplied by the backrinsing pipe and the siphon. The ground layer is soaked and thus
regenerated by the cloth underside.
The backrinsing level is relevant for the stress of the cloth. The level is regulated by the fluid quantity and
the turning of the siphon. The max. level is at 10 mm over the ground layer height.
 Nozzle defective
Required Tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Remove the fixing elements (3) of the back rinsing pipe (1)
 Take−off the back rinsing pipe (1)
Re−assembly
 if necessary, adjust the opening of the back rinsing pipe depending on the required fluid quantity.
 Install again the back rinsing pipe (1)
Check sealing elements for wear, replace if necessary!
9.28.5 Maintenance
 Check the nozzle for wear

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
256
HZ 160/5 Si
9.29 4200 Wash Pipe

300580884 WASH PIPE AS- ANSI 2” 506672152
SEMBLY (47−4200−
SPRINKLER 00.701)
1 1 PC 300580880 WASH PIPE 1.4404 506672081
SPRINKLER (47−4201−
00.701)
2 1 PC 300580883 TENSIONING S355J2+ 506672137
FLANGE N (47−4212−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300580753 FLANGE SPLITTED (ANSI 2”) 1.4404 506671190
(47−3803−
00.702)
7 1 PC 132388055 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 145.42 X FPM
5.33 FPM 75
8 4 PC 100020757 STUD DIN939 | − M16X80 | A4−70
ISO3506−1
10 4 PC 131873481 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M16 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
257
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
258
HZ 160/5 Si
9.29.2 Function
The wash pipe serves for washing the cake after the feeding operation. The washing operation should start
immediately after immersion of the mother liquor into the filter cake.
The wash pipe is inserted from the process side to the door and fixed at the outside of the door by two
clamping flange halves.
Take care that the wash pipe holder be duly connected with the wash and the feed
pipes!
9.29.3 Spray direction of wash pipe

The sprinkling holes of the wash pipe should be directed to the basket shell as shown in fig. 92. To achieve
this, the two top fixing studs of the wash pipe must be aligned horizontally.
During commissioning, the spray direction should be checked and can be adjusted by turning the wash
pipe into the required position.
Fixing studs
Center of basket Direction of rotation of basket
Basket shell
Fig. 92: Spray direction of wash pipe (front view of wash pipe)

 Obstructed wash holes

Required Tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling

 Remove the supply piping to the wash pipe
 Dismantle the connection flange (3) at the pipe (see chap. 9.7)
 Detach the wash pipe holder (see chapter 9.30)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
259
HZ 160/5 Si
 Mark the position of the wash pipe at the housing door
 Remove nuts (10), take−off the flange halves (2) and pull off the wash pipe (1) to the inside
Re−assembly
Take care of the mark at the housing door!

Consider spray direction of wash pipe (see above).
Take care that the wash pipe holder be duly connected with the wash and the feed
pipes!
Check sealing elements, replace if necessary!
9.29.6 Maintenance
 Check the fixing elements
 Check the wash holes for obstruction

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
260
HZ 160/5 Si
9.30 4203 Wash Pipe Holder

300341124 SUPPORT WASH/ 506506090
00.703)
1 1 PC 300341161 BRACKET 1.4404 506506416
(47−4203−
01.701)
2 1 PC 300341164 BRACKET 1.4404 506506419
(47−4203−
02.701)
ISO3506−1 | #1#
4 2 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
5 4 PC 132394388 SCREW LOCK NL8SPSS 1.4404
WASHER

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
261
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
262
HZ 160/5 Si
9.30.2 Function
The wash pipe holders are provided for stabilizing the wash pipe to avoid that the wash pipe will be ex-
posed to fatigue stress due to vibration.
The centrifuge must not be run without properly installed wash pipe holders!
 Holder defective
 Change of feed pipe or wash pipe
Required Tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Remove fixing elements (3−5)
Re−assembly
The boltings (3−4) must be locked by lock washers (5) (see drawing)!
9.30.5 Maintenance
 Inspect the fixing elements at the door outside

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
263
HZ 160/5 Si
9.31 4311 Rinsing Nozzles at door (4x)

300582166 RINSING ASSEM- NPT 506194827
BLY DOOR (47−4311−
00.004)
1 4x PC 300216640 RINSING NOZZLE NPT 1.4404 506194828
1 (47−4311−
01.004)
2 4x PC 300220836 SLOTTED NUT 1.4301 506188544
1 M30X1,5 (35−8890−
00.003)
3 4x PC 132387534 O−RING 34.52 X 3.53 FPM 80 FPM
1
9.31.2 Bill of Materials of rinsing connection N9.4

300220625 RINSING CONNEC-
TION NPT
1 2 PC 132392282 FITTING NC−GE−V 18 L 1/2 NPT 1.4571
2 1 PC 132392280 FITTING NC−EW−V 18 L 1.4571
3 0,5 M 132292251 TUBE ISO1127 | OD=18 T=1.5 1.4571
− S | D1/T1 |
EN10297−2
4 1 PC 132392298 FITTING NC−W−V 18 L 1.4571

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
264
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
265
HZ 160/5 Si
9.31.3 Function
The rinsing nozzles are used for cleaning the basket inside and the interior components which is per-
formed by spray balls lead into the process area.
 Leakage at the connection between rinsing nozzle and door.
Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Remove the rinsing piping
 Remove the nut (2)
 Pull−out the rinsing nozzle (1) inward
Re−assembly
 For the re−assembly proceed in reverse order of dismantling
Check condition of all sealing elements and replace if necessary!
9.31.6 Maintenance
 Check the sealing elements for wear and replace if necessary
 Check the spray holes for obstruction due to particles in the rinsing agent

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
266
HZ 160/5 Si
9.32 4321 Rinsing Basketshell

300208568 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 506193303
SHELL 00.701)
1 1 PC 300208569 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 1.4404 506193302
SHELL 01.701)
2 6 PC 132391881 FLAT JET NOZZLE FU1−652.847.17− 1.4571
120GR. | 120 
3 6 PC 132395192 SLEEVE NUT FU1−065.200.17 1.4571
ISO3506−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
267
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
268
HZ 160/5 Si
9.32.2 Function
The basket shell rinsing serves for cleaning of the outside basket shell surface and of the inside housing
surface.
During the commissioning the spray direction of the nozzles must be set carefully
to obtain an optimum cleaning effect (see drawing)!
 Nozzles obstructed or defective
Required Tools:
 Tool box
Replacement of nozzles
 Remove the rinsing supply
 Remove the bolts (4)
 Remove the cover (1)
 Remove the union nuts (3)
 Push out the nozzles (2)
 Insert new nozzles
 Install the union nuts (3)
Replace the sealing tape!
 Install the cover (1)
Use Loctite!
 Check the nozzle position
 Install the rinsing supply
9.32.5 Maintenance
 Check the nozzles (2) for wear and obstruction

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
269
HZ 160/5 Si
9.33 4331 Backwall Rinsing

300580307 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 1” 506193161
00.601)
1 1 PC 300208056 RINSING PIPE ANSI 1” 1.4404 507331563
BACKWALL (47−4331−
00.604)
2 1 PC 132395610 SPRAY BALL TUCHENHAGEN 1.4435
ORDER NO.:
253−111.88 | A1−1,0
PIPE ACCORD. ISO
(33,7)
3 1 PC 132387905 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 59.92 X FPM
3.53 FPM 90
ISO3506−1 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
270
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
271
HZ 160/5 Si
9.33.2 Function
The backwall rinsing serves for cleaning of the outside basket hub surface and of the inside housing sur-
face. Dust residues produced during the peeling operation and which may obstruct the filtrate discharge,
can be eliminated in this way.
 Nozzles obstructed or defective
Required Tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Remove the supply piping
 Remove the bolts (4)
 Remove rinsing pipe (1)
 Remove the fixing pin for the nozzle (2) and take−off the nozzle (2)
Re−assembly
 Re−assembly in reverse order
Check the sealing elements for wear, replace if necessary!
9.33.5 Maintenance
 Check the nozzle (2) for wear and obstruction

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
272
HZ 160/5 Si
9.34 4707 Door Interlock System

300216488 INTERLOCK SYS- 506190750
TEM DOOR (43−4707−
00.001)
1 1 PC 300211974 BRACKET 1.4404 506189223
(43−4707−
01.001)
2 1 PC 300211975 BRACKET SOLE- 1.4404 506189224
NOID (43−4707−
02.001)
4 1 PC 132140219 SENSOR ELOBAU | 671 271
NUO, W/10 M CABLE
5 1 PC 132352284 MAGNET ELOBAU | 304 200 00 STAIN-
V LESS
STEEL
7 0,003 KG 132395376 WELDING ROD AWS A 5.9 ER316L
2,0X1000 THERMANIT
GE−316L | W 19 12 3 L
− 1.4430 | EN
10204−2.2
8 0,003 KG 132395376 WELDING ROD AWS A 5.9 ER316L
2,0X1000 THERMANIT
GE−316L | W 19 12 3 L
− 1.4430 | EN
10204−2.2

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
273
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
274
HZ 160/5 Si
9.34.2 Function
The mechanism guarantees the due locking of the housing door till the basket has come to zero−speed
and excludes the rotation of the basket as long as the housing door is open. A sensor indicates to the con-
trol that the housing door is open or closed.
The door locking mechanism is an important safety element; it must not be bridged,
removed nor damaged!
The setting of the sensor must be done by specialists!
 Damage at the magnet
 Sensor failure
Dismantling of the sensor
 Remove the nuts
 Screw−off the sensor (4)
Dismantling of the solenoid holder
 Remove the screw (3)
 Remove the magnet (5)
Re−assembly
Consider precisely the distance of the sensor (4) (see drawing)!
 For re−assembly proceed in reverse order of dismantling
9.34.5 Maintenance
 Clean all parts carefully
 Test the functioning, replace the sensor and the magnet if required.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
275
HZ 160/5 Si
9.35 5400 Feed Controller

300208247 FEED CON- 506187712
BLY 00.906)
1 1 PC 300217616 SETTING UNIT 506187708
(43−5401−
00.706)
2 1 PC 300215949 FEELER 1.4404 506187932
(43−5402−
00.901)
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
10 3 PC 131033614 TAB WASHER DIN93 | − 13 − | A4
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
12 1 PC 132219083 TAB WASHER DIN463 | − 10.5 − | A4
ISO3506−1

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
276
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
277
HZ 160/5 Si
9.35.2 Function
The feed controller is the mechanical part of the feed level regulating assembly.
The feed controller consists essentially of:
 feed level feeler
 shaft
 proximity sensor
 working cylinder
The following functions are provided in connection with a PLC:
 Overload of basket excluded.
 Optimizing of solids load in the basket by alternating feed operations and feed pauses.
The alternating operations are terminated as soon as the requested feed level is reached.
The feed controller can be used also for the manual determination of the feed level as the controller is
provided with additional hand lever and a scale for this purpose.
There are two positions of the feeler:
 OUT = normal position and position for opening the centrifuge door
 IN = feed position which is adjustable by the scale.
Retract the feeler (2) before you open the door. The pointer at the hand lever must
indicate ”OUT” on the scale as otherwise the feeler (2) and the basket rim may be
damaged (the hydraulic cylinder has a return spring installed to avoid this risk).
The sensors must not be removed or bridged.

Their adjustment must be done by specialists.
9.35.3 Reasons for Removal

 Adjustment of the feeler
 Abrasion of the feeler

Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
 Remove securing plate and screws (9−12) as well as cylindrical pin.

 Remove feeler (2) from the shaft.
Re−assembly

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
278
HZ 160/5 Si
9.35.5 Maintenance
 Check slipper of the feeler (2) for wear.
 Check all fixing elements for wear and due securing.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
279
HZ 160/5 Si
9.36 5401 Setting Unit

300217616 SETTING UNIT 506187708
(43−5401−
00.706)
1 1 PC 300209927 BEARING HOUS- 506187705
ING (43−5401−
01.707)
2 1 PC 300216124 SWITCH FLAG 1.4404 506187703
(43−5401−
04.502)
3 1 PC 300215996 LEVER 506573874
(43−5401−
03.001)
4 1 PC 132076909 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − M12X1.5 | A4−70
ISO3506−1
6 1 PC 300216300 SHAFT 1.4571 506186334
(43−5401−
02.704)
7 1 PC 132392698 DAMPER , SHOCK MC 600 M WITH PP
NYLON HEAD 600
8 1 PC 300218612 DISK CUZN37 506186010
MN3AL2 (43−5401−
PBSI− 13.701)
R540
10 1 PC 300218615 DISK 1.4404 506186331
(43−5401−
05.703)
11 1 PC 300216662 SUPPORT 1.4571 506186333
(43−5401−
08.702)
12 1 PC 300216979 BOLT A4 506186197
(43−5401−
09.502)
13 1 PC 300222077 SCREW A4−70 506186184
(43−5401−
10.502)
14 1 PC 300222811 SETTING PLATE 1.4571 506186332
(43−5401−
06.702)
15 1 PC 300218935 ECCENTRIC 1.4571 506185982
(43−5401−
07.501)
17 1 PC 300215083 COVER 1.4404 506186183
(43−5401−
11.702)
18 2 PC 132392358 BUSHING DU 2525 DU | X 28 X 25
MM | 25X 28X 25
19 2 PC 132391257 SHAFT SEAL RING 30 X 42 X 7 HN2390 1.4301/
HS21037 PTFE

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
280
HZ 160/5 Si

23 1 PC 132391433 LIP SEAL RING QRAR04228−V7002 | FPM
QUAD RING 56,74 X 3,53 FPM 70
ISO3506−1
29 1 PC 132288140 PARALLEL KEY DIN6885−1 | − A − C45+C
6X6X45 − | EN10277−2
30 1 PC 300219516 LIFTING CYLIN- 506187926
DER (43−5401−
30.501)
STEEL
M30X1.5 − | STEEL
CATING NIPPLE
34 1 PC 132395290 TENSION SPRING Z−122
35 1 PC 132340038 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−V1 |
PLUGABLE | 12MM OD
35,1 1 PC 132352473 CONNECTOR V1−W−E2−5M−PUR |
37 1 PC 300215777 SCALE 506188453
(43−5401−
12.001)
38 2 PC 100020075 CHEESE HEAD ISO1207 | − M5X10 − | A4−70
SCREW ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
42 5 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
43 1 PC 131968192 HEX THIN NUT ISO4035 | − M8 − | A2−70
ISO3506−2

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
281
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
282
HZ 160/5 Si
9.36.2 Function
The setting unit is provided for adjusting the feed controller.
9.36.3 Reasons for Assembling Measures
 Adjustment of the measuring range.
9.36.4 Assembling Measures
Adjustment
Retract the feeler before you open the door; the pointer at the hand lever (3) must
indicate ”OUT” on the scale as otherwise the feeler and the basket rim may be
damaged (a return spring is installed in the hydraulic cylinder to reduce this risk).
Check fixing of the feeler.
The feeler is fixed at works by standard on the shaft (6) this way that a minimum space is maintained at the
basket rim when ”OUT” is shown on the scale and when the centrifuge door is opened.
Adjustment of Feed Level (example)
A basket should be filled up to 85% (at 100% basket load the feeler is just at basket rim level. Allow for
dripping from the feed pipe after closing of the feed valve and/or dripping volume of the wash liquor).
 Hold the slot at the hand lever (3) at position 75.
 Fix position by setscrew (41)
 Take−off cover.
 Check if sensor is covered in ”IN” position.
 Set the switch point for the sensor by the eccentric bolt (15). direction of rotation is not of interest.
 Ascertain at the electric control or by voltmeter at the associated junction box:

sensor covered = 7 volt
sensor not covered = 4 volt.
 Relieve bolts (44), do not unscrew
 Turn feeler by hand to 85 and hold in position.
 Turn eccentrics (2) slowly up to the electric switch point (sensor not covered any longer).
 Adjust setscrew (40) suitably; the clearance between hook and cylindrical pin (28) should be 1 mm when
the feeler (2) is in. (The setscrew (40) is provided for limiting the stroke from the hook 11).
 Tighten all screws and nuts again.
 Check switch point during the filling (see switch point by lifting the feeler).
9.36.5 Maintenance
 Lubricate DU bushing (18).

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
283
HZ 160/5 Si
9.37 6400 Hydraulic

300870552 HYDRAULIC S235JR 507233936
00.705)
1 1 PC 300222045 HYDRAULIC UNIT 1.4301
2 1 PC 132912486 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS
SD | 1LE1503−0EB43−
3GA4−Z+H20+Y53 |
1CV3094B
1.5 KW | 1500 1/MIN | 3
PH | Y=660 V | D=380 V
| 50 HZ | 4 P | F/B | − |
IM V1 WITHOUT ROOF
| 90L | IP65 | IE3 | DOL |
TOP
4 2 PC 132402618 FITTING VKA 12 | 1.0254 ST37.0
5 4x M 132289979 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=18 P235TR2
2,5 T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
6 4x M 132289976 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=12 P235TR2
2,5 T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
7 1 PC 132393495 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 16/122B | 2000 MM | S235JR
HOSE DKO 18L/DKO 18L G2+N
8 2 PC 132392133 FITTING , CLO- VKA 18 | 1.0254 ST37.0 S235JR
SURE G2+N
10 1 PC 132392612 CONNECTION HUBER | BWL 4 06 R1
PLATE D4/SO 5014−3−0
11 2 PC 132392610 CONNECTION HUBER | BWL 4 06 R1
PLATE D2/SO 5012−3−0
13 3 PC 132393007 VALVE , WAY BOSCH REXROTH
R900561274 | 4WE6D
6X/EG 24N9K4
14 2 PC 132393021 VALVE , WAY BOSCH REXROTH
R900561288 | 4WE6J
6X/EG 24N9K4
ISO3506−1 | #1#
17 4 PC 132392143 FITTING REDUCER RI 1/2 X 3/8 | 1.0254 S235JR
ST37.0 G2+N
18 4 PC 132392112 FITTING WH 12−PLR | 1.0254 S235JR
ST37.0 G2+N
19 4 PC 132292681 COMPRESSION DIN2353 | DL 18 | P235TR1
FITTING
SCREW PLUG STEEL
WITH COLLAR

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
284
HZ 160/5 Si

21 6 PC 132292757 COMPRESSION DIN2353 | EL 12 | P235TR1
FITTING
23 1 M 132395880 MOUNTING RAIL TS 14 ST VERZINKT
24 6 PC 132394799 PIPE CLAMP SM 112 PP−LI
26 10 PC 132185713 SPRING WASHER DIN128 | − A − 6 − | A4
ISO3506−1
21X26X1.5 |
17X21X1.5 |
FITTING
31 6 PC 132394788 PIPE CLAMP , PIPE SM 218 UL−LI
35 3 PC 132394725 COVER HSA 06 A001−3X/M00
SCREW PLUG STEEL
WITH COLLAR
37 4 PC 132395518 DOWEL KELLER & KALMBACH
GMBH SL M12 N,
TYPE: 90248 |X
ISO3506−1 | #1#
39 4 PC 131481861 SPRING WASHER DIN128 | − A − 12 − | A4
ISO3506−1

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
285
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
286
HZ 160/5 Si
9.37.2 Function
The hydraulic unit supplies the necessary hydraulic pressure for the hydraulic cylinders.
Please consult also the separate manual in chapter 12 for operation and mainten-
ance of the hydraulic unit!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
287
HZ 160/5 Si
9.38 7000 Hydraulic Pipes

300870105 SUPPLY PIPING S235JR 507232495
G2+N (43−7000−
00.990)
1 1 PC 300225316 LINE ASSEMBLY 1.0254 506219996
,PEELER (43−7001−
00.736)
2 1 PC 300225523 SUPPLY PIPING 1.0254 506187707
FEED CON- (43−7001−
TROLLER 00.527)
3 1 PC 300225310 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191876
HCR AXIAL N (43−7001−
00.001)
4 1 PC 300225311 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191877
HCR RADIAL N (43−7001−
00.002)
5 1 PC 300225540 SUPPLY PIPING SI- S235JR 506188875
PHON PEELER G2+N (43−7001−
00.717)
300225316 LINE ASSEMBLY 1.0254 506219996

,PEELER (43−7001−
00.736)
1 2 PC 132392147 FITTING REDUCER RI 3/4 X 3/8
2 2 PC 131097844 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A 27X32X2 COPPER
|
ST37.0 G2+N
5 2 PC 132393492 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 10/122B | 600 MM | 1.0254
HOSE DKO 12L/DKO 12L
FITTING
7 2 PC 132392143 FITTING REDUCER RI 1/2 X 3/8 | 1.0254 S235JR
ST37.0 G2+N
21X26X1.5 |
10 1 PC 132393045 VALVE , FLOW BOSCH REXROTH
CONTROL R900205519 | 2 FRM 6
B36−3X/ 6,0QRV
10,1 1 PC 132392391 ADAPTER PLATE HSE 05G 06A
001−3X/V00
11 1 PC 132392607 CONNECTION BOSCH REXROTH
PLATE R900424455 | G− 45/01
FITTING

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
288
HZ 160/5 Si

13 2,5 M 132289976 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=12 P235TR2
T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
20 1 PC 132393029 VALVE , RETURN BOSCH REXROTH
R900347497 | Z2 S 6
3−6X/
21 1 PC 300211601 ANGLE S235JR 506186199
G2+N (43−6400−
01.702)
ISO3506−1 | #1#
300225523 SUPPLY PIPING 1.0254 506187707

FEED CON- (43−7001−
TROLLER 00.527)
3 3 PC 132392080 FITTING GE 12−PL/R 1/4
5 1 PC 132393017 VALVE , KRACHT | DRV−08−P |
THROTTLE NON− WITH SCREW CAP &
RETURN SEALING RING
7 2 PC 132392165 FITTING EW 12−PL
ST37.0 G2+N
SCREW PLUG STEEL
WITH COLLAR
17 1 PC 132393031 VALVE , PRES- BOSCH REXROTH
SURE REDUCING R900483785 | ZDR 6
DP2−4X/ 25YM
17X21X1.5 |
300225310 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191876

00.001)
FITTING
2 6 PC 132392080 FITTING GE 12−PL/R 1/4
3 2 PC 132392078 FITTING GE 12−PL/R 1/2
FITTING
RETURN SEALING RING

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
289
HZ 160/5 Si

10 5,5 M 132289976 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=12 P235TR2
T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
12 0,5 M 132395879 MOUNTING RAIL TS 14 NOT ZINC S235JR
5 PLATED 1.0037 G2+N
CAP SCREW ISO898−1
300225311 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191877

00.002)
FITTING
2 6 PC 132392080 FITTING GE 12−PL/R 1/4
3 2 PC 132392078 FITTING GE 12−PL/R 1/2
FITTING
RETURN SEALING RING
10 5,5 M 132289976 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=12 P235TR2
T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
12 0,5 M 132395879 MOUNTING RAIL TS 14 NOT ZINC S235JR
5 PLATED 1.0037 G2+N
300225540 SUPPLY PIPING SI- S235JR 506188875

PHON PEELER G2+N (43−7001−
00.717)
5 0,3 M 132289976 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=12 P235TR2
T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
ST37.0 G2+N

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
290
HZ 160/5 Si

11 1 PC 132393030 VALVE , FLOW BOSCH REXROTH
CONTROL R900205517 | 2 FRM 6
B36−3X/ 3,0QRV
12 1 PC 132395466 PLATE HSZ 06 A 152−3X/M00
18X22X1.5 |
14 1 PC 132393029 VALVE , RETURN BOSCH REXROTH
R900347497 | Z2 S 6
3−6X/

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
291
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
292
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
293
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
294
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
295
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
296
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
297
HZ 160/5 Si
9.39 7600 Bearing Oil Lubrication

300351395 LUBRICATION AS- 506789358
00.005)
1 1 PC 300351393 BRACKET 1.4301 506544761
(47−7600−
01.001)
2 1 PC 300352055 VESSEL ASSEM- S235 506547935
BLY 4,5 L (47−7600−
02.001)
3 1 PC 300873988 PUMP UNIT , LU- 310355.1643−6D 1.0254
BRICATION OIL
3,1 1 PC 132640038 FILTER INSERT WOERNER PI 4105 PS
25 25 Y#
4 2 PC 132292599 COMPRESSION DIN2353 | DL 22 | CARBON
FITTING STEEL
5 1 PC 132743856 FITTING EVW 22−PL | (DD L S355J2+
22/DIN 2353) | ST EN N
10204−2.1
7 1 M 132289980 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=22 P235TR2
T=2 − S | EN10216−1
8 5 PC 132392119 FITTING WH 10−PLR | ST37.0 1.0254
9 2 PC 132392141 FITTING REDUCER RI 1/2 X 1/4 | ST37.0 1.0254
10 2 M 132289972 TUBE EN10305−1 | OD=10 P235TR2
T=1.5 − S | EN10216−1
11 1 PC 132617262 FITTING GE 06−LR 1/4 1.0254
FITTING EN10216−5
13 1 PC 132392139 FITTING REDUCER RI 1/8 X 1/4 | ST37.0 1.0254
14 1 PC 132392121 FITTING EVW 10−PL | (DD L S355J2+
10/DIN 2353) | ST EN N
10204−2.1
15 1 PC 132392161 FITTING EVGE 10−LR−ED | S235JR
1.0254 ST37.0 G2+N
16 2 PC 132392257 FITTING FESTO 153047 |
ART.NR.153047 |
QSL−1/4−6
17 0,0 PC 132393671 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197377 |
2 PUN−H−6X1−NT ONE
PIECE = 50 METER
18 1 PC 300351989 REDUCER 1.0501+ 506547652
N (47−7600−
01.002)
HOSE DKO 6L/DKO 6L
HOSE DKO 6L/DKO 6L

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
298
HZ 160/5 Si

ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
24 6 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
25 2 PC 132650196 OIL LEVEL DIN31691 | − B−G1B | −
POINTER B1A2
26 1 PC 300630390 SOLENOID CS−S−18−04−N
27 1 PC 132394336 SCREW , CLO- DIN910 G 3/4A A4−70
SURE
28 4 PC 132443093 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M6 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1
30 1 PC 132392105 FITTING KOR 22/10−PL | 1.0254 S235JR
ST37.0 G2+N
31 3 PC 132662001 FITTING EL 6 1.4571
32 1,5 M 132015220 TUBE ISO1127 | OD=6 T=1 − 1.4571
S | D1/T1 | EN10216−5
33 1 PC 300631727 SCREW PLUG 1.0254 506779857
(47−7600−
00.903)
34 1 PC 300631903 CONNECTING FIT- 1.4571 506780101
TING (47−7600−
00.904)
35 1 PC 300633723 PIPE LUBRICA- 1.4571 506789818
TION (47−7600−
00.906)
36 1 PC 132735006 FITTING REDUCER GR 08/06−PL/71 1.4571
37 1 PC 132734719 NOZZLE POWER E−CU M5 0,8 X 18 |
MD0001−0,8 | ELEK-
TROLYT KUPFER
38 1 PC 132392175 FITTING EW−V 06 LR 1.4571
39 1 PC 300630449 SCREW PLUG 1.0254 506775080
(47−7600−
00.901)
41 1 PC 300630455 SCREW PLUG 1.0254 506775303
(47−7600−
00.902)
42 1 PC 300630405 SOLENOID S−05−08−N
43 2 PC 132608719 FITTING EVL−22−PL 1.0254
44 1 PC 300632414 COVER PLATE 1.4404 506782296
(47−7600−
00.905)
ISO3506−1

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
299
HZ 160/5 Si

46 3 PC 100002078 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M4 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2
47 1 PC 132292829 COMPRESSION DIN2353 | QL 10 | CARBON
FITTING STEEL
60X68X2.5 |

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
300
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
301
HZ 160/5 Si
9.39.2 Design
The centrifuge is equipped with an automatic oil lubrication unit which supplies oil to the two main bearings
of the shaft. This unit is designed as a minimal quantity lubrication system with the task of delivering mini-
mal quantities of oil to the contact surfaces of the bearings.
The unit basically comprises:
 Oil pump with electric motor and pressure relief valve
 Oil vessel
 Oil filter with visual and electric fouling indication
 Progressive metering device for distributing the oil to the two lubricating points
 Oil nozzles
9.39.3 Function
The pump unit delivers the required oil flow. Oil impurities are removed by the oil filter. In case the filter is
clogged, a red pin moves out (visual indication) and also an electric signal (electric indication) is generated.
Then the oil is no longer filtered and flows via bypass to the progressive−metering device. A filter change
should be done after end of the batch. In the progressive−metering device the oil is delivered successively
to each outlet. The amount of oil discharging at the outlet is determined by the piston installed in the pro-
gressive−metering device and cannot be altered.
At the last oil outlet a proximity switch is installed for checking the function. If the lubricating cycle is com-
pleted satisfactorily a pin moves out and the proximity switch is activated. If, on the other hand, a fault
occurs, the proximity switch is not activated. The pin moves out twice every second (approx. 2 Hz). It must
be arranged that this electric signal is picked up by the control of the centrifuge and in the event of a fault a
warning signal is sent to the operator and the centrifuge must be shut down immediately.
The oil supplied to the bearings returns pressureless to the oil vessel.
Two solenoids are installed in the oil lines in order to remove metallic chips.
Further details are to be found in Chapter 7.4!

Information on the operation and maintenance of the oil lubricating pump is given
in the separate instructions in Chapter 12!
9.39.4 Flow chart

N30
N31
N32.1 Filling nozzle Set pressure: Set pressure:
N32.2 6 barg 3.5 barg
N32
Solenoid
filter Switch point:
Drain 2.2 barg
Solenoid filter
Fig. 93: Flow chart

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
302
HZ 160/5 Si
9.39.5 Installation
The oil lubrication unit must be installed according to the drawing. It is important that the installation height
of the oil vessel shown in the drawing is met as the oil level inside the bearing tube is determined by the oil
level in the oil vessel.
9.39.6 Oil type and oil amount

See chap. 7.4.
9.39.7 Oil filling and oil level

The oil level must be at the center of the top oil level sight glass.
To refill oil, remove the top plug at the oil vessel and fill in oil until the oil level is at the center of the top oil
level sight glass. Afterwards, install again the top plug at the oil vessel.
9.39.8 Actuation
First commissioning and after oil change:
Activate the oil lubrication unit and after a delay time of 10 minutes, switch−on the centrifuge.
Any other commissioning:
Activate the oil lubrication unit and after a delay time of 5 minutes, switch−on the centrifuge.
9.39.9 Installation of the front oil lubrication nozzle (37)

 Install the front oil bearing nozzle (37) according to the drawing
 Consider the markings at the nozzle pipe:
The vertical marking at the nozzle pipe must show to the basket. The lubricating oil jet must strike the
bearing rollers in the lower area of the rollers.
Insert the nozzle pipe until the horizontal marking is no longer visible.
 Afterwards check the front oil lubricating nozzle (37):
Position and direction of the oil nozzle can be seen by a pocket lamp after removal of the blind plug
(inspection hole) (attention must be paid where explosion proof design is concerned).
9.39.10 Filter change

A filter change is executed as follows:
 Arrange large tank so that oil can be collected
 Screw−off the filter housing using the pin at the bottom of the filter housing
 Take−off the filter cartridge and install a new one
 Screw−on the filter housing
 Check the oil level and refill oil if required (see chap. 9.39.7)
9.39.11 Oil change

An oil change is executed as follows:
 Arrange large tank so that oil can be collected
 Remove the plug (39) (lowest point of the oil circuit)
 After the oil has drained off, install again the plug (39)
 Fill−in oil according to chap. 9.39.7

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
303
HZ 160/5 Si
9.39.12 Removal of metallic chips at the solenoids
When an oil change is done, a check for metallic chips at the solenoids should be also done:
 Discharge the oil
 Remove the two plugs (39, 41) and
 Check the solenoids for metallic chips;

if any, remove the metallic chips, clean the plugs and
 Install again the plugs

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
304
HZ 160/5 Si
9.40 7700 Speed Pick−up

300217853 SPEED PICK−UP 1.4404 506193131
(47−7700−
00.601)
1 2x PC 300212037 BRACKET INITI- 1.4404 506193205
1 ATOR (47−7700−
01.601)
2 2x PC 132288613 HEX HEAD SCREW ISO4017 | − M6X10 − | A4−70
2 ISO3506−1 | #1#
4 2x PC 132148251 PROXIMITY SEN- NCB2−12GM35−N0−V1
1 SOR | 2MM SENSOR
RANGE | 12MM DIA
4,1 2x PC 132146334 CONNECTOR V1−W−N−10M−PUR− PUR
1 WITH CABLE BLUE

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
305
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
306
HZ 160/5 Si
9.40.2 Function
The speed pick−up assembly supplies the messages to the control by two sensors which are required for
the overspeed and the zero−speed monitoring. It is also provided for checking the speed and for control of
the safety devices.
The two sensors installed at the bearing housing pick−up the number of holes of the shaft protecting bush-
ing.
The speed pick−up makes an important part of the safety system of the centrifuge!
The speed sensor must be integrated in the control of the centrifuge and must not
be bridged under no circumstances!
The setting of the sensor must be done by specialists!
The belt guard must be installed again after all work at the speed pick−up assembly
is finished!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
307
HZ 160/5 Si
9.41 8500 Drive

300873426 DRIVE ASSEMBLY 507241746
(47−8500−
00.709)
1 1 PC 300611436 BELT GUARD S235JR 506712780
UPPER PART G2+N (47−8512−
00.706)
2 1 PC 300611437 BELT GUARD S235JR 506712783
LOWER PART G2+N (47−8511−
00.706)
3 2 PC 300611438 COVER 1.4301 506712787
(47−8500−
05.703)
4 2 PC 300611460 COVER 1.4301 506712828
(47−8500−
05.705)
5 1 PC 132395154 V−BELT PULLEY Ø560X10 EN−GJS
5V 1T 560X10X120,00 −400−15
PNTB 5050 SYM+
FEATHER KEY
GROOVE | 5V 560,000
X 10 X 183 MM | TB
5050 | DIN ISO 1940 G
6,3 + PROTOCOL
6 1 PC 132911966 V−BELT PULLEY Ø360X10 EN−
5V 1T 360X10X80TB GJL−250
4040 SYM*FEATHER
KEY GROOVE | 5V 360
X 10 | TB 4040 | DIN
ISO 1940 G 6,3 + PRO-
TOCOL
7 10 PC 132395069 V−BELT SAHLBERG | 5V
1600/15N 4064 | 4064
MM | ELECTRICALLY
CONDUCTIVE
8 1 PC 300314854 BRACKET S235JR 506429379
(47−8500−
22.004)
9 2 PC 300314856 BRACKET 1.0038+ 506429445
N (47−8500−
22.005)
10 1 PC 300611439 COVER , HALF 1.4301 506712801
(47−8500−
05.704)
11 1 PA 132392575 CLAMPING RAIL 1000 EN−JL1040 / EN−
A (GG−25) GJL−250
ISO3506−1 | #1#
13 8 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
308
HZ 160/5 Si

14 17 PC 131892333 HEX COLLAR NUT DIN6331 | − M8 − | A4
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
16 2 PC 132285969 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M10 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
ISO3506−1 | #1#
19 1 PC 132912484 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS
SD | 1LE1503−3AB53−
3AB4−Z+H20+H70+L22
+L51+Y53+Y80 |
1CV3315B
200 KW | 1500 1/MIN |
3 PH | Y=660 V | D=380
V | 50 HZ | 4 P | F/B | − |
IM B3 | 315L | IP65 | IE3
| S9 − VFD | TOP
20 8 PC 132395508 ANCHOR ROD ASTA M24X300 A4
WITH NUT+WASHER
21 8 PC 132395616 SHEAR CON- UKA 3 M24 BES-
NECTOR TELLNR.: 000963

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
309
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
310
HZ 160/5 Si
9.41.2 Function
The drive is provided to produce and transmit the torque required for the rotation of the basket. It consists
of an electric motor with belt drive. The speed control is variable by frequency converter.
The maximum speed of 1 060 rpm must not be exceeded!

Risk of injuries by rotating parts! The operation of the centrifuge without belt guard
is not allowed!

 Belt change
 Adjustment of belt tension
 Motor change

Required Tools:
 Tool box
Risk of serious injuries due to rotating parts! Never operate the centrifuge without
the belt guard!
Installation of the Drive Motor

 If a transport lock is provided at the motor remove it; in most cases this is a set bolt marked in red at the
drive end bearing cover: turn back the set bolt and lock it by nut
 Turn the motor by hand

 Fix the slide rails (11) for the drive motor on the foundation block according to this Drawing and the Gen-
eral Arrangement Drawing
 Set on the drive motor (19)

 Install one belt (7) in order to see the center distance
 Plane parallel alignment of the pulley (5, 6) of the drive motor and the centrifuge by taking into consider-
ation the required slide ways and avoiding any stress
The centrifuge is delivered with transport locks. The pulley can be turned only
after removal of this transport lock assembly!
 Tighten all bolts of the drive motor and of the slide rails
 Install all belts (7) and stretch them as specified (see below)
 Adapt and fix the belt guard by looking for vibrating parts at the same time
 Provide additional fixing as required

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
311
HZ 160/5 Si
Electrical installation must be executed by a specialist according to the relevant se-

curity standards in effect in your country!
Belt Change
 Remove the covers at the belt guard
 Move the motor (19) on the slide rails (11) towards the machine center
 Replace the belts (7)
 Stretch the belts (7) by displacing the motor on the slide rails
Follow tensioning instructions (see below)!
 Install again the covers at the belt guard
Tensioning Instructions for V−belts
Before installing the V−belts you should see that the pulleys are well aligned. Differences of more than 0.6
(corresponding to approx. 10 mm each 1 m of center distance) are not acceptable.
When one or more V−belts of a drive are defective, the complete set should be replaced.
Use V−belts of same type (supplier) only!

Check V−belts for same length!
When you install the (new) V−belts for the first time, they should be subject to higher tension than applied
for re−assembly or for readjustment of V−belts used already before.
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Belt Drive
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Pulley active diameter da1 (motor−end) 360 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Pulley active diameter da2 (drive−end) 560 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Ratio of reduction da2/da1 1.56 : 1
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Belt (see Fig. 94)
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Type 5V
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Number 10
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Active length Lw 4 064 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Test force f each V−belt 75 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Pressing in depth Ea 32 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 24 mm
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Force of stringer T 645 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 840 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Axial force Sa 13 000 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
when fitting the first time 17 000 N
ÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁ
Center distance e 1 306 mm

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
312
HZ 160/5 Si
Centrifuge Motor
da2 da1
Ea
Fig. 94: Belt Drive
 Load V−belts by specified test force f and record deflection depth Ea (see Fig. 94)
 Readjust V−belts by displacing the motor till the required deflection depth is reached.
 Verify that all V−belts are under same tension.
Consider different deflection depth for first and re−assembly!
9.41.5 Maintenance
 Check the belts (7) and the belt tension
 Check all fixing elements

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
313
HZ 160/5 Si
9.42 8800 Connection adapters
9.42.1 Connection adapter at venting N12

300208854 ADAPTER ASSEM- DIN DN 80/ANSI 3” 506193243
BLY (47−8830−
00.001)
1 1 PC 300217199 ADAPTER FLANGE DIN DN80/ANSI 3” 1.4462 506193242
(47−8830−
01.001)
3 4 PC 100020708 STUD DIN938 | − M16X50 − | A4−70
ISO3506−1
4 4 PC 131873481 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M16 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
314
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
315
HZ 160/5 Si
9.43 9200 Grounding

300217984 GROUNDING 506193206
(47−9200−
00.001)
1 1 PC 300215802 LABEL GROUND- 1.4301 506185766
ING (79−9200−
04.501)
ISO3506−1 | #1#
3 6 PC 132285969 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M10 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#
| ISO3506−1
5 6 PC 131924284 LOCK WASHER DIN6798 − A 10.5 − A4
ISO3506−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
7 4 PC 132283800 GROOVED PIN ISO8746 | − 3X8 − | 1.4303
EN10088−3
8 1 PC 132395887 BAND 13037 L = 300 1.4571

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
316
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
317
HZ 160/5 Si
9.43.2 Function
The grounding is provided for potential compensation between the parts connected thereto.
The impregnated cable connects the housing with the door and is used for grounding of the housing door in
this way.
The grounding of the machine is performed by the bolting at the housing (see drawing − detail X). The user
must connect here an insulated cable to building.
Take care for right connection of the grounding cable!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
318
HZ 160/5 Si
9.44 9504 Transport lock

300216495 TRANSPORT LOCK 506186546
HZ 160/5 (43−9504−
00.001)
1 2 PC 300211907 BRACKET TOP 1.4404 506194240
(43−9504−
01.009)
2 2 PC 300211909 BRACKET BOT- 1.4404 506194241
TOM (43−9504−
02.004)
3 4 PC 131873481 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M16 − | A4−70
ISO3506−2 | #1#

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
319
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
320
HZ 160/5 Si
9.44.2 Function
To avoid any risks of damage in transit to the roller bearings the centrifuge is provided with a transport
locking assembly for blocking the basket in the housing.
Required tools:
 Tool box
Dismantling
Before the transport locks can be removed from the housing the mechanical door
clamping must be opened.
 Open the door
 Relieve the nuts (3)
 Remove holder (1) and holder (2) together
 Check all lined supporting surfaces for damages and inform ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH if damages are
noted
 Check the basket for mobility by hand
Re−assembly
Install the transport locks for the transport of the centrifuge!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
321
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45 9500 Tools and Mounting Devices (1 set)
9.45.1 Bill of materials (Tools compl.)

300318601 TOOL COMPL.
HZ 160/5,0 SI
1 1 PC 132395502 TOOL BOX COM- O.Z.
PLETE
2 1 PC 132395211 PRESS GREASE
3 1 PC 300209401 LIFTING TOOL S355J2+ 506191787
N (47−9501−
00.901)
4 1 PC 300217871 HYDRAULIC
EQUIPMENT
5 1 PC 300209735 ASSEMBLY DE- S355J2+ 506191791
VICE SHAFT N (47−9506−
00.901)
5,1 1 PC 132637556 CONNECTOR 1077453/ 1077454 M6/
G1/4
6 1 PC 300209297 TOOL PEELER 506186545
ARM (43−9503−
00.001)
7 1 PC 300216857 MOUNTING CONE PMMA 506195038
HOUSING SEAL- (47−9510−
ING 00.701)
8 1 PC 300359536 MOUNTING BUSH- 1.0577 506575561
ING SEALING LIP (47−9505−
05.003)
9 1 PC 132909874 FILL AND CON- FPU−1 100 F 2.5 G8 A1
TROL DEVICE K
CHILE
10 1 PC 300209371 IMBALANCE BAG 506189931
HZ 160/5,0 (00−9507−
00.001)
11 1 PC 131508373 SLUGGING DIN133 | − 85
WRENCH
12 1 PC 300913064 ASSEMBLY DE- 507380515
VICE REAR BEAR- (47−9507−
ING 00.701)
13 1 PC 132143840 SPANNER IMPACT SKF | TMFN 30−40
for shaft nut at self−
aligning roller bea-
ring
15 2 PC 300224512 PLIERS 506219744
for KeeperPlate (37−9551−
(cover plate) 00.001)
16 1 PC 300223173 MOUNTING 1.4404 506189601
WRENCH (37−9552−
for KeeperPlate 00.001)
(cover plate)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
322
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45.2 Lifting tool

300209401 LIFTING TOOL S355J2+ 506191787
N (47−9501−
00.901)
1 1 PC 300209400 LIFTING TOOL 506191739
(43−9501−
01.901)
2 1 PC 300217253 PAINTING LIFTING RAL 5015
TOOL,
3 1 PC 300217996 PRESSURE S355J2+ 506192910
FLANGE N (47−9501−
03.902)
6 1 PC 300220617 RING PISTON #1# S355J2+ 506191134
N (43−9501−
04.901)
8 1 PC 300215890 LABEL LIFTING 1.4301 506191209
TOOL USAGE (47−9501−
06.901)
9 8 PC 132283800 GROOVED PIN ISO8746 | − 3X8 − | 1.4303
EN10088−3
10 2 PC 132286662 SOCKET HEAD ISO4762 | − M16X100 − A4−70
11 1 PC 132391375 SEAL KIT FAG HYD-
NUT240.SEAL#E
12 1 PC 300215860 LABEL LIFTING 1.4301 506189443
TOOL (43−9501−
06.902)
CAP SCREW | ISO898−1
CAP SCREW | ISO898−1
ISO3506−1 | #1#
24 1 PC 131508413 SHACKLE DIN82101 | A − 10 | | STEEL
AMC 3990 00 00 000

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
323
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
324
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45.3 Shaft assembly tool

300209735 ASSEMBLY DE- S355J2+ 506191791
VICE SHAFT N (47−9506−
00.901)
1−3 1 PC 300220935 STRAP S235JRH 506191791
(47−9506−
00.901)
4 1 PC 300207341 THREADED ROD DIN976−1 L 400 D 36 5.6
M36X400−B MM RUST PROTEC-
TION WITH TECTYL
5 3 PC 100002097 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M36 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
6 1 PC 132284838 PLAIN WASHER ISO7090 | − 36 − 140HV CARBON
| STEEL
ISO898−1
| ISO3506−1
Montagewerkz. − Welle
Erecting Tool − Shaft
47−9506−00.901
2912986

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
325
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45.4 Mounting tool for peeler arm

300209297 TOOL PEELER 506186545
ARM (43−9503−
00.001)
1 2 PC 300223558 TENSION ROD C45+QT 506186004
(43−9503−
01.004)
2 1 PC 300224397 TRAVERSE S235JR 506220110
G2+N (43−9503−
02.003)
3 1 PC 300222942 GUIDE ROD 5.6 506186005
(43−9503−
03.004)
4 3 PC 100002094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M24 − | 8 8
ISO898−2
| ISO3506−1
6 2 PC 132288051 HEX HEAD SCREW ISO4017 | − M20X180 − 8.8
| ISO898−1 | #1#
Montagewerkz. − Schälarm
Erecting Tool − Peeler arm
43−9503−00.001
2072651

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
326
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45.5 Mounting tool for rear bearing (self−aligning roller bearing)

300913064 ASSEMBLY DE- 507380515
VICE REAR BEAR- (47−9507−
ING 00.701)
1 1 PC 300913178 SLOTTED NUT 507380546
(47−9507−
01.701)
2 12 PC 131682157 HEX HEAD SCREW DIN561 | − M8X40 − | 8.8
ISO898−1
Montagewerkzeug − Lager
Erecting Tool − Bearing
47−9507−00.701
507380515

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
327
HZ 160/5 Si
9.45.6 Mounting cones
Mounting cone for Mounting cone for

seal lips of housing sealing seal lips of drive−side bearing sealing
9.45.7 Special wrench (spanner) for shaft nut of adapter sleeve at self−
aligning roller bearing
9.45.8 Oil pump for basket assembly

300217871 HYDRAULIC
EQUIPMENT
1 2 PC 132393806 PUMP OIL 226400
2 2 PC 132395784 BRACKET PUMP 1013523
3 2 PC 132394743 HIGH−PRESSURE 227957 A R 3/4” UND R
PIPE 1/4” L=2000 R 1/4”
4 2 PC 132394132 PRESSURE 232.30 EN 837−1/HP
GAUGE LENS GASKET 160
0−2500BAR G1/2 UNT

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
328
HZ 160/5 Si
Parts of the oil pump (see fig. 95)
4
1
3
Fig. 95: Parts of the oil pump
Oil pump
The oil pump is used to apply oil with high pressure for dismantling and assembly of the basket.
High oil pressure is applied by the oil pump! Only use equipment in proper condition!
Replace damaged parts! Ensure the parts of the tool are screwed tightly together and
do not have leaks! Not following these instructions can put people’s lives at risk!
Oil specification
It is recommended to use a hydraulic oil with a viscosity of approx. 40 mm2/s at the operating temperature
of 40 C. Use hydraulic oil type HLP 46 according to DIN51524 part 2.
Mounting the basket:

Only use this type of oil for mounting the basket!
In case of problems during mounting, never switch to another oil type, but contact
ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH!
Dismantling the basket:

If a sufficient pressure build−up is not possible during dismantling the basket, then
a hydraulic oil of higher viscosity can be used.
Note:
Changing the type of hydraulic oil is permitted only for dismantling the basket!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
329
HZ 160/5 Si
Operation of the oil pump (see fig. 96)
 When the oil container (8) is to be charged, the nozzle is immersed in oil and the piston retracted using
the handle. The nozzle is then pointed upwards and the valve ball retaining the oil depressed slightly to
permit any air to escape. The oil container can be refilled without releasing the hydraulic pressure.
 The injector has to be firmly screwed into the application.
 Open the release valve (6) and screw the full oil container in position. The oil container should be
screwed lightly to the injector. Too much force may break the filter nipple.
 Make a few strokes with the lever until clean oil, free of air bubbles, issues between the injector body and
the forked lever. The release valve is then tightened.
 Now the pump is ready for applying pressure.
 To remove the oil pump, open the release valve, allowing superfluous oil to escape freely. Unscrew the
oil container a few turns. This will prevent oil to escape from the container.
Fig. 96: Oil pump

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
330
HZ 160/5 Si
9.46 9507 Vibration control

300225483 UNBALANCE MO- 506188663
NITORING (43−9507−
00.002)
1 1 PC 132647501 VIBRATION SEN- PCH
SOR PCH1272 | CHF8253 |
VELOCITY | 0 .. 100
MM/S | +−1,5% | 24
VDC | 4...20MA 2 NC
DRY CONTACT |
THREAD FEMALE
M12X1,5 | IP68 | SIL=
PLC/D | CABLE | 5 M

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
331
HZ 160/5 Si

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
332
HZ 160/5 Si
9.46.2 Function
The vibration control assembly is a safety device for the protection of the operators, the plant and the cen-
trifuge. The vibration sensor is installed at the centrifuge and connected with a terminal box.
The evaluating electronics is installed inside the vibration sensor. After removing the cover at the rear side
of the sensor, you have access to the settings. Therefore, the sensor must be mounted this way, that here is
access to the rear side of the sensor. The system is provided with self−monitoring.
For further information about the vibration control assembly please refer to chapter
6.3, chapter 7 and the electric documentation!
9.46.3 Assembly
Install the vibration sensor according to the drawing.
Consider tightening torque of 6.8 Nm for the vibration sensor!

Apply Locitite to the mounting pin!

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
333
HZ 160/5 Si
10 Spare part stock
10.1 General
The stock−keeping of the most important spare and wear parts at site is condition for the reliability and safe
functioning of the machine.
For ordering spare parts please refer to the spare part list or our spare part quotations. The assembly
drawings stated in the spare part list and the spare part code mentioned below should be used for further
information.
The assembly drawings can be found in chapter 9!
Warranty will be granted only for the original spare parts of our supply.
We would like to point out that the original spares which are not supplied by us, have not been inspected
nor released by us. ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH will not accept any liability or warranty for damages caused by
the use of parts and accessories other than original.
The spare parts of our make or foreign make are often subject to special manufacturing and supply specifi-
cations and the spares supplied by us are always of the latest state of art and in conformity with the most
recent legal regulations.
Sealing rings are subject to natural ageing, thus limiting storage time and service life. The sealing rings
supplied by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH always have a minimum durability of three years.
Please advise the following details in your spare part orders:
 machine sales order number [ C−E4−827332 ]
 machine type [ HZ 160/5 Si ]
 serial number [ 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209 ]

 designation of the part
see spare part list
 item number
 quantity
10.2 Spare part code ETS

All items in the spare part list are marked by a code 1 through 4 in the last column called ETS.
These codes represent:
1 = wear parts and parts resp. to be replaced for maintenance
2 = spare parts of an expected operating time up to 2 years
3 = spare parts of an expected operating time above 2 years
4 = spare parts, not usually required.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
334
HZ 160/5 Si
10.3 Spare part list
Pos. Quantity Item No. Designation Specification Material Drawing ETS

300862339 HORIZONTAL HZ 160/5 Si 507208678
PEELER (47−0050−
CENTRIFUGE 00.736)
300208498 SIGHT GLASS AS- DN125/PN10 ANSCH- 506194248

SEMBLY LUSS N7 (47−0200−
00.701)
2 1 PC 132284740 SIGHT GLASS DIN7080 | 175X20 BORO- 3
SILI-
CATE
GLASS
3 2 PC 132393264 GASKET FLAT DIN28120 | (FDA) | PTFE 2
150 X 177 X 2 WHITE
300208626 RINSING ASSEM- 506193202

BLY SIGHT (47−0220−
GLASS 00.601)
2 1 PC 132388239 O−RING DIN3771 | 13.94 X 2.62 FPM 2
FPM 80
3 1 PC 132248462 HEX NUT ISO8673 | − M10X1 − | A4−70 3
ISO3506−2
300208788 BLIND PLUG AS- 506194441

SEMBLY (47−0221−
00.701)
2 1 PC 132388239 O−RING DIN3771 | 13.94 X 2.62 FPM 2
FPM 80
3 1 PC 132248462 HEX NUT ISO8673 | − M10X1 − | A4−70 3
ISO3506−2
300208927 CLOSURE AS- 506192050

SEMBLY (47−0610−
00.702)
1 1 PC 132388647 O−RING DIN3770 | 1940 X 11 FPM 2
FPM 80
3 8 PC 132281791 CLEVIS PIN ISO2340 | − B − 10 A4 3
H11X40X3.2X33 − |
ISO3506−1
4 16 PC 132284789 PLAIN WASHER ISO7089 | − 10 − A4 3
140HV | ISO3506−1
5 16 PC 100007767 SPLIT PIN ISO1234 | − 3,2X20 − | A4 3
ISO3506−1
6 8 PC 132392566 CLAMP SCREW RATHMANN M 20−K− A4 3
PICKLED KLEMMWEITE
50−75MM KL. | 50 MM
7 8 PC 132395657 SPHERICAL M 20 C 15 K C15E+N 3
WASHER

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
335
HZ 160/5 Si

8 8 PC 132394074 NUT , CAP−TYPE RATHMANN | M 20 1.4301 3
300209025 HINGE ASSEMBLY 506193292

(47−0620−
00.701)
3 5 PC 300206737 DISC ISO9445−2 − 1.0344 4
ISO9013−331 D 170
D1 140 T 2 MM RUST
PROTECTION WITH
OKS 2100
5 2 PC 132288574 BUSH DIN1850−3 | − J SINT− 3
95F7X110X56H1 | B50
DIN30910−3
6 1 PC 132390750 ANGULAR CON- DIN628 7219−B 3
TACT RADIAL
BALL BEARING
6,1 1 PC 132395822 NILOS−RING ZILLER 72 19 AVG / 3
6219 AV
7 2 PC 132283675 TAPERED LUBRI- DIN71412 | − A M10X1 1.4305 3
CATING NIPPLE |
300208909 HOUSING SEAL- 506194109

00.704)
3 1 PC 300209696 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4404 506192897 2
04.701)
12 8 PC 132286634 SOCKET HEAD ISO4762 | − M10X40 − A4−70 2
13 8 PC 132288650 HEX HEAD ISO4017 | − M8X20 − | A4−70 2
SCREW ISO3506−1 | #1#
14 1 PC 132390136 O−RING 714 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM 2
15 1 PC 132390135 O−RING 582.68 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM 2
16 1 PC 132390043 O−RING 395.66 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM 2
17 1 PC 132390038 O−RING DIN3771 | 280 X 5.3 FPM 2
FPM 80
18 4 PC 132390039 O−RING 320 X 2.5 FPM 75 FPM 1
19 4 PC 132391039 SEALING LIP ELRING | PTFE 1
300X325X1,5 HN2380 |
HS21037 |
20 5 PC 132387374 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 12.42 X FPM 2
1.78 FPM 75
21 3 PC 132387872 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 12.37 X FPM 2
2.62 FPM 75
22 2 PC 131570908 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 10 M6X28 CAR- 2
−| BON
STEEL

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
336
HZ 160/5 Si

23 2 PC 131247693 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 8 M6X24 − CAR- 2
| BON
STEEL
24 36 PC 132185301 PRESSURE DIN2098−1 − 2X8X21 | SPRING 2
SPRING | AMC 3100 00 00 000 STEEL
25 1 PC 132293050 HEX HEAD PLUG DIN910 | − M27X2 | CAR- 2
BON
STEEL
26 1 PC 131249889 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A 27X35 | COPPE 2
R
300883839 FOUNDATION AS- 507277496

SEMBLY (47−1190−
00.704)
5 1 PC 132926679 SPRING DAMPER P1 4
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
3−MS−8047.1
300347340 BEARING ASSEM- 506526996

TION 00.706)
1 1 PC 300216392 SHAFT #1# 42CRM 506193277 4
O4+QT (47−1300−
01.703)
5 1 PC 300209702 SHAFT PROTEC- C45+QT 506193276 2
05.703)
6 1 PC 300213678 DISTANCE RING S355J2+ 506193281 4
N (47−1300−
06.702)
10 1 PC 132390822 CYLINDRICAL DIN5412 NU 252 2
ROLLER BEARING −MA−C3
11 1 PC 132390580 SPHERICAL DIN635 230 2
ROLLER BEARING 34EASK.M/C3
12 1 PC 132395850 ADAPTER DIN5415 H 3034 HG 2
SLEEVE
13 1 PC 131078384 RETAINING RING DIN472 | − 480X7 − | SPRING 2
STEEL
17 1 PC 132389418 O−RING 456.06 X 5.33 FPM 80 FPM 2

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
337
HZ 160/5 Si

18 1 PC 132388675 O−RING DIN3771 | 325 X 5.3 FPM 2
FPM 80
19 1 PC 132387669 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 136.12 X FPM 2
3.53 FPM 75
20 2 PC 132390040 O−RING 189 X 2.5 NBR 90 NBR 1
21 2 PC 132391040 SEALING LIP ELRING | PTFE 1
170X194X1,5 HN2380 |
ID=170 MM OD=194
MM T=1.5 MM |
HS21037 |
24 1 PC 132392774 FILTER WET AIR MANN+HUMMEL 3
26 2 PC 131229161 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A COPPE 4
16X20X1.5 | R
60X68X2.5 | R
14X18X1.5 | R
40 2 PC 131247715 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 10 M6X50 CAR- 3
−| BON
STEEL
41 2 PC 100022628 PARALLEL PIN ISO2338 | − 4 M6X16 − A4 3
| ISO3506−1
42 1 PC 132288161 PARALLEL KEY DIN6885−1 | − AS − C45+C 3
32X18X140 − |
EN10277−2
44 1 PC 131046540 LOCK NUT DIN981 | − KM 25 − CAR- 4
M125X2 − | BON
STEEL
45 1 PC 131045957 LOCKING DIN5406 | − MB 25 − | CAR- 2
WASHER BON
STEEL
46 1 PC 300349354 NOZZLE OIL LUBE A4−70 506536760 2
(47−1300−
03.705)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
338
HZ 160/5 Si

300644197 GAS SUPPLY FOR 506817678
3−WAY 00.013)
16 1 PC 132404665 PRESSURE CON- FESTO | 549918 | 4
TROL VALVE LRP−1/4−0,7−EX4
17 1 PC 131606825 PRESSURE FESTO MAP−40− 4
GAUGE 1−1/8EN R1/8”
MB=0−1 BAR NG=40
BEST.NR. 161 126
19 3 PC 132393909 INDICATOR FLOW KROHNE DK800/PV PVDF / 4
RATE ART.NO.:VG37411B00 1.4401
110000000001
23 1 PC 132393671 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197377 | 3
PIECE = 50 METER
24 1 PC 132393672 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197379 | 3
PUN−H−10X1,5−NT
ONE PIECE = 50
METER
27 1 PC 132750789 STOP VALVE AN- IQSKHW 1410 G G 4
GULAR 1/4”, D=10
300210042 MOUNTING 506192907

PARTS BASKET (47−1708−
00.902)
2 4 PC 300215620 COVER BOLT #1# A4−70 506191135 3
(47−1708−
02.901)
3 2 PC 300212598 LOCK PLATE 1.4404 506191137 2
(47−1708−
03.901)
4 1 PC 132388676 O−RING DIN3771 | 375 X 5.3 FPM 2
FPM 80
5 4 PC 132388262 O−RING DIN3770 | 24.2 X 3 FPM 2
FPM 80

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
339
HZ 160/5 Si

300870705 FILTRATION AS- 506193398
00.701)
1 1 SE 300218380 BACKUP SCREEN PP 506193399 3
T 4 SEGMENTS (47−1850−
01.701)
2 4 PC 300210788 STRIP 1.4404 506193400 3
(47−1850−
02.701)
3 10,4 M 132394294 ROUND CORD 12 MM | FPM 80 SH | VITON A 1
12 MM
4 1 PC 300819477 FILTER CLOTH PZ 60 MY , 1.4401 1
2−PARTS 2 X 1050 X 2630
5 24 PC 131555979 COUNTERSUNK ISO2009 | − M8X60 − | A4−70 2
6 48 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70 2
ISO3506−2 | #1#
7 24 PC 300213830 SEAL RING 1.4571 507446776 2
(43−1750−
10.001)
8 24 PC 132394366 SCREW LOCK PTFE 2
300209215 KEEPER PLATE 1.4404 506191937

00.907)
1 2 PC 300219442 KEEPER PLATE 1.4404 506191188 3
HALF PART (43−1720−
05.905)
2 10 PC 300209716 LOCKING SLEEVE 1.4404 506191185 3
(47−1720−
01.805)
300577458 PEELER ASSEM- 506541716

BLY (43−2600−
00.919)
1 1 PC 300214867 SWIVEL ARM #1# 506607279 4
(43−2600−
01.914)
2 1 PC 300214520 PEELER BEARING 506190784 4
(43−2600−
02.907)
4,1 2 PC 132288964 TAB WASHER DIN463 | − 25 − | CAR- 3
BON
STEEL
9 1 PC 300209499 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4571 506186024 2
09.901)
12 1 PC 300216972 BOLT 42CRM 506186026 3
O4+QT (43−2600−
12.901)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
340
HZ 160/5 Si

20 1 PC 300215768 SCALE 506186028 4
(43−2600−
14.902)
21 2 PC 132392415 BALL−AND− GEM 70 ES−2RS 2
SOCKET JOINT
22 2 PC 132390550 TAPERED DIN720 320 34X 2
ROLLER BEARING
M170X3 − | BON
STEEL
WASHER BON
STEEL
25 4 PC 131554084 RETAINING RING DIN472 | − 105X4 − | SPRING 2
STEEL
26 1 PC 100022179 RETAINING RING DIN471 | − 70X2.5 − | SPRING 2
STEEL
27 1 PC 131010521 ROTARY SHAFT DIN3760 | − A − NBR 1
SEAL 240X270X15 − | NBR
28 1 PC 300219517 LIFTING CYLIN- 23.261.0−EHZ.125/70− 3
CATING NIPPLE |
30 1 PC 132395563 SHRUNK−FIT SD 200−91 4
PLATE
36 13 PC 132288535 HEX HEAD ISO4017 | − M12X30 − A4−70 2
SCREW | ISO3506−1 | #1#
37 13 PC 132394382 SCREW LOCK NL12SS 1.4404 2
WASHER
48 2 PC 131658234 SPRING TYPE ISO8752 | − 8X32 − | | SPRING 3
STRAIGHT PIN A3P STEEL
49 2 PC 131071671 TAPER PIN ISO8736 | − A − CAR- 3
12X100 − | BON
STEEL
55 1 PC 132388081 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 329.57 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 90
56 2 PC 132391571 ROD SEAL STEP- RSK802600−T10 260,0 1
SEAL X 284,0 X 8,1
57 2 PC 132388044 O−RING DIN3771 | 266.07 X 7 FPM 1
FPM 75
58 1 PC 132388051 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 208.92 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 75
62 0,05 KG 132393974 LOCTITE 243 (142507) | 50 ML ME- 2
DIUM

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
341
HZ 160/5 Si

300219517 LIFTING CYLIN- 23.261.0−EHZ.125/70−
2 1 PC 132391381 SEAL KIT CYLIN- ECKART GMBH 2
DER SET−10529 |
23.261.00−EHZ.125/70
300301949 PEELER KNIFE 506380267

00.701)
2 5 PC 300224012 BLADE STEL- 506219868 1
LITE 12 (47−2602−
02.601)
3 25 PC 132288799 COUNTERSUNK ISO10642 | − M6X12 − A4−70 2
HEAD SCREW | ISO3506−1 | #1#
4 1 PC 300302071 STRIP NOVA- 2
PRESS
UNI-
VERSAL
5 0,05 KG 132393963 LOCTITE HYSOL M−121 HP | 1
50 ML
300357830 SWITCHING DE- 506570859

VICE (47−2620−
00.701)
10 3 PC 132340058 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−10M 4
SOR | PNP, NO, 3−WIRE,
10M−CABLE | 12MM
OD
300868546 HEEL CAKE RE- 506194648

MOVAL (47−2710−
00.701)
9 1 PC 300219563 LIFTING/SLEWING 506186510 3
26.802)
14X18X1.5 | R
13 3 PC 132391902 FLAT JET NOZZLE LECHLER | 679.495.17 1.4571 3
14 3 PC 132395188 SLEEVE NUT LECHLER | 065.200.17 1.4571 3
15 1 PC 132388038 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 177.17 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 75
16 2 PC 132393400 GUIDE RING SLYD GR 69−0−0600−C380 2
RING
17 3 PC 132391741 RADIAL SEAL 316MC−(I)−(60−5) 2
RING GFPM−H
18 2 PC 132391705 SCRAPER EX- WE5100600−T40 2
CLUDER 60,0X68,8X6,3

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
342
HZ 160/5 Si

19 2 PC 132387657 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 63.17 X FPM 2
2.62 FPM 75
20 1 PC 132387979 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 50.16 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 75
25 8 PC 132502142 SCREW LOCK NL8SS−276 2.4819 3
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
27 1 PC 132813335 SCREW LOCK NL12SS−276 2.4819 3
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
30 2 PC 132387859 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 69.44 X FPM 3
3.53 FPM 90
31 1 PC 132387979 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 50.16 X FPM 3
5.33 FPM 75
300219563 LIFTING/SLEWING 506186510

26.802)
0,9 1 PC 132391325 SEAL KIT CYLIN- 506186510 2
DER (47−2710−
26.802)
3 2 PC 132340052 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ1,5−18GM−N−D−V1 4
SOR | NAMUR, NC,
2−WIRE, PLUGABLE, |
18MM OD
3,1 2 PC 132146334 CONNECTOR V1−W−N−10M−PUR− PUR 4
WITH CABLE BLUE
4 2 PC 132340051 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ5−18GM−N−V1 | 4
SOR NAMUR, NC, 2−WIRE,
PLUGABLE | 18MM
OD
WITH CABLE BLUE
240 2 PC 132390520 AXIAL DEEP DIN711 511 12 3
GROOVE BALL
BEARING

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
343
HZ 160/5 Si

300586193 SIPHON SKIM- DIN DN80 / ANSI 3” 506698608
MING DEVICE (47−2850−
00.706)
2 1 PC 300586197 SKIMMING PIPE 1.4404 506698643 3
(47−2852−
00.701)
3 1 PC 300586198 SEAL RING 1.4404 506698646 3
(47−2850−
22.702)
7 1 PC 300216784 SKIMMING 1.4571 506191115 1
NOZZLE (43−2850−
17.902)
13 1 PC 300216559 TRUNNION 42CRM 506191197 3
O4+QT (47−2850−
09.901)
14 1 PC 300216982 BOLT 1.0402+ 506194292 3
N (43−2855−
10.903)
17 1 PC 132284739 SIGHT GLASS DIN7080 | 150X20 BORO- 2
SILI-
CATE
GLASS
19 1 PC 300219540 LIFTING CYLIN- 23.289.00 3
DER HYDRAULIC EHZ.SGK.63−36−150...
20 1 PC 132390938 CROSSED RB 12025 UU CCO 2
ROLLER BEARING
WASHER
SCREW ISO3506−1 | #1#
WASHER BON
STEEL
M95X2 − | BON
STEEL
38 2 PC 131078241 RETAINING RING DIN471 | − 25X1.2 − | SPRING 3
STEEL
43 1 PC 131435675 SPRING TYPE ISO8752 | − 8X50 − | SPRING 3
STRAIGHT PIN STEEL
46 3 PC 132388688 O−RING DIN3770 | 5 X 1.2 NBR NBR 2
70
47 2 PC 132391637 ROD SEAL ROTO− TG3300900−T40 90,0 1
GLYD−RING X 105,5 X 6,3
48 2 PC 132387595 O−RING 94.62 X 5.33 FPM 75 FPM 1
49 2 PC 132680940 ROD SEAL ROTO− TG3301400−T40 1
GLYD−RING 140,0X155,5X6,3

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
344
HZ 160/5 Si

50 2 PC 132681154 O−RING ISO3601−1 | − 359A − FPM 1
145.42X5.33 − N |
(0.21 SECT. X 5.725) |
FPM | 80 SHORE A
51 1 PC 132391455 LIP SEAL RING QRAR 04357−N7004 | NBR 1
QUAD RING 139,06X5,33 NBR 70
52 1 PC 132387689 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 227.97 X FPM 1
5.33 FPM 75
53 2 PC 132393147 GASKET FLAT DIN28120 LUMIGLAS | PTFE 1
NW 100 152X125 |
54 0,9 M 132394469 SEALING TAPE DF 5 PTFE 2
59 4 PC 132340058 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−10M 4
SOR | PNP, NO, 3−WIRE,
10M−CABLE | 12MM
OD
300580313 DISCHARGE AS- ANSI 506460991

CONVEYOR 00.707)
8 1 PC 300209697 SHAFT PROTEC- 1.4404 506193020 2
13.601)
9 1 PC 132393301 GEAR BOX , SEW | KHF57AM100 / 4
BEVEL II2GD
9,1 1 PC 132912485 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS 4
SD | 1LE1503−1AB53−
3GA4−Z+H20+Y53 |
1CV3105B
3 KW | 1500 1/MIN | 3
PH | Y=660 V | D=380
V | 50 HZ | 4 P | F/B | −
| IM V1 WITHOUT
ROOF | 100L | IP65 |
IE3 | DOL | TOP
10 1 PC 132390795 FOUR POINT QJ212−XL−MPA 2
CONTACT BEAR-
ING
11 1 PC 132391096 SHAFT SEAL 70 X 90 X 10 1.4571 1
RING MEC03−10039 {GAY-
LON−B/VITON}
WASHER
26 1 PC 132284109 BUSH DIN1850−3 | − J PTFE 1
60X68X60 | WITH
25%
GLASS
29 1 PC 132281709 SEALING RING DIN7603 | − A 10X14 | COPPE 2
R
30 1 PC 132388533 O−RING DIN3770 | 380 X 7 FPM 2
FPM 80

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
345
HZ 160/5 Si

31 1 PC 132387874 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 59.99 X FPM 2
2.62 FPM 75
32 1 PC 132387675 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 190.09 X FPM 2
3.53 FPM 75
33 1 PC 132402585 O−RING 393 X 3.53 FPM 80 FPM 2
36,1 1 PC 132340038 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−V1 | 4
PLUGABLE | 12MM
OD
36,2 1 PC 132352473 CONNECTOR V1−W−E2−5M−PUR | PUR 4
300870230 FEED PIPE AS- ANSI 5” 507232667

1/1, 00.706)
7 1 PC 132388057 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 196.22 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 75
13 6 PC 132862056 SCREW LOCK NL8SPSS−276 2.4819 2
NORD−LOCK
WASHER
300580575 BACKWASH PIPE ANSI 3” 506194249

00.702)
2 1 PC 132387909 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 88.5 X FPM 2
3.53 FPM 75
300580884 WASH PIPE AS- ANSI 2” 506672152

SEMBLY (47−4200−
SPRINKLER 00.701)
7 1 PC 132388055 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 145.42 X FPM 2
5.33 FPM 75
300341124 SUPPORT WASH/ 506506090

00.703)
SCREW ISO3506−1 | #1#
4 2 PC 132443094 HEX NUT ISO4032 | − M8 − | A4−70 3
ISO3506−2 | #1#
5 4 PC 132394388 SCREW LOCK NL8SPSS 1.4404 2
WASHER

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
346
HZ 160/5 Si

300582166 RINSING ASSEM- NPT 506194827
BLY DOOR (47−4311−
00.004)
3 1 PC 132387534 O−RING 34.52 X 3.53 FPM 80 FPM 2
300208568 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 506193303

SHELL 00.701)
2 6 PC 132391881 FLAT JET NOZZLE FU1−652.847.17− 1.4571 2
120GR. | 120 
3 6 PC 132395192 SLEEVE NUT FU1−065.200.17 1.4571 3
300580307 RINSING ASSEM- ANSI 1” 506193161

00.601)
2 1 PC 132395610 SPRAY BALL TUCHENHAGEN 1.4435 3
ORDER NO.:
253−111.88 | A1−1,0
PIPE ACCORD. ISO
(33,7)
3 1 PC 132387905 O−RING ISO3601−1 | 59.92 X FPM 2
3.53 FPM 90
300216488 INTERLOCK SYS- 506190750

TEM DOOR (43−4707−
00.001)
4 1 PC 132140219 SENSOR ELOBAU | 671 271 3
NUO, W/10 M CABLE
5 1 PC 132352284 MAGNET ELOBAU | 304 200 00 STAIN- 3
V LESS
STEEL
300208247 FEED CON- 506187712

BLY 00.906)
2 1 PC 300215949 FEELER 1.4404 506187932 3
(43−5402−
00.901)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
347
HZ 160/5 Si

300217616 SETTING UNIT 506187708
(43−5401−
00.706)
6 1 PC 300216300 SHAFT 1.4571 506186334 3
(43−5401−
02.704)
7 1 PC 132392698 DAMPER , SHOCK MC 600 M WITH PP 2
NYLON HEAD 600
8 1 PC 300218612 DISK CUZN37 506186010 2
MN3AL2 (43−5401−
PBSI− 13.701)
R540
18 2 PC 132392358 BUSHING DU 2525 DU | X 28 X 25 2
MM | 25X 28X 25
19 2 PC 132391257 SHAFT SEAL 30 X 42 X 7 HN2390 1.4301/ 1
RING HS21037 PTFE
23 1 PC 132391433 LIP SEAL RING QRAR04228−V7002 | FPM 2
QUAD RING 56,74 X 3,53 FPM 70
30 1 PC 300219516 LIFTING CYLIN- 506187926 3
DER (43−5401−
30.501)
WASHER BON
STEEL
CATING NIPPLE |
34 1 PC 132395290 TENSION SPRING Z−122 2
35 1 PC 132340038 PROXIMITY SEN- NJ2−12GM40−E2−V1 | 4
PLUGABLE | 12MM
OD
35,1 1 PC 132352473 CONNECTOR V1−W−E2−5M−PUR | PUR 4
300219516 LIFTING CYLIN- 506187926

DER (43−5401−
30.501)
1 1 PC 132391310 SEAL KIT ASSFALG | 506187926 2
43−5401−30.501NEUE (43−5401−
ZYLINDER AB 2003 30.501)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
348
HZ 160/5 Si

300870552 HYDRAULIC S235JR 507233936
00.705)
1 1 PC 300222045 HYDRAULIC UNIT 1.4301 4
2 1 PC 132912486 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS 4
SD | 1LE1503−0EB43−
3GA4−Z+H20+Y53 |
1CV3094B
1.5 KW | 1500 1/MIN |
3 PH | Y=660 V |
D=380 V | 50 HZ | 4 P |
F/B | − | IM V1 WITH-
OUT ROOF | 90L |
IP65 | IE3 | DOL | TOP
7 1 PC 132393495 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 16/122B | 2000 MM S235JR 3
HOSE | DKO 18L/DKO 18L G2+N
13 3 PC 132393007 VALVE , WAY BOSCH REXROTH 4
R900561274 | 4WE6D
6X/EG 24N9K4
14 2 PC 132393021 VALVE , WAY BOSCH REXROTH 4
R900561288 | 4WE6J
6X/EG 24N9K4
22 1 PC 132393493 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 10/122B | 900 MM | S235JR 3
300222045 HYDRAULIC UNIT 1.4301

1 1 PC 132392778 FILTER , FILLING BOSCH REXROTH | 3
AND AERATION ELF P3 F10 W1.X
2 1 PC 132392795 FILTER , RETURN BOSCH REXROTH | 3
ABZFR−S0050−10−1X/
M−A | WITH ABZFV−
RV2−1X/M−A
2,1 1 PC 132392873 FILTER INSERT BOSCH REXROTH 1
10.110LA H10XL−
A00−6−M OLD
ABZFE−R0050−10−1X/
M−A
2,2 1 PC 132393903 INDICATOR BOSCH REXROTH 4
CLOGGING ABZFV−RV2−1X/M−A
R900229741
3 1 PC 132393833 PUMP , TOOTHED BOSCH REXROTH 4
WHEEL R918C00356 | AZPF−
11−008RCB20MB
4 2 PC 132394172 PRESSURE RES- HAD1,4−140−1X/10G0 4
ERVOIR 4C−1N111−CE OLD
R900768200

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
349
HZ 160/5 Si

300225316 LINE ASSEMBLY 1.0254 506219996
,PEELER (43−7001−
00.736)
27X32X2 | R
5 2 PC 132393492 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 10/122B | 600 MM | 1.0254 3
21X26X1.5 | R
10 1 PC 132393045 VALVE , FLOW BOSCH REXROTH 4
CONTROL R900205519 | 2 FRM 6
B36−3X/ 6,0QRV
20 1 PC 132393029 VALVE , RETURN BOSCH REXROTH 4
R900347497 | Z2 S 6
3−6X/
300225523 SUPPLY PIPING 1.0254 506187707

FEED CON- (43−7001−
TROLLER 00.527)
5 1 PC 132393017 VALVE , KRACHT | DRV−08−P | 4
RETURN SEALING RING
17 1 PC 132393031 VALVE , PRES- BOSCH REXROTH 4
SURE REDUCING R900483785 | ZDR 6
DP2−4X/ 25YM
300225310 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191876

00.001)
RETURN SEALING RING
300225311 LINE ASSEMBLY S355J2+ 506191877

00.002)
RETURN SEALING RING
6 2 PC 132393493 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 10/122B | 900 MM | S235JR 3

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
350
HZ 160/5 Si

300225540 SUPPLY PIPING S235JR 506188875
SIPHON PEELER G2+N (43−7001−
00.717)
11 1 PC 132393030 VALVE , FLOW BOSCH REXROTH 4
CONTROL R900205517 | 2 FRM 6
B36−3X/ 3,0QRV
12 1 PC 132395466 PLATE HSZ 06 A 152−3X/M00 4
14 1 PC 132393029 VALVE , RETURN BOSCH REXROTH 4
R900347497 | Z2 S 6
3−6X/
300351395 LUBRICATION AS- 506789358

00.005)
3 1 PC 300873988 PUMP UNIT , LU- 310355.1643−6D 1.0254 4
BRICATION OIL
3,1 1 PC 132640038 FILTER INSERT WOERNER PI 4105 1
PS 25 25 Y#
17 0,02 PC 132393671 HOSE , PLASTIC FESTO 197377 | 3
PIECE = 50 METER
HOSE DKO 6L/DKO 6L
20 1 PC 132617659 HIGH−PRESSURE DN 06/122B | 1100 MM 1.0254 3
HOSE | DKO 6L/DKO 6L
26 1 PC 300630390 SOLENOID CS−S−18−04−N 3
35 1 PC 300633723 PIPE LUBRICA- 1.4571 506789818 4
TION (47−7600−
00.906)
37 1 PC 132734719 NOZZLE POWER E−CU M5 0,8 X 18 | 3
MD0001−0,8 | ELEK-
TROLYT KUPFER
39 1 PC 300630449 SCREW PLUG 1.0254 506775080 4
(47−7600−
00.901)
41 1 PC 300630455 SCREW PLUG 1.0254 506775303 4
(47−7600−
00.902)
42 1 PC 300630405 SOLENOID S−05−08−N 3
60X68X2.5 | R

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
351
HZ 160/5 Si

300217853 SPEED PICK−UP 1.4404 506193131
(47−7700−
00.601)
4 1 PC 132148251 PROXIMITY SEN- NCB2−12GM35−N0− 4
SOR V1 | 2MM SENSOR
RANGE | 12MM DIA
WITH CABLE BLUE
300873426 DRIVE ASSEMBLY 507241746

(47−8500−
00.709)
7 10 PC 132395069 V−BELT SAHLBERG | 5V 2
1600/15N 4064 | 4064
MM | ELECTRICALLY
CONDUCTIVE
19 1 PC 132912484 AC−MOTOR SIEMENS | SIMOTICS 4
SD | 1LE1503−3AB53−
3AB4−Z+H20+H70+L2
2+L51+Y53+Y80 |
1CV3315B
200 KW | 1500 1/MIN |
3 PH | Y=660 V |
D=380 V | 50 HZ | 4 P |
F/B | − | IM B3 | 315L |
IP65 | IE3 | S9 − VFD |
TOP
300208854 ADAPTER AS- DIN DN 80/ANSI 3” 506193243

SEMBLY (47−8830−
00.001)
300360956 UTILITIES LU-

BRICATION
1 1 KG 132393370 GREASE ROLLER RENOLIT HLT 2 1
BEARING
2 40 L 132393781 OIL , HYDRAULIC HYSPIN ZZ 46 1
3 8 L 132393781 OIL , HYDRAULIC HYSPIN ZZ 46 1
4 0,08 KG 132395789 PASTE , LUBE UH1 96−402 1
AND MOUNTING
5 0,1 KG 132393974 LOCTITE 243 (142507) | 50 ML ME- 1
DIUM

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
352
HZ 160/5 Si
11 Drawings − Full size prints
You will find here the following drawings:
Item No. Designation Drawing No. Rev.

507208678 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING HZ 160/5 Si 47−0050−00.736 C
506194109 HOUSING SEALING 47−0800−00.704 B1
506526996 BEARING 47−1300−00.706 B
506541716 LARGE PEELER DEVICE 43−2600−00.919 A
507232495 HYDRAULIC PLAN 43−7000−00.990 A

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
353
Ansicht ohne Antrieb gezeichnet
view shown without drive
ca.3148 Schwingungsaufnehmer
1 17,18,18.1 17.1 vibration sensor Drehrichtung Hebepunkt der Zentrifuge
Hebepunkt der Zentrifuge
direction of rotation lifting point of centrifuge
Hebepunkt der Zentrifuge
lifting point of centrifuge lifting point of centrifuge
ca. 2758
Hebepunkt der Zentrifuge Hebepunkt der Zentrifuge 26,26.1 6.2 6 6.1
lifting point of centrifuge lifting point of centrifuge
N30 N32.2 N41 N31 N38 N9.3
1127
1052
1200
45
800
510
280
195
290
370
518
800
N18 N9.4
50
530
150
150
450
530
ca. 1103
43 45, 45.1
0
N12
1189
1415
0
34 N16 8 13 13.1
377
2050
2294 2294
77
N37 2092
N2 38
Verwendbar für:
Suitable for:
Utilisable pour:
HZ 160/5
2633
2102
2050 1800 Schmieröleinheit 2050
76 lubrication oil unit
N35 N34 1931 Maschinenschwerpunkt

machine center of gravity 96
Typenschild
type plate N9.2 45
1750
N36
1710
1635 1535
29 N11 1495
N4 2.1, 2.3 N7.1 N4 42, 42.1
1500
N32
N7
1403 1428
2
1250
N10 28 1250 1250 1250
N5 1150
1231
Antriebsschwerpunkt
drive center of gravity
1165
1070
1160
1272
N19 44 1005
769 780
3100
3885
915
1365
N26
840
1160
N6.1
369
569
969
2.2
N27 N15 593 85 45 N9.1 N5 54
N36 N32.1 30 N6
1393
1353
1110
960
523
351
395
N1
850
393
47 33
5°
293 318
213
213
N20 165
0 0
N1 0 0 0
Dübelbefestigung Ø28/210mm
907
518
1408
1565
bei Montage gebohrt
30
dowel fixing Ø28/210mm Maschinenerdung
driled during assembly machine grounding 92
353
Kundenbeistellung
by customer
Federdämpfer befestigt mit
selbstklebenden Gewebebauplatten
spring dampers fixed with self
adhesive pads
11
1057
300 300
1600
1300
1000
930
465
335
210
0
90
470
480
930
1000
1300
1600
17.2
200
150
500
1050
1696
2100
2700
3100
3600
Gewebebauplatte
selbstklebend /
adhesive pad
4
Im Lieferumfang enthalten 4 Löcher ca. 60-80 tief nach Maschinenaufstellung
in scope of supply mit Beton vergossen
H0 / H F stat.
4 holes approx. 60-80mm deep filled up with
25
Elektro-Klemmkästen Gesamtschwerpunkt Fundamentschwerpunkt concrete
electric terminal boxes total center of gravity foundation center of gravity Vorspannschraube
gelöst /
25
prestressing bolt
(released)
Gewebebauplatte
4
selbstklebend /
adhesive pad
2600 300
N10 590
1050
1550
1216
1261
1365
2100
3100
150
480
P3
0
590
P1
N61
N64
N10 1300
3300
Projizierte Last Federrate Höhe

projected spring rate height
static load cap.
2596
Federelement Position Typ

930 spring element position type F k k H H
C stat. v h 0 F stat.
N66 [kN] [kN/mm] [mm]
0 132926679 P1 E-67926-1 104 5,76 6,89

56
425 132926679 P2 E-67926-1 104 5,76 6,89
N63 553 495
3100
132926722 P4 E-67926-2 86 4,80 5,74

780
132926724 P3 E-67926-3 69 3,84 4,59
0
0
425
Der Aufstellungsplan ist nur
607 im Zusammenhang
657 mit den Aufstellungsinformationen
des jeweiligen Auftrags gültig.
930
992 Anfertigung und Montage des
1080 Fundaments siehe Bedienungsanleitung.
R2086
1327
1300 Toleranzen für Anschlussmaße und
1377 Anschlussbezeichnung nach N1 Maschinenabmessungen 10mm.
Anschlussliste
nozzle description according to The installation instructions including the
Drehpunkt Tür P1 T1 nozzle list general arrangement drawing are
point of rotation
applicable only to the order concerned.
4900
for door
N65 N62 Positionsnummer nach 1 Making and installation of foundation

P2 Maschinenstückliste
0
22
2774
2964
3231
3421
see operation and maintenance manual.

position number according to
P4 bill of material Tolerance for fitting dimensions and
Hydraulikaggregat
size of machine 10mm
Bei Montage mit Dübeln befestigt (für 4xØ14)
Länge der mitgelieferten Schlauchverbindung 2000 mm Datum / Date Ersteller / Author Datum / Date geprüft / checked Datum / Date freigegeben / approved Änderungen Revision
hydraulic unit 04.10.2017 Schleinitz 05.10.2017 Dietl 05.10.2017 Schleinitz Changes 1 C
fixed with dowel during assembly (für 4xØ14) Allgemeintoleranz Verwendbar für Benennung
ISO 2768 mH
length of supplied hose 2000 mm
Suitable for Designation
64,70 General tolerances

Form- und Lagetolerierung HZ 160/5,0-SI Horizontal-Schälzentrifuge
ISO 1101
Form and position tolerances Erstauftrag
Diese Zeichnung ist vertraulich und geistiges Eigentum der ANRITZ KMPT GmbH. Jeder, der diese Zeichnung entgegen nimmt, tut
Dimensionelle Tolerierung
1st order C-E4-827332 HORIZONTAL PEELER CENTRIFUGE
dies im ausdrücklichen Verständnis und mit der ausdrücklichen Zustimmung, dass diese weder kopiert, reproduziert, Dritten Size ISO 14405
Notwendiger Freiraum zur Wartung der Maschine. A0 Maßstab 1:15 Blatt 1 von 1
Format
Dimensional tolerancing CAD-Zeichnung
zugänglich gemacht oder für andere Zwecke verwendet wird, als ausdrücklich mit der ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH schriftlich vereinbart. Scale Page of
Required space for maintanance at the machine. 3200 Oberflächenbeschaffenheit

ISO 1302
Zeichn.-Nr
Drawing-No. 47-0050-00.736
This drawing is the confidential and proprietary information of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH. Any party accepting receipt of this drawing Surface quality
does so on the express understanding and agreement that it will neither copy, reproduce, disclose to third parties or use this
507208678
Dok. Nr
drawing for any purpose other than those expressly agreed to by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH in writing. ISO 13715 Doc. no.
HZ 160/5 Si
Operating Instructions, revision 1
Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
165
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Reserveanschluss Lagerschmierung hinten

A speare connection bearing lubrication rear A
A-A
30,31 Begasung Wellendichtungspaar
30° purge gas for shaft sealing pair
70
°
55°
A 10 13 7 1 4 17 2 30,31 Lagerschmierung hinten (reserve)
bearing lubrication rear (reserve)
Temperaturmessung Lagerschmierung hinten
temperature measuring bearing lubrication rear
B B B
Belüftungsfilter
venting filter
Schauloch
B 27, 29 Z
inspection hole
C
C 80
42
C
260
Lagerstoß-Impulsmessung
vibration monitoring of bearings
120
Begasung
gas inlet C B 1049 207,5 157
44
D
45 D
N32.2. 28,29 40
E
A E
40
B-B
Maß A bei Montage ausmessen und Distanzring Pos.:6
25,26 24 27,29 30,31
auf A-0,2 nachgearbeitet.
dimension A measured during assembly at works and
spacer ring pos.: 6 reworking of A-0,2
Z 1:1 Öldüse
nozzle oil lube
Begasung Wellendichtungspaar
purge gas for shaft sealing pair
Temperaturmessung
temperature measuring
Belüftungsfilter Schauloch Temperaturmessung
venting filter inspection hole temperature measuring
F 30,31 F
20
This drawing is the confidential and proprietary information of ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH. Any party
accepting receipt of this drawing does so on the express understanding and agreement that
it will neither copy, reproduce, disclose to third parties or use this drawing for any purpose
150
G G
8
other than those expressly agreed to by ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH in writing.
A
9
H C-C H
Lagerstoß- Impulsmessung
35,36 vibration monitoring of bearings 25,26 Begasung
gas inlet 35,36 Lagerstoß- Impulsmessung
vibration monitoring of bearings
14
15
J J
11 12 46 6 41 21 19 18
16
Einstellung des Lagerspiels für Pendelrollenlager mit C3-Luft
Radialluft vor dem Einbau: 0.20 - 0.26 mm
Verminderung der Radialluft beim Einbau: 0.08 - 0.11 mm
K Axialer Verschiebeweg (Kegel 1:12) mit Hülse: 1.3 - 1.7 mm K
Kontrollwert der kleinsten Radialluft nach dem Einbau: 0.1 mm
Die Kontrolle der Endluft ist unbedingt erforderlich!
Die Endluft darf die hier angegebenen Mindestwerte nicht unterschreiten.
Diese Zeichnung ist vertraulich und geistiges Eigentum der ADNRITZ KMPT GmbH. Jeder, der diese
Zustimmung, dass diese weder kopiert, reproduziert, Dritten zugänglich gemacht oder für andere
Zeichnung entgegen nimmt, tut dies im ausdrücklichen Verständnis und mit der ausdrücklichen
Zwecke verwendet wird, als ausdrücklich mit der ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH schriftlich vereinbart.
Adjustment of bearing clearence for spherical roller bearing C3-clearance

radial clearance before mounting: 0.20 - 0.26 mm
L reduction of radial clearance when mounting: 0.08 - 0.11 mm L
axial way (cone 1:12) with sleeve: 1.3 - 1.7 mm
controll value of minimum radial clearance
after mounting: 0.1 mm Datum / Date Ersteller / Author Datum / Date geprüft / checked Datum / Date freigegeben / approved Änderungen Revision
04.10.2017 Sargic 24.11.2017 Schleinitz 24.11.2017 Bemmann Changes 1 B
It is absolutely necessary to check the final clearance! Allgemeintoleranz
ISO 2768 mH
Verwendbar für
Suitable for
Benennung
Designation
The final clearance must not be below the minimum values stated herein. General tolerances
Form- und Lagetolerierung ISO 1101
HZ 160/5,0 Lagerung kpl. Ölschmierung
Form and position tolerances Erstauftrag
Dimensionelle Tolerierung
1st order F-E4-003623 bearing assembly oil lubrication
Size ISO 14405
Dimensional tolerancing CAD-Zeichnung Format
A1 Maßstab
Scale 1:5 Blatt
Page 1 von
of 1
M Oberflächenbeschaffenheit Zeichn.-Nr
Surface quality ISO 1302 Drawing-No. 47-1300-00.706
506526996
Dok. Nr
ISO 13715 Doc. no.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
HZ 160/5 Si
12 Separate Manuals
Further data sheets and manuals of installed components (especially of electric

components) are stored in the file “Electric”!
You will find on the next pages the following manuals:
No. Item No. Assembly Manual Type

12.1 Components of gas supply unit for purging of seals
132404665 1304 PRESSURE REGULATING LRP−1/4−0,7
VALVE
131606825 1304 PRESSURE GAUGE COMPL. MAP−40−1−1/8−EN
132393909 1304 FLOWMETER DK800/PV
132750789 1304 BALL VALVE IQSKHW 1410 G
12.2 300219517 2600 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER OF 23.261.0
PEELING DEVICE
12.3 300219563 2710 HYDRAULIC ROTARY LIFT- 47−2710−26.802
ING CYLINDER FOR HEEL
CAKE REMOVAL
12.4 300219540 2850 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER OF 23.289.00
SIPHON SKIMMING DEVICE
12.5 300219516 5401 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER OF 43 D 5401−30.501 D
FEED CONTROLLER
12.6 132393301 3300 BEVEL GEAR OF SCREW KHF57AM100 EXII2GD
DISCHARGE
12.7 132647501 9507 VIBRATION SENSOR PCH1272
12.8 132393007 6400 HYDRAULIC VALVES 4WE6
132393021
12.9 300873988 7600 LUBRICATING OIL UNIT FOR −
BEARING LUBRICATION
12.10 300222045 6400 HYDRAULIC UNIT 40 L

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
354
HZ 160/5 Si
12.1 Components of gas supply unit for purging of seals

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
355
HZ 160/5 Si
12.2 Hydraulic cylinder of peeling device

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
356
HZ 160/5 Si
12.3 Hydraulic rotary lifting cylinder for heel cake removal

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
357
HZ 160/5 Si
12.4 Hydraulic cylinder of siphon skimming device

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
358
HZ 160/5 Si
12.5 Hydraulic cylinder of feed controller

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
359
HZ 160/5 Si
12.6 Bevel gear of screw discharge

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
360
HZ 160/5 Si
12.7 Vibration Sensor

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
361
HZ 160/5 Si
12.8 Hydraulic valves

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
362
HZ 160/5 Si
12.9 Lubricating oil unit for bearing lubrication

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
363
HZ 160/5 Si
12.10 Hydraulic Unit
Table of contents:
12.10.1 Mounting and maintenance of hydraulic systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
12.10.2 Mounting, commissioning and maintenance of industrial valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

12.10.3 Pressure fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
12.10.4 Hydraulic unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Drawing of the unit
Electric diagram of the unit
Bill of materials
Data sheets

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
364
HZ 160/5 Si
12.10.1 Mounting and maintenance of hydraulic systems
General
Long service life and functional reliability of hydraulic systems and their components are dependent on
correct maintenance.
Ensure fault−free operation by talking note of:
 the special installation and operating instructions for the components.
 the technical data contained in the data sheet.
We would also like to draw your attention to:
 the VDI Guidelines, ”Commissioning and Service of Hydraulic Systems” (VDI/3027).
 Hydraulic Systems DIN 24 346
 ISO 4413
Assembly Rules
Preperation of Assembly:
 Ensure the cleanliness of the plant
 Cleanliness of the environment.
 Cleanliness of power units, pipe connections, components (e. g. pickling may be necessary if pipes
have been welded or hot−bent).
 Cleanliness of hydraulic fluids:
Watch out for contamination, dampness; dirt from the environment must not be allowed to enter the
tanks. Fill oil tanks only via a filter; preferably via system filters or portable filter stations with fine filters.
 Protective internal paint coatings, if used, must be resistant to the hydraulic fluid to be used.
 Cleanliness of stock parts:
Storage of parts which have not been filled or threated with anticorrosion fluid can lead to the build−up of
resin. Dissolve resin and renew lubricating film.
 Are all parts to hand?
 Is there any transport damage?
Carrying out Assembly:
 Make use of lifting rings and transport equipment.
 Do not use force, in order to prevent radial forces and tension on pipelines and components. Ensure that
pipelines are firmly secured.
 Do not use hemp and putty as sealing materials, as these can lead to contamination and thus to mal-
functions.
 In order to avoid external leakage, observe the installation instructions of the pipe fittings manufacturer.
We recommend the use of fittings with flexible seals.
 Make sure hose lines are correctly laid. Rubbing and abutting of the lines must be avoided.
 Availability of correct fluids (DIN 24 318, 51 524, ISO VG DIN 51 519; for fire−resistant fluids - DIN 24
317), selected according to system requirements.
Please note:
 viscosity
 operating temperature range
 type of seals on components used

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
365
HZ 160/5 Si
Commissioning
When assembly has been carried out correctly, we may now proceed with commissioning and functional
test.
Preperation for Trial Run:
 Tank cleaned?
 Pipelines cleaned and correctly fitted?
 Couplings, flanges, tightened?
 Pipelines and components correctly connected in line with installation drawings or circuit diagram?
 Pressure accomulators charged with nitrogen? It is recommended that the gas charge is noted on the
accumulator itself (e. g. by a label) and in the circuit diagram, so that a comparatory check may be made
later if required.
 Prime mover and pump correctly assembled and aligned?
 Prime mover correctly connected?
 Filter of specified pore size?
 Specified oil filled up to maximum oil level?
Trial Run:
 Any personnel not required should leave the danger zone! Only personnel from the machine manufac-
turer and possibly maintenance and operating personel should be present.
 Are shutoff valves fully open?
 Does the direction of rotation of the prime mover match that of the pump? Switch on briefly and test.
 Check position of directional valves and if necessary move into required position.
 Set control valves to bypass.
 Open pump suction valves, if necessary fill pump housing with oil.
 If pilot pump is fitted, start up. As far as is possible with the built−on control devices, otherwise start at full
displacement volume. Run internal combustion engines at idling speed.
 Start main pump, move out of zero position and listen for noise.
 Swivel pump out a little, approx 5. As far as is possible with the built−on control devices, otherwise start
at full displacement volume. Run internal combustion engines at idling speed.
 Bleed system
 Carefully loosen fitting or bleed screws at high point in the system. When the escaping hydraulic fluid is
free of air bubbles, the filling process is complete. Retighten fittings.
 Flush system, if possible by short−circuiting the serviced units. Continue flushing unit the filters remain
clean; check filter!
 Check function of system without load; if possible, operate by hand. Cold test the electro−hydraulic con-
trols.
 When operating temperature has been reached, test system under load. Gradually increase pressure.
 Check monitoring and measuring devices.
 Listen for noise.
 Check oil level, top up.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
366
HZ 160/5 Si
 Check setting of pressure relief valves by loading or braking the system.
 Check for leakage.
 Switch off drive.
 Tighten all fittings, even if there is no evidence of leakage.
Warning: tighten only when the system is not under pressure.
 Check oil level.
 Full functional test of the system. Compare measured values with the permissible and/or required data
(pressure, speed, setting of other control components).
 Jerky movements indicate the presence of air in the system. By swivelling the pump briefly to one or both
sides with the serviced units in the loaded or braked condition, certain air pockets can be eliminated. The
system is completely bled when all functions can be carried out smoothly and continuously and there is
no foaming on the surface of the oil. In practice it has been found that foaming should have ceased 1
hour after start up at the latest.
 Check temperature.
 Switch off drive.
 Remove filter elements (secondary and main flow filters) and inspect for residue. Clean filter elements,
replace paper cartridges.
 If further contamination is found, an additional flushing is necessary in order to prevent premature failure
of system components.
 All settings should be laid down in an acceptance certificate.
Servicing
Prepare service book:
 It is recommended that a service book is prepared, in which it is laid down which particular parts must be
checked.
Check fluid level:
 continuously during commissioning
 daily after commissioning
 thereafter weekly
Check filters:
 Check and if necessary clean every 2 to 3 hours during commissioning.
 Daily during the first week.
 After one week the filters should be cleaned as necessary.
 Service suction filters:

Suction filters required particularly careful servicing. After the initial running−in time they should be
checked and if necessary cleaned at least once a week.
Service system fluid:
 Servicing is dependent on serveral operating factors.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
367
HZ 160/5 Si
− oil level (e. g. water in oil, severely aged oil).
− operating temperature.
− volume of oil.
 Drain and renew when in warm opeating condition.
 Severely aged or contaminated fluid cannot be improved by topping up with fresh fluid.
 Use filter when filling, with mesh width of 0.06 mm or alternatively, and better, fill via system filter.
 Take laboratory samples of system fluid and have inspected for particle type, size and quantity; docu-
ment findings.
Check pressure accumulators for charging pressure; while doing so, there must be no pressure on the oil
side of the accumulator.
Measure operating temperature. Rising operating temperature is an indication of increasing friction and
leakage.
Leakages in the pipe system. Apart from loss of oil, lekages can endanger concrete floors and compo-
nents, particularly with underfloor piping.
Check main and pilot pressure:
 At weekly intervals.
 Note any pressure corrections in service book.
 Frequent readjustment indicates wear at the pressure relief valve.
12.10.2 Mounting, commissioning and maintenance of industrial valves
General
Before commissioning proportional valves the guidelines stated in the following data sheets should be
taken into account:
 the relevant data sheets
 VDI regulations VDI 3027
 German standard DIN 24 346
 ISO standard ISO 4413
System flushing
With external pilot oil supply, it must be ensured that this connection is also flushed.
The oil volume contained within the system should be flushed through the filter 150 to 300 times.
As a guide the flushing time can be calculated as follows:
t  V x 2, 5 to 5
qv
With: t = flushing time in hours
V = Reservoir capacity in liters
qV = Pumpflow in L/min
A decisive factor which affects the flushing time is the fluid contamination grade. To achieve the minimum
level the hydraulic system has to be flushed until this level has been achieved. This can only be achieved
by continuously monitoring the particle count with a monitoring unit.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
368
HZ 160/5 Si
When changing over to special fluids which are not compatible or which do not mix with the fluid which has
been used in the system, considerably longer flushing times can be necessary.
During the flushing operation all of the filters must be checked at short intervals and the filter elements
changed as required.
Installation
1. Installation guidelines
Before the valve is assembled onto the system, the designation of the valve should be compared with the
order data.
Care is to be taken to ensure that the base of the valve and subplate are dry and free from oil.
2. Cleanliness
 When installing industrial valves the valve and the area to which it is to be fitted must be clean.
 The reservoir must be sealed against external contamination.
 Piping and reservoir must be cleaned of dirt, scale, sand, swarf, etc.
 Welded or hot formed pipes are to be pickled, flushed and finally oiled.
 For cleaning only use lint free cloths or special paper.

 Sealing materials such as hemp, putty or sealing tape are not permissible.
 For pipe work seamless steel pipes to DIN 2391/part 1 and 2 are to be used.
 The mounting surface must have a surface finish of Rtmax  4 m and a flatness of  0,01 mm/100 mm.
 Fixing screws must be to the dimensions and tensile strength as stated in the catalogue sheets, they
must also be tightend to the correct torque.
 As a filler/breather we recommend that a filter with the same rating as the filters in the hydraulic system is
used!
3. Installation position
Optional, preferably horizontal for directional valves!
Other installation positions for valve types e.g. without spring centering of the spool or with solenoids hang-
ing downwards may lead to malfunctions or restrictions with regard to the stated technical data.
For pressure switches with a drain port the installation position is to be so selected, that the maximum drain
port pressure of 2 bar is not exceeded.
4. Electrical connections
For circuit examples and pin alloction, see the relevant data sheet.
Commissioning
1. Pressure fluid
The recommendations stated in the data sheets are to be taken into account!
Pressure and temperature ranges are to be observed.

Generally the following fluids can be used:
 Mineral oil to DIN 51 524 (HL; HLP), suitable for NBR and FPM−seals
 Fast biodegradable pressure fluids to VDMA 24 568 (also see RE 90 221)

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
369
HZ 160/5 Si
 HETG (rape seed oil), suitable for NBR and FPM−seals
 HEPG (polyglycol), only suitable for FPM seals
 HEES (synthetic ester), only suitable for FPM seals
 other fluids on request
In order to protect the pressure fluid the manufacturer’s recommendations concerning maximum tem-
preratures should be observed. In order to obtain constant response characteristics from the system, it is
recommended that the fluid temperature should be held constant ( 5 C).
2. Are the sealing materials used suitable?
For pressure fluids (e.g. HEPG and HEES) as well as temperatures > 80 C FPM seals must be used
(defined in the type code with ”V”).
3. Filtration
 A reliable filtration increases the service life of the valves. Please take note of the maximum permissible
NAS 1638 cleanliness grade for the pressure fluid which is stated in our catalogue sheet.
 The maximum permissible filter element pressure differential must not be exceeded.
 We recommend that filters are fitted with clogging indicators.
 Great care with regard to cleanliness should be taken when changing filter elements.
Contamination on the outlet side of the pressure filter can be flushed into the systems and cause malfunc-
tions. Contamination on the inlet side reduces the service life of the filter element.
4. Bleeding
 Bleeding of the valves is not necessary!
 To guarantee correct function of the valves draining of the tank should be avoided (installation of a back
pressure valve).
Maintenance
The valves are basically maintenance free, since seals are subject to natural wear and aging processes
they have to be replaced as required.
Storage
Storage requirements: A dry, dust free room, free of corrosive substances and vapors.
When storing for periods exceeding 6 months: Fill the housing with preservative oil and seal the valve.
12.10.3 Fluids
The quality, cleanliness, and operating viscosity are decisive factors in the operating reliability, efficiency,
and service life of an oil hydraulic installation. The data sheets for the various types of pumps contain spec-
ifications regarding viscosity range, and suitable fluids. Furthermore, the ordering codes contain details of
special models for use with special fluids.
The following points must also be observed in addition to the specifications in the data sheets.
Viscosity
The permissible viscosity for the whole installation, including combination pumps, is always restricted to
that of the component with the narrowest range. (For combination pumps V4/R4, for example, the viscosity

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
370
HZ 160/5 Si
range of the R4 is limited to that of the V4). The permissible viscosity range must be maintained for all
operating conditions.
The viscosity of HV oils falls in operation due to shearing in service, by up to 30%. The viscosity is depend-
ent on temperature. On this basis, the oil viscosity class must be determined with regard to the maximum
and minimum oil tank temperatures. Normally, cooling or heating, or both are required. lf, inspite of this,
difficulties are still experienced, then a fluid from another viscosity class (ISO VG class) will probably have
to be chosen.
In case of doubt, please consult us.
Viscosity range of vane pumps

V2 pumps
permissible viscosity 16 to 160 mm2/s
permissible start viscosity 800 mm2/s
permissible fluids see below (Oils with HLP characteristics)
V3 and V4 pumps
at start up when pumping, max. 800 mm2/s
when stalled, max. 200 mm2/s
min. viscosity at max. operating temperature 25 mm2/s
optimum viscosity range 25 to 160 mm2/s
remarks For stall pressures less than 63 bar, the mini-
mum viscosity is16 mm2/s.
V5 pumps
at start up when pumping, max. 800 mm2/s
when stalled, max. 200 mm2/s
min. viscosity at max. operating temperature 16 mm2/s
Viscosity for radial piston pumps
permissible viscosity 10 to 200 mm2/s
Viscosity range for external gear pumps and gear motors, type G2, G3, G4
permissible operating viscosity 10 to 300 mm2/s
permissible fluids see below (HL Oils and Oils with HLP char-
acteristics)
Viscosity range of internal gear pumps
permissible operating viscosity 20 to 300 mm2/s
Selection of fluids
The specification of the fluid is always determined by the most sensitive component in the system.
All components of the system must be compatible with the fluid used.
HL oils to DIN 51 524 part 1:
These fluids do not contain additives for wear protection from mixed friction and can only be used for the
following pumps and motors: G2, G3, G4 and V7, sizes 10, 16, 25 and 40, MCS, MCR.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
371
HZ 160/5 Si
Air craft fluids to MIL−H−5606 (e.g. Aero Shell Fluid 4) of the relevant viscosity range, and containing wear
additives corresponding to HL oils can also be used with the above pumps/motors.
When frequently starting from rest, HLP oils should be used.
The use of HL oils for vane pumps (except a.m. V7, sizes 10, 16, 25 and 40), radial piston pumps, internal
gear pumps, MZ motors and gear pumps G8, G9, G10 is not permissible.
Hydraulic fluids, which attack lead, or bearings containing lead, may not, even when they comply to DIN
51 524, be used. They are simply multipurpose oils, which contain fatty acids or fatty acid esters.
Oils similar to HL oils are also specified under CETOP RP 75 and ISO 6074.
At low pressures, you may consult us regarding the use of other pump types, in addition to the pumps per-
mitted as above.
Oils with HLP characteristics
1. HLP oils to DIN 51 524 part 2: (Oils with corrosion, oxidisation, and wear additives.)
These fluids are those most commonly used in hydraulic circuits. If the viscosity range is correct,
they may be used with all components.
In viscosity classes VG10, VG15 and VG22, DIN 51 524 part 2 places no extensive requirements
on resistance to wear. Oils of these classes are therefore only permitted if they reach wear resis-
tance class 10 on the FZG (gear wear) test, in addition to DIN 51 354 part 2.
For vane pumps in general, oils to ISO VG10 and VG15 are not permitted.
Hydraulic fluids, which attack lead, or bearings containing lead, may not be used, even when they
comply with the HLP specification to DIN 51 524 part 2.
They are simply multipurpose oils (bedway lubricating oils), and sometimes, HLP−D oils.
We permit the use of all HLP oils, which comply with DIN 51 524 part 2, with the exception of those
indicated above, but would point out here, that this standard merely lays down the minimum re-
quirements.
As may be seen from the table, there are oils available, that far exceed these minimum requirements
with regard to aging, wear protection, compatibility with bearing metals, and filterability.
The resistance to aging has an abvious effect on the usable life of the fluid. Sediments produced by
additives in the oils have a negative effect on the system.
Oils should be chosen with a low sedimentation facto (see table). Good filterability avoids break-
downs.
In case of doubtase contact the oil manufacturer.
We would also point out to users, when choosing a supplier, that some of these offer to check the
condition of oil which has been in use, for aging, contamination, and residual additives. This
knowledge can then be used to forecast the further usable life of the fluid.
2. HVLP oils to DIN 51 524 part 3: (Oils with increased viscosity index for the use in systems exposed to a
wide temperature range.)
If these oils fulfil the requirements of HLP to DIN 51 524 part 2, and reych at least wear resistance
class 10 on the FZG test, then point 1. applies. When choosing an HV oil, the loss in viscosity due
to shearing of up to 30% must be taken into consideration.
For example, taking a V4 pump with a minimum permissible viscosity of 25 mm2/s, this limit must be
indreased to 36 mm2/s when using HV oils, so that should shearing occur, the minimum viscosity
limit will not be exceeded. VI−improvers can also have a negative effect on the demulsifying and
air separation qualities of the oil.
HV oils should therefore only be used, when the temperature conditions so demand.
3. Aircraft oils to MIL−H−5606: see HL oils
4. The application of HLP−D oils: (HLP oils with detersive and dispersing additives)
These oils can absorb a considerable quantity of water. Especially if this water is present in the form
of large drops, it can detract from the wear protection given by the oil. They should therefore not
be used where water may enter the system.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
372
HZ 160/5 Si
In many machineshops in which certain synthetic cooling and cutting fluids are used, installations
will only operate correctly if HLP−D fluids are employed. Other oils lead to sticking of the compo-
nents. In the mobile area, these oils have been of particular advantage. We recommend these
oils only in the above mentioned cases.
The film strength of these oils is very much dependent on the manufacturer. The statement, that
these oils are particularly good in preventing stick/slip at low cylinder speeds, cannot therefore be
accepted as universally true.
In cases, where heavy contamination from water is to be expected, i.e. in steel works, or in damp
surroundings, HLP−D oils may not be used, as the emulsified water is not deposited in the tank,
but is turned into steam at highly loaded parts of the system.
In these cases, we recommended the use of HLP oils with thermostable zinc free additives, as these
have particularly good demulsifying properties. The filterability of these oils is also very good, par-
ticularly with very fine filteration.
When using HLP−D oils, contamination is not precipitated out, but must be filtered out. On these
grounds, a larger filter area than normal must be used (design p= 0,2 bar). The filter bore size
should also be made one degree finer.
The water content must lie below 0,1%, as water accelerates the aging of the oil, detracts from the
lubricity, leads to corrosion and cavitation, shortens the life of seals and reduces the filterability.
Various HLP−D oils contain fatty acids or fatty acid esters. These fluids may not be used, as they
attack lead. If in doubt, contact the manufacturer of the oil. In general, with the exception of the
demulsification characteristics, the same is valid as under point ”Oils with HLP characteristics”.
Filtration
Generally, a cleanliness class 10 to NAS 1638 is required for the fluid. This is achieved with a filter
20  100. In order to ensure a long service tife, a cleanlibness class 9 to NAS 1638 is recommended,
achieved with a filter of 10  100.
The details given in the various data sheets for the hyraulic components must be observed, so that the
cleanliness required by the more sensitive components e.g. servo valves is achieved.
New oil, as delivered frequently does not meet the cleanliness standards required, and must be filtered
carefully when being placed in the system. The NAS cleanliness class on delivery can be determined from
the oil supplier.
Operation of the system with a clogged filter must prevented by an electrical safety device.
Maintenance of the necessary cleanliness class requires careful filtering of the air entering the tank. In
damp atmospheres, a silica gel element is also necessary.
Mixing various oils
lf oils from various manufacturers, or different oils from the same manufacturer are
mixed, sedimentation and muddiness may occur. This can lead to damage in the sys-
tem. On these grounds, no guarantee can be made for the application of mixed oils.
Generally, it should be noted, that apportionment of blame in cases of damage due to
the mixing of oils from different manufacturers or further additives being placed in the
oil cannot easily be made. However, the oil supplier may be able to test the miscibility
of different oils under certain circumstances, and in turn offer a guarantee.

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
373
HZ 160/5 Si
12.10.4 Hydraulic Unit
Hydraulic Characteristic Details

see chapter 3.5
General
Threaded joints, piping Threaded joints with elastic profile seals,
light series with cut ring DIN 2353, pipe
DIN 2391 / DIN 2464
Sealing material NBR−seals
Plates Aluminium plates riveted for device posi-
tions and outlets

Serial No.: 400194190, −91, −92, −93, −94, 400209209
374

Centrífuga HZ160

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Centrífuga HZ160

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATING / REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS

6 x Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge HZ 160/5 Si

This document must be studied carefully

OVERALL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales Order No. C−E4−827332, HZ 160/5 Si,

File 1+2 − Mechanics

File 3 − Electrical Part

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

2 Description of the Horizontal Peeler Centrifuge . . . . . . . . . 10

5 Transport, Setting−up and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

6 Commissioning and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

7 Inspection and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

8 Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

9 Description of Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

10 Spare part stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

11 Drawings − Full size prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

12 Separate Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

You can contact us under the following address in Vierkirchen, Germany:

ANDRITZ KMPT GmbH

Telephone and Fax:

Phone: +49 / 172 / 8 40 15 32

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

2.1 Mechanical Design

2.1.1 Design of the Process Area

Fig. 1: Process Area of a horizontal peeler centrifuge

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

backwash liquid backwashing

spinning wash filtrate

residual heel removal residual heel cake

rinsing agent CIP rinsing liquid

Fig. 2: Processing operations in a horizontal peeler centrifuge

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

liquid immersion point

liquid immersion point

ground layer height

2.2.1 Backwashing (only in machines with siphon basket)

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

2.2.6 Removal of the Residual Heel Cake

2.2.7 Cleaning in place

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

3.1 Characteristic Data of the HZ 160/5 Si

a) when the solids form the heavy phase of the suspension:

3.2 Fields of Application

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

3.3 Basket and Filtration

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Metal cloth Plastic / Textile cloth

Fig. 4: Dimensions of the filter cloth

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

3.4.1 Main drive

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Fig. 6: Belt drive

3.4.2 Screw drive

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0

Operating and Repair Instructions, revision 0